E F Johnson 2422001-1 Repeater User Manual
E. F. Johnson Company Repeater
manual
| Download: |  |
| Mirror Download [FCC.gov] | |
| Document ID | 116574 |
| Application ID | +Mz9cLbITpXa7SM+TIibjQ== |
| Document Description | manual |
| Short Term Confidential | No |
| Permanent Confidential | No |
| Supercede | No |
| Document Type | User Manual |
| Display Format | Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf |
| Filesize | 743.61kB (9295187 bits) |
| Date Submitted | 2000-09-11 00:00:00 |
| Date Available | 2000-09-08 00:00:00 |
| Creation Date | 2000-07-05 07:33:42 |
| Producing Software | Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows |
| Document Lastmod | 2000-08-31 15:48:48 |
| Document Title | Untitled Document |
| Document Creator | FrameMaker 5.5.2L11a |
VIKING® VX VHF LTR 25W-110W Repeater Part No. 242-20X1-213 First Printing August 2000 PRELIMINARY 1-1 October 1995 Part No. 001-2008-202 October 1995 Part No. 001-2008-202 1-2 VIKING® VX VHF LTR REPEATER PART NO. 242-20X1-213 Copyright 2000 by the E.F. Johnson Company The E.F. Johnson Company designs and manufactures two-way radio equipment to serve a wide variety of communications needs. Johnson produces equipment for the mobile telephone and land mobile radio services which include business, industrial, government, public safety, and personal users. LAND MOBILE PRODUCT WARRANTY The manufacturer’s warranty statement for this product is available from your product supplier or from the E.F. Johnson Company, 299 Johnson Avenue, Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093-0514. Phone (507) 835-6222. WARNING This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the condition that this device does not cause harmful interference. In addition, changes or modification to this equipment not expressly approved by E. F. Johnson could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment (FCC rules, 47CFR Part 15.19). DO NOT allow the antenna to touch or come in very close proximity with the eyes, face, or any exposed body parts while the radio is transmitting. To comply with FCC RF exposure limits, DO NOT operate the transmitter of a stationary radio (base station or marine radio) when a person is within four (4) meters of the antenna. DO NOT operate the radio in explosive or flammable atmospheres. The transmitted radio energy could trigger blasting caps or cause an explosion. DO NOT operate the radio without the proper antenna installed. DO NOT allow children to operate transmitter equipped radio equipment. NOTE: The above warning list is not intended to include all hazards that may be encountered when using this radio. SAFETY INFORMATION The FCC has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to RF energy. Proper operation of this radio under normal conditions results in user exposure to RF energy below the Occupational Safety and Health Act and Federal Communication Commission limits. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. E.F. Johnson Company will not be liable for any misunderstanding due to misinformation or errors found in this document. LTR, LTR-Net, Multi-Net, Viking Head/EFJohnson Logo, Call Guard and SUMMIT are registered trademarks of E.F. Johnson Company All other company and/or product names used in this manual are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective manufacturer. 1-3 October 1995 Part No. 001-2008-202 FCC EXPOSURE LIMITS This fixed station radio transceiver was tested by the manufacturer with an appropriate antenna in order to verify compliance with Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) limits set under Section 2.1091 of the FCC Rules and Regulations. The guidelines used in the evaluation are derived from Table 1 (B) titled “Limits For General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure” which is from FCC report OET bulletin #65. Table 1 (B) FCC Limits for Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) (B) Limits For General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure Frequency Range (MHz) 0.3 - 1.34 1.34 - 30 30 - 300 300 - 1500 1500 - 100,000 f = Frequency in MHz Electric Field Strength Magnetic Field Strength (E) (V/m) (H) (A/m) 614 1.63 824/f 2.19/f 27.5 0.073 ----*Plane-wave equivalent power density. Power Density (S) (mW/cm2) (100)* (180/f )* 0.2 f/1500 1.0 Table 2 lists the antennas recommended for use in the VHF frequency range. Each model of this radio was tested with the appropriate antenna listed. The antenna shall be mounted to a tower and be a minimum of 10 meters above the ground at the lowest point on the antenna. The radio manufacturer has determined that the user and service personnel should remain four (4) meters in distance away from the antenna when transmitting. By maintaining this distance, these individuals are not exposed to radio frequency energy or magnetic fields in excess of the guidelines set forth in Table 1 (B). NOTE: Other antennas or installation configurations that have not been tested may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits and therefore are not recommended. Table 2 Recommended Antennas (Antenna Manufacturer - Decibel Products) October 1995 Part No. 001-2008-202 Frequency Antenna Model No. 132-144 MHz 144-178 MHz DB205E DB205F 1-4 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 SCOPE OF MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 REPEATER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 PRODUCT WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 FACTORY RETURNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1.12 REPEATER INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 HOME REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 INTER-REPEATER DATA COMMUNICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1.13 REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 MOBILE DATA MESSAGE ORDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 ID VALIDATOR OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 INSTALLATION 2.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.2 ENVIRONMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 2.3 VENTILATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 2.4 AC POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 2.5 BATTERY BACKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2.7 GROUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 PROTECTION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT ANTENNAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7 SOFTWARE 3.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 GETTING STARTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 COMPUTER DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 EEPROM DATA STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 COMMAND LINE OPTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) 3.2 3.4 3.5 REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPEATER PROGRAMMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROGRAM FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HELP F1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL DOWN MENUS 4.1 4.2 MENU DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 FILE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 SAVE AS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 NEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 DOS SHELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 QUIT (ALT X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 SELECT REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 REPEATER TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 TELEPHONE PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 READ SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 HARDWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 RF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 MODE SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 FULL REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 COM PORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 DISPLAY MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 USER LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 3.3 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 3-2 3-2 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-3 3-4 REPEATER PROGRAMMING 5.1 CREATING A NEW FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.1 RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 HELICAL FILTERS, RF AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 12.5 kHz IF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 25 kHz IF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 ACTIVE FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 FIRST AND SECOND INJECTION AMPLIFIERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8 VCO (A007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 VCO BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 VCO/TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 SYNTHESIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 LOCK DETECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 BUFFER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 RF AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 110W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11 AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 DRIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 FINAL AMPLIFIERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 POWER DETECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 THERMAL SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 POWER CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 FAN CONNECTOR (J104) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 800W POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20 FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 +15V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 +5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 -5V CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) 6.6 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHARGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGING THE RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBM FAN CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 CARD RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR (U13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J2 MEMORY SELECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J3 BAUD RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J5 HSDB SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J6 WATCHDOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECEIVE AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VOTER AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPANDOR OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMIT AUDIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J103 GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J105 WATCH DOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J106 TX DATA PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELAY OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOLATED INPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALARM INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALARM FUNCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J501 GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J502 +15V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 6-24 6-24 6-25 6-25 6-25 6-26 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-28 6-29 6-29 6-30 6-30 6-31 6-31 6-31 6-31 6-31 6-31 6-31 6-32 6-32 6-32 6-32 6-33 6-33 6-33 6-34 6-34 6-34 6-34 6-35 6-35 6-36 6-37 6-37 6-37 6-37 6-37 6-37 6-37 6-37 6-38 6-38 6-38 6-39 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-43 6-43 6-43 6-43 6-43 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 7.1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1 PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 RECEIVER FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 AUDIO DISTORTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 EXCITER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 PRETEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 VCO TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 POWER AMPLIFIER TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11 PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 REPEATER SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 REPEATER OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 7.2 7.3 7.4 SERVICING 8.1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1 PERIODIC CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 TCXO MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 INTERNAL PRESCALER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 RECEIVER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 TRANSMITTER SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 VOLTAGE CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5 CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS (510-26xx-xxx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-xxx). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 CHIP RESISTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) PARTS LIST VIKING VX VHF LTR REPEATER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 110W VHF LTR REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 RF INTERFACE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 REPEATER RX./EX MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 RECEIVER VCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 12.5/25 kHz RECEIVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 TRANSMIT VCO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 EXCITER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 110W POWER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 LOW-PASS FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 AC FILTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 BATTERY BACK-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 THERMAL SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 MAIN AUDIO CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25 INTERFACE ALARM CARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30 10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-4 10-5 10-6 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10 10-11 10-12 10-13 10-14 10-15 10-16 10-17 10-18 10-19 10-20 10-21 10-22 10-23 10-24 10-25 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 REPEATER CABINET EXPLODED VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 REPEATER REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 REPEATER FRONT VIEW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 RF INTERCONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7 RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 RECEIVER VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 RECEIVE VCO SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10 RECEIVER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 TRANSMIT VCO COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 TRANSMIT VCO SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14 EXCITER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 110W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 110W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 FORWARD POWER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 REVERSE POWER COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) 10-26 10-27 10-28 10-29 10-30 10-31 10-32 10-33 10-34 10-35 10-36 10-37 10-38 10-39 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AUDIO CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERFACE ALARM CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERFACE ALARM CARD SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE CARD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 10-23 10-24 10-25 10-26 10-27 10-28 10-29 10-30 10-31 10-32 10-33 10-33 10-34 LIST OF FIGURES 1-1 1-2 1-3 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 3-1 3-2 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-18 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 REPEATER CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 RJ-11 TO BNC MPC JUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 RJ-11 TO RJ-11 MPC JUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 RJ-11 TO BNC ADAPTER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 MIXED VIKING VX AND CR1100 REPEATER INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 REPEATER TEST MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 FILE MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 LOAD FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 SAVE FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 EDIT MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 REPEATER LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 ALARM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 INPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 OUTPUT ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 REPEATER TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 DELETE REPEATER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 TRANSFER MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 PROGRAM WRITE SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 READ SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 READING SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) 4-19 4-20 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-28 4-29 4-30 5-1 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 HARDWARE MENU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 HSDB MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 RF LINE MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 REVISION/VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 TEST MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 UTILITIES MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 COM PORT SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 COLOR MODE SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 SETUP PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 12.5 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 U201/U203 BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 25 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 110W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 BLOCK DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 S500-S503. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39 ALARM EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45 MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47 INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 POWER EXTENDER CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 RECEIVER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 EXCITER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 110W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 S100 SETTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 3-DIGIT RESISTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) LIST OF TABLES 1-1 1-2 2-1 2-2 5-1 8-1 8-2 REPEATER ACCESSORIES 1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS 1-5 OUTPUT VOLTAGES 2-3 OVER VOLTAGE 2-3 REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS 5-2 CERAMIC CHIP CAP IDENTIFICATION 8-6 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION 8-7 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) 10 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION 1.1 SCOPE OF MANUAL 1.4 MODEL NUMBER BREAKDOWN This service manual provides installation, operation, programming, service, and alignment information for the VIKING VX LTR Repeater, Part No. 242-20X1-213. The following breakdown shows the part number scheme used for the Viking VX. 242- 2 0 X 1 - 2 1 3 25-110W 1 = 132-150 MHz 3 = 150-174 MHz 1.2 REPEATER DESCRIPTION VHF The VIKING VX repeater is designed for operation in a Johnson LTR system. It operates on the VHF channels from 132-178 MHz. Channel spacing is 12.5/25 kHz and RF power output is adjustable from 25 to 125 watts. 1.5 ACCESSORIES The accessories available for the Viking VX LTR repeater are listed in Table 1-1. A brief description of some of these accessories follows. 2-Wire Telephone Interconnect Card (TIC) - This card provides an interface between the Repeater and a phone line to permit telephone calls to be placed to and from mobile transceivers. This repeater is programmed with a laptop or personal computer using the 2000 Series Programmer software, Part No. 023-9998-390. LTR System ID Validator - If an invalid ID is detected on the repeater data bus, the audio of the mobile receiving the call is disabled. The VIKING VX repeater interfaces with a MPC (Main Processor Card) and MAC (Main Audio Card) to provide LTR operation. All signal ports used to interface to the Repeater are on J2 located at the back of the cabinet. 2000 Series Service Kit - This kit contains an alarm wire harness, extender power cable, programming kit, extender card, extender harness, and a TIC bias cable. These items are used when tuning the repeater and while troubleshooting. 1.3 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION The repeater identification number is printed on a label that is affixed to the inside of the repeater cabinet. The following information is contained in that number: Revision Letter 20X4X Manufacture Date 24 3 Week Year Plant Warranty Number 12345 LTR Figure 1-2 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN This repeater is modular in design for ease of service. There are separate assemblies for the logic cards, receiver, exciter, power amplifier and power supply sections. Repeater ID 12.5/25 kHz Battery Backup and Cable Option - This option can be factory or field installed (refer to installation instructions 004-2000-830). It includes the battery backup module that resides in the power supply and the necessary interconnect cabling to connect the repeater to the batteries (see Section 2.5). RJ-11 to 6-BNC Adapter - This adapter box provides connections for the high speed data bus at the rear of the repeater and the data bus from the logic drawers in existing repeater systems. A= Waseca Figure 1-1 REPEATER IDENTIFICATION 1-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION 1.7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE Table 1-1 REPEATER ACCESSORIES Accessory The Customer Service Department of the E.F. Johnson Company provides customer assistance on technical problems and the availability of local and factory repair facilities. Customer Service hours are 7:30 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Central Time, Monday - Friday. There is also a 24-hour emergency technical support telephone number. From within the continental United States, the Customer Service Department can be reached toll-free at: Part No. 2-Wire Telephone Interconnect Card 023-2000-370 LTR System ID Validator 023-4408-500 2000 Series Service Kit1 250-2000-230 Battery Backup option and cable 023-2000-835 RJ-11 to 6-BNC Adapter 023-2000-194 3’ RG-58 coax w/male BNC for HSDB 023-4406-505 6’ RG-58 coax w/male BNC for HSDB 597-3001-214 Custom Frequency Programming & Setup 023-2000-100 PC programmer PGMR 2000 software 023-9998-390 Service Microphonee 589-0015-011 50 ohm Termination HSDB 023-4406-504 Programming cable kit3 023-2000-195 Extender Card 023-2000-230 Extender cable kit, 7 ft. 250-2000-010 1 Includes: extender card, extender cables, TIC bias cable and programming cable kit (PN 023-2000-195). 2 Required when using Viking Networking products, one per station. 3 Included in 2000 Series Service Kit (PN250-2000-230). 1-800-328-3911 When your call is answered at the E.F. Johnson Company, you will hear a brief message informing you of numbers that can be entered to reach various departments. This number may be entered during or after the message using a tone-type telephone. If you have a pulse-type telephone, wait until the message is finished and an operator will come on the line to assist you. When you enter a first number of "1" or "2", another number is requested to further categorize the type of information. You may also enter the 4-digit extension number of the person that you want to reach. PC Programmer PGMR Software - 3.5" programming disk used to program the repeater. FAX Machine - Sales FAX Machine - Cust Serv Programming Cable Kit - This kit connects the MPC and a computer during programming and for monitoring repeater activity at the site. If you are calling from outside the continental United States, the Customer Service telephone numbers are as follows: Extender Card - Used to extend the cards plugged into the backplane beyond the card rack enclosure when tuning the repeater and while troubleshooting. Customer Service Department - (507) 835-6911 Customer Service FAX Machine - (507) 835-6969 You may also contact the Customer Service Department by mail. Please include all information that may be helpful in solving your problem. The mailing address is as follows: Extender Cable Kit - These are seven foot extension cables for the RF Transceiver power and data, when the transceiver is removed from the cabinet. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTY E.F. Johnson Company Customer Service Department 299 Johnson Avenue P.O. Box 1249 Waseca, MN 56093-0514 The warranty statement is available from your product supplier or from the Warranty Department, E.F. Johnson Company, 299 Johnson Avenue, Box 1249, Waseca, MN 56093- 0514. This information may also be requested by phone from the Warranty Department. The Warranty Department may also be contacted for Warranty Service Reports, claim forms, or any questions with warranties or warranty service by dialing (507) 835-6970. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 (507) 835-6485 (507) 835-6969 1.8 FACTORY RETURNS Repair service is normally available through local authorized E.F. Johnson Land Mobile Radio Service Centers. If local service is not available, the equipment 1-2 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION You may also send your order by mail or FAX. The mailing address is as follows and the FAX number is shown in Section 1.7. can be returned to the factory for repair. However, it is recommended that you contact the Field Service Department before returning equipment. A service representative may be able to suggest a solution to the problem so that return of the equipment would not be necessary. E.F. Johnson Company Service Parts Department 299 Johnson Avenue P.O. Box 1249 Waseca, MN 56093-0514 Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form #271 for each unit to be repaired, whether it is in or out of warranty. These forms are available free of charge by calling the repair lab (see Section 1.7) or by requesting them when you send a unit in for repair. Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the space provided and also note any prior physical damage to the equipment. Then include a form in the shipping container with each unit. Your phone number and contact name are very important because there are times when the technicians have specific questions that need to be answered in order to completely identify and repair a problem. 1.10 SOFTWARE UPDATES/REVISIONS All inquiries concerning updated software, its installation and revisions should be directed to the Customer Service Department (see Section 1.7). 1.11 REPEATER OPERATION 1.11.1 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD (MPC) Refer to Figure 1-3. When returning equipment for repair, it is also a good idea to use a PO number or some other reference number on your paperwork in case you need to call the repair lab about your unit. These numbers are referenced on the repair order and it makes it easier and faster to locate your unit. Programming Jack J1 provides input connection from the computer and the "flash memory" in the MPC. The programming information in an IBM PC programs the MPC directly from the serial card through an interconnect cable to the COM1 or COM2 port. Return Authorization (RA) numbers are not necessary unless you have been given one by the Field Service Department. They require RA numbers for exchange units or if they want to be aware of a specific problem. If you have been given an RA number, reference this number on the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit. The repair lab will then contact the Field Service Department when the unit arrives. Reset S1 provides a manual reset of the Main Processor Card (MPC). A manual reset causes a complete power-up restart. Display and LEDs 1.9 REPLACEMENT PARTS Each combination of DS1 display read-out and CR4/CR5 indication refers to an active alarm. See Table 1-2 for alarms and definitions. LED indications: CR1 is blinking; MPC is operational, CR2 on; 380-470 MHz, off is 475-520 MHz and CR5 on; indicates an LTR Repeater. E.F. Johnson replacement parts can be ordered directly from the Service Parts Department. To order parts by phone, dial the toll-free number and then enter "1" as described in Section 1.7. When ordering, please supply the part number and quantity of each part ordered. E.F. Johnson dealers also need to give their account number. RF Thermal Sense Alarm Condition Exists If there is uncertainty about the part number, include the designator (C112, for example) and the model number of the equipment the part is from (refer to Section 1.4). NOTE: Safety measures are disabled Ok 1-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION Alarms When the Repeater is in Test mode the safety measures are disabled. Therefore, if the Repeater is keyed for an extended period and the power amplifier temperature increase, thermal shutdown will not occur. There are pop-up windows that appear in the Test mode screens to alert the user that there is an alarm and action should be taken. Refer to Figure 1-3 for an example of this type of alarm. RF INTERFACE BOARD S1 DS1 +15V +15V ACC -5V +5V GND J103 GRN YEL YEL RED RED CR1 CR2 CR5 CR4 CR3 CWID HANG SWITCH MOBILE XMIT AD LEVEL J100 J1 J500 TP J501 GND J502 +15V PROG LOCAL JACK ON/OFF/VOL R236 RESET MIC J102 SPKR J101 S508 J104 EXT SPKR MPC MAC IAC PA Figure 1-3 REPEATER CARDS August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 1-4 EXCITER/RECEIVER INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION Table 1-2 ACTIVE REPEATER ALARMS Alarm No. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 DS1 CR3 Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On On CR4 On On On On On On On On On On On On Off Off Off Off Off Off On On On On On On On On On On On Definition Test Mode IAC input 1 Active IAC input 2 Active IAC input 3 Active IAC input 4 Active MAC Processor Alarm HSDB Processor/Cable Alarm IRDB Cable Alarm Switch (RNT)/CIM Channel Problem Alarm TIC Processor Alarm MMC Processor Alarm VNC Alarm AC Power Failure Battery Power Failure Power supply thermal sense Fan 1 current out of specification Fan 2 current out of specification IAC mismatch RF shutdown RF Half Power Mode Thermal sense in RF portion RF Finals 1-2 power out failure RF Finals 3-4 power out failure RF VSWR Failure Normal Synthesizer Tx Lock failure Normal Synthesizer Rx Lock failure HS Synthesizer Tx Lock failure HS Synthesizer Rx Lock failure RF Quarter Power Alarm 1-5 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION 1.11.2 MAIN AUDIO CARD (MAC) Power Supply On/Off Switch S508 turns the power supply DC voltages on and off from the IAC in the front of the repeater. Refer to Figure 1-3. External Speaker Jack Power Indicator J104 provides repeater audio output to an external speaker. The local volume control adjusts the volume level of this speaker. CR501 indicates the +5V supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC. CR524 indicates -5V supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC. CR523 indicates the +15V accessory supply is at normal level. CR525 indicates that the +15V supply is at normal level and applied to the IAC. Speaker/Microphone Jacks J102 provides audio input from a microphone. J101 provides the receive audio to the microphone. CWID Indicator Local On/Off/Volume Control Indicates that the CW Identification is being transmitted on the lowest-frequency repeater. The CWID is a continuous-wave (CW) transmission of the station call letters in Morse Code to satisfy the station identification requirement. The CWID is programmed into the repeater memory. This indicator also is used when an alarm is transmitted with Morse code. R236 provides control of the receive audio output to J101 and J104. Turning this control clockwise past the detent applies voltage to the local audio amplifier. A D Level Test Point J100 provides audio/data level output for test level checks. Hang Indicator Indicates that the hang word is being transmitted by the repeater. This word is transmitted on calls in which the channel is held for the duration of the call and not just for the duration of the transmission. The hang word tells the mobiles to stay on the same channel and not re-access the system when responding to a call. Ground J103 is connected to ground for test equipment when monitoring test point J100. 1.11.3 INTERFACE ALARM CARD (IAC) Refer to Figure 1-3. Switch Call Indicator Voltage Test Output Not used in the LTR repeater. J502 provides a +15V test point on the IAC. Mobile Call Indicator Ground Mobile-to-repeater transmission in progress is indicated by the Mobile Call Indicator. J501 is connected to ground for test equipment when monitoring voltage test point J502. A D Level Test Point Xmit Indicator J500 provides a test point to monitor audio and data levels, AC fail and thermal sensor. This indicates that the repeater transmitter is keyed by the logic. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 1-6 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION 1.11.4 POWER SUPPLY it is always monitoring its Home repeater to determine which channel is free and if it is being called by another mobile. The power supply is sealed and the line and supply fuses are inside. If a supply fuse opens, the power supply must be removed and opened for repair (see Section 2.4 and 8.5). Refer to the power supply service manual 004-2000-810. The Home repeater is always used to make a call unless it is busy. When the Home repeater is busy, any other repeater in the site may then be used. Up to 250 ID codes are assigned to each repeater. An ID code and Home repeater number are the "address" of the mobiles in the system. Therefore, up to 1250 separate addresses can be assigned in a 5-repeater system and up to 5000 can be assigned in a 20-repeater system. An ID code may be assigned to an individual mobile or a group of mobiles as required. Standby Battery Jack This provides a connection point for a +24V DC standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery only when the power supply output voltage is lower than the battery voltage. A trickle charge switch on the supply ensures that the battery is fully charged. Disable this switch when a separate battery charger is used (see Section 2.5). 1.12.3 INTER-REPEATER DATA COMMUNICATION 1.12 REPEATER INFORMATION Data communication between VIKING VX and LTR repeaters at a site is via a high-speed data bus. This bus cable is installed in a daisy-chain manner between repeaters. If both VIKING VX and LTR repeaters are located at a site, 20 repeaters can be interconnected. Refer to Section 2.8 for information on connecting the data bus. 1.12.1 INTRODUCTION NOTE: The VIKING VX does not require a separate LTR logic drawer. The repeater model used in an LTR system is determined by frequency range. 800 MHz systems use the VIKING VX (2008-232/-234) or LTR 8000s, UHF use 20x4-232/-234 or 1010s, and VHF use 2011/2031213 or 1100s. Repeaters operate on a single frequency (one repeater is required for each channel). The MPC in each repeater performs all control and signaling functions on that channel. Information is exchanged between repeaters via a high-speed data bus (modular cable). No system controller is required. 1.12.4 MOBILE TRANSCEIVERS The mobile and handheld transceivers used in an LTR system must be compatible with the type of signaling in use and also the frequency range. 1.13 REPEATER DATA BUS SIGNALING 1.13.1 GENERAL Optional accessories, such as the Telephone Interconnect Card (TIC) can be installed in the repeater and the ID Validator drawer can be installed in the repeater rack. Refer to Johnson LTR ID Validator Manual, Part No. 001-4408-501 and Johnson Telephone Interconnect Card Manual, Part No. 004-2000-370 for detailed information. A single-line serial data bus interconnects the logic units of all the LTR repeaters at the site. The first repeater powered on generates the synchronization pulse that is used by all other repeaters to determine their time slot on the data bus. If all repeaters are powered on at the same time, the lowest numbered repeater generates the synchronization pulse. There are 21 slots with 1-20 used for repeater reporting and 21 used by the ID Validator (see Section 1.13.3). The time slot used by a repeater is determined by the number assigned to that repeater by the programming in the MPC. Repeater 1 uses time slot 1, repeater 5 uses time slot 5, and so on. The data rate on the repeater data bus is 18,750 bits per second. 1.12.2 HOME REPEATERS All mobiles have one of the site repeaters assigned as its "Home" repeater. This is the repeater from which it receives most of its control information. When a mobile is not placing or receiving a call, 1-7 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION a five-repeater system are making calls. If all have Repeater 1 as their home channel (not very likely in actual practice), the data message order on Repeater 1 is as follows: 1 2 3 1 4 5 1 2 3 and so on. In its time slot, each repeater places information on the data bus indicating its status. If a repeater is not busy, only start bits appear in its slot. If a repeater is busy, it places in its slot the Home repeater and ID code of the mobile receiving the call on that repeater. If a repeater number is unassigned, nothing appears in that time slot. 1.13.3 ID VALIDATOR OPERATION If the ID Validator is used, it is programmed with the status of up to all 5000 home repeater/ID code combinations possible with a 20-channel system. Each combination is programmed as either valid or invalid. Information in the twenty time slots on the repeater data bus is monitored. If an invalid home repeater/ID code combination is detected, the ID Validator places in time slot 21 the number of the repeater being used by the invalid mobile and also the ID code. When a repeater detects its number in slot 21, it transmits the turn-off code (31) to the mobile receiving the call. That mobile then squelches and resumes monitoring its home channel. This effectively disables the invalid mobile because it cannot talk to anyone. When the turn-off code is sent, the repeater places "21" in the repeater position of its time slot to indicate to the ID validator that turn-off has occurred. 1.13.2 MOBILE DATA MESSAGE ORDER Each repeater monitors all the time slots on the repeater data bus. If it detects its number in another time slot, it begins transmitting an additional data message to its mobiles. This message tells mobiles programmed to detect that ID code to go to that repeater to receive a call. This additional message continues for as long as the mobile is transmitting on the other repeater. The sequence of data messages transmitted on a home repeater is as follows: Every third message is to the mobile currently receiving a call on that repeater. Then alternating between these messages are messages to its mobiles that have been trunked to other repeaters. For example, assume that fivedifferent mobiles on August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 1-8 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL (Per TIA 603)1 Frequency Ranges Dimensions AC Voltage/Frequency AC Current AC Input Power DC Current at 26.5V DC (Low Power) Number of Channels Channel Spacing Channel Resolution Temperature Range Duty Cycle FCC Type Acceptance FCC Compliance 132-178 MHz Transmit/Receive (132-150 MHz and 150-178 MHz) 9.125" H x 17" W x 20.9" D 100-240V AC/50-60 Hz 0.38A (Standby), 1.4A (25W), 5A (110W) 45W (Standby), 170W (25W), 560W (110W) 6.3A (25W), 16.5A (110W) 1 (Synthesized, programmable) 12.5 /15 /25 /30 kHz selectable 5 / 6.25 kHz -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) Continuous ATH2422001 Parts 15, 90 RECEIVER (Per TIA 603) 12 dB SINAD 20 dB Quieting Signal Displacement Bandwidth Adjacent Channel Rejection Intermodulation Rejection Spurious & Image Rejection Audio Squelch Sensitivity Audio Response Audio Distortion Local Audio Power Audio Sensitivity Hum & Noise Ratio Frequency Spread Frequency Stability Modulation Acceptance Bandwidth 0.35 µV 0.50 µV ±1 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±2.0 kHz (25/30 kHz) -85 dB (12.5/15 kHz), -90 dB (25/30 kHz) -85 dB -100 dB 12 dB SINAD +1/-3 dB TIA Less than 3% at 0.5W/16 ohms 0.5W/16 ohms ±0.75 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1.5 kHz (25/30 kHz) -50 dB 2 MHz ±2.5 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) ±3.5 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±7.0 kHz (25/30 kHz) TRANSMITTER (Per TIA 603) RF Power Out Spurious Emissions Harmonic Emissions Audio Deviation LTR Data Deviation CWID Deviation Repeat Deviation Audio Response Audio Distortion Hum & Noise (TIA) Frequency Spread Frequency Stability Emission Designators 132-178 MHz 110W (Default setting), 25-110W (Variable Set Point) -90 dBc -90 dBc ±1.6 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±3.5 kHz (25/30 kHz) ±0.8 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1 kHz (25/30 kHz) ±1 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±2 kHz (25/30 kHz) ±0.8 kHz (12.5/15 kHz), ±1.5 kHz (25/30 kHz) +1/-3 dB TIA Less than 2% -50 dB (12.5/15 kHz), -55 dB (25/30 kHz) 6 MHz ±2.5 PPM -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F) 11K0F3E, 16K0F3E These general specifications are intended for reference and are subject to change without notice. Contact the Systems Applications consultants for guaranteed or additional specifications. 1-9 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INTRODUCTION AND OPERATION 1-10 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INSTALLATION SECTION 2 INSTALLATION 2.1 INTRODUCTION NOTE: If the Repeater is installed in an area that exceeds these environmental conditions, the site should be equipped with air filters to remove dust and dirt that could cause the equipment to overheat. Information in this section tells how to set up the repeater for operation in an LTR system. It is assumed that the repeater has been previously aligned at the factory or as described in the alignment procedure in Section 7. When the repeaters are installed in an environment that contains small airborne particles, e.g. grain dust or salt fog, the repeater cabinets need to be sealed. A heat exchanger, i.e. air conditioner, is then required to cool the cabinets. The air conditioners must be suited for the environment. Each repeater (110W) requires >2400 BTU/hr dissipation to maintain exterior cabinet temperature. Even though each repeater is thoroughly aligned and tested at the factory, it is good practice to check performance before it is placed in service. This ensures that no damage occurred during shipment and that the repeater is otherwise operating properly. Performance testing is described in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4. 2.1.1 SITE PREPARATION AND ANTENNA INSTALLATION 2.3 VENTILATION Site preparation and antenna installation are not within the scope of this manual. Basic installation requirements are discussed in the "Dealer Guide To Site Preparation", Part No. 004-8000-100. Factory installation is also available. Contact your Johnson representative for more information. The RF modules and the power supply are equipped with fans, controlled by thermostats, that force air through the equipment for cooling. The air flow is from the front to the back of the equipment. This permits the Repeaters to be stacked or rack mounted (see Figure 2-4). There are a few considerations when installing Repeaters to provide adequate air circulation. 2.2 ENVIRONMENT The following conditions should be considered when selecting a site for the Repeater. 1. The Repeaters should be mounted with a minimum of 6 inches clearance between the front or back of the cabinet for air flow. The power supply requires a minimum of 18 inches at the back of the Repeater for removal. Operating Temperature. -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F). Humidity. NOTE: Repeaters should not touch. Leave a minimum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2") between repeaters vertically especially for bottom ventilation slots in high power repeaters. Less than 95% non-condensing relative humidity at 50°C. Air Quality. 2. Cabinet enclosures must provide air vents for adequate air circulation. For equipment operating in a controlled environment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the airborne particles must not exceed 30 µg/m3. 3. Temperature and humidity must be considered when several Repeaters are installed at a site. This might require air conditioning the site. For equipment operating in an uncontrolled environment with the Repeaters rack mounted, the airborne particles must not exceed 100 µg/m3. 2-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INSTALLATION 2.4 AC POWER B- The AC power source to the Johnson VIKING VX Repeater can be 120V AC or 240V AC. Nothing need be done to the power supply for 240V AC operation. However, a 240V AC outlet requires that the 120V AC power plug be replaced. A locking AC power cord is provided for the supply. B+ CHARGER ACTIVE SWITCH TEMP REVERSE BATTERY CHARGER ON EARTH GROUND BATTERY FAULT LINE The 120V AC cord is a standard 3-wire grounded cord used with a standard AC wall outlet. The outlet must be capable of supplying a minimum of 560W. With the nominal 120V AC input, the source must supply 5A for each 110W repeater and should be protected by a circuit breaker. It is recommended that all of the repeaters in a rack should not be on the same breaker in order to provide one operational repeater in the event a breaker trips. An AC surge protector is recommended for all equipment. NEUTRAL Figure 2-1 BATTERY BACKUP CONNECTOR The temperature sensor is required to adjust the charging voltage over temperature. Each Repeater requires an outlet, so for a 5-channel system, a minimum of 5 outlets is required. An additional three outlets should be added for test equipment. The outlets must be within 3 feet of each Repeater cabinet. Future system expansion should be considered when electrical work is being planned for the initial system. TEMP WHT GND BLK NEGATIVE BATTERY TERMINAL The VIKING VX Repeater power supply can be equipped with an optional 24V DC back-up in the event of AC power failure. Since the transmitter will remain on full power, if desired, the DC power source must have a current capability of about 20A per 110W repeater or 100A for 5 - 110W repeaters. The multicoupler requires another 0.5A for a total system requirement at 24V DC of 100.5A for 110W repeaters. Figure 2-2 TEMPERATURE SENSOR CABLE 2.6 800W POWER SUPPLY The power supply has four voltage output levels (see Table 2-1). Each voltage is set to ±1% at +25°C (+77°F). The output of this supply is capable or running any 2000 series repeater. 2.5 BATTERY BACKUP Each output is overload protected such that the power supply current limits and automatically resets when the overload is removed (see Table 2-1). If the power supply is equipped with battery backup, screw lugs are provided on the front of the power supply for battery connections (see Figure 2-1). A switch is provided for charging the battery or can be off if a separate battery charger is used. A battery temperature sensor connection is also provided. The temperature sensor cable is shown in Figure 2-2. LED indicators are provided to show Reverse Battery connection, Charger On/Off and Battery Fault. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 Each output is over voltage protected such that the power supply shuts down when an over voltage condition exists, usually when a component in the supply has failed (see Table 2-2). The power supply must be manually reset by toggling the Enable Line or removing AC power for more than 10 seconds. 2-2 INSTALLATION POWER HARNESS BACKPLANE J2 +26.5V GROUND TO RFIB +15V J2 AC FAIL IN POWER SWITCH 10 11 12 THERMAL SENSOR 4 N/C +15V N/C 10 N/C 11 +5V 12 -5V TO REPEATER BACKPLANE Figure 2-3 POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC 2.6.1 AC INPUT REQUIREMENTS Table 2-1 OUTPUT VOLTAGES Voltage Current Wattage +26.5V 22A 583W +15V 5A 75W +5.2V 5A 26W -5V 1A 5W AC Input Voltage: Line Frequency: AC In-rush: Overall Efficiency: Lightning protection: Power Factor: Brown Out Voltage: Temperature Power factor correction per IEC555. The Power supply has the following safety agency approvals pending: UL1950, CSA22.2-950, TUV EN60950 (IEC950) Table 2-2 OVER VOLTAGE Voltage Range +26.5V +32V to +33V +15V +16V to +18V +5.2V +6V to +7V -5V -6V to -7V 100-240V AC 50-60 Hz 60A maximum >70% at 100V AC >80% at 240V AC 6kV for < 1ms >0.97 at full load 80V AC -30°C - +60°C (full power) When the AC input voltage is below 90V AC, the maximum output power is decreased to keep the input current constant. If a battery back-up is installed, the batteries take over when the AC input voltage falls below 80V AC (dependant on power output). The AC input connector is an IEC connector equipped with a locking mechanism. 2-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INSTALLATION same wire sizes as specified for coaxial cables for any ground connections required by the secondary protectors. The operating temperature range is -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F), i.e. the same as the repeater. The fan is thermostatically controlled by the internal temperature. When the internal heatsink temperature reaches +45°C (113°F) the fan turns on. When the heatsink temperature drops below +35°C (95°F) the fan turns off. If the internal heatsink temperature reaches +90°C (+194°F) the power supply turns off until the heatsink temperature drops below +85°C (+185°F). The over-temperature shutdown and restart are automatic. RF An RF protector keeps any lightning strike to the antenna feed line or tower from damaging the Repeaters. Install this protection in-line with the combiner and antenna feed line. RF protectors are selected by calculating the maximum instantaneous voltage at the output of the combiner. Do this by using the following equation. 2.7 GROUNDING CAUTION VP = 1.414 (X) (√P(50)) PROPER SITE GROUNDING AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO PREVENT PERMANENT DAMAGE TO THE REPEATER. where: VP = Voltage at the output of the combiner. P = repeater output in watts As in any fixed radio installation, measures should be taken to reduce the possibility of lightning damage to the Viking VX equipment. Proper grounding eliminates shock hazard, protects against electromagnetic interference (EMI) and lightning. X= 1.05 1.09 1.13 1.17 1.20 1.30 Ground each piece of equipment separately. Do not ground one piece of equipment by connecting it to another grounded piece of equipment. A good DC ground must be found or created at the site. Rooftop site grounds can be researched through the building management or architects. Tower site grounds must be made with grounding rods. The many techniques for providing adequate grounds for towers and poles and for installing building ground bus lines are beyond the scope of this manual. Refer to National Electrical Code article 250 "Grounding Techniques," article 800 "Communications Systems" and follow local codes. for VSWR= 1.10 : 1 1.20 : 1 1.30 : 1 1.40 : 1 1.50 : 1 1.86 : 1 Example: Repeater power output of 60W with a VSWR of 1.3 : 1 (for this VSWR, X = 1.13): VP = 1.414 (1.13) (√60(50)) VP = 1.59782 (√60(50)) VP = 1.59782 (54.772256) VP = 87.52V Telephone Line The ground bus should be routed to the floor area within 5 feet of the system with a runner of 6 AWG or larger solid copper wire or 8 AWG stranded copper wire. There are four types of protection suppressors for telephone lines; Gas Tube, Silicon Avalanche Diode, Metal Oxide Varistor and Hybrid. The outer conductor of each transmission line at the point where it enters the building should be grounded using 6 AWG or larger solid copper wire or 8 AWG stranded wire. The hybrid protector is ideal for E.F. Johnson equipment, and is strongly recommended. A hybrid suppressor combines several forms of protection not available in just one type of device. For example, a high-speed diode reacts first, clamping a voltage strike within 10 ns, a heavy duty heat coil reacts next to reduce the remainder of the current surge, and a highpowered three-element gas tube fires, grounding Tip and Ring. Secondary protection (other than grounding) provides the equipment protection against line transients that result from lightning. There are two types of secondary protection, RF and Telephone Line. Use the August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 2-4 INSTALLATION 2.7.1 PROTECTION GUIDELINES Follow these guidelines for grounding and lightning protection. Each Repeater installation site is different; all of these may not apply. 1. Ensure that ground connections make good metalto-metal contact (grounding rod, grounding tray, metal conduit) using #6 gauge solid wire or braided wire straps. 2. With surge protectors, ensure that ground wires go directly to ground, and not through other equipment. 3. Run the ground wire for RF coax protectors directly to ground. 4. With coax protectors, ensure maximum instantaneous voltage does not exceed the rated voltage. 5. Do not run ground wires parallel to any other wiring (e.g. a ground wire parallel to a telephone line), except other ground wires. TX COMBINER DUPLEXER 6. Double check all equipment for good ground and that all connections are clean and secure. RX MULTICOUPLER POWER STRIP 2.8 UNPACKING AND INSPECTION E.F. Johnson ships the Repeater securely crated for transportation. When the Repeater arrives, ensure the crates remain upright, especially if storing the crates temporarily. When unpacking the Repeater, check for any visible damage or problems caused by shipping. If there is obvious damage from shipping mishaps, file claims with the carrier. If there appears to be any damage caused before shipping, file a claim with E.F. Johnson. Contact Customer Service for assistance (see Section 1.7). If everything appears undamaged, remove the Repeater equipment from the crate, using normal precautions for unpacking. Figure 2-4 RACK MOUNTED REPEATERS 2-5 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INSTALLATION T/R ANTENNA RECEIVER 1 TRANSMITTER 1 DUPLEXER RECEIVER 2 RECEIVER 3 TRANSMITTER 2 RECEIVER MULTICOUPLER BANDPASS FILTER TRANSMITTER COMBINER RECEIVER 4 TRANSMITTER 3 TRANSMITTER 4 PREAMPLIFIER RECEIVER 5 TRANSMITTER 5 Figure 2-5 5-CHANNEL COMBINING SYSTEM sion) that connects to a HSDB that is also servicing LTR 1010 repeaters, other VIKING VX repeaters that use VIKING VNC cards, or an ID Validator must also use the adapter module. The BNC Adapter Module is installed on the back of the VIKING VX repeater cabinet (see Figure 2-13). NOTE: Do not discard the packing materials. If you must return an item; use the same packing materials and methods (including static protective bags for circuit cards) to repack the equipment. You are responsible for proper repacking. E.F. Johnson cannot be responsible for damage to equipment caused by negligence. Systems constructed only with LTR VIKING VX repeaters that have Version 202 or later HSDB software and do not use VNC cards can be connected directly to the HSDB from the RJ-11 jack on the back of the repeater. NOTE: Repeaters should not touch, leave a minimum of one empty screw hole (approximately 1/2") between repeaters vertically especially for bottom ventilation slots in high power repeaters. 2.9.1 MPC DATA BUS SWITCH SETTINGS NOTE: Each repeater should be grounded separately by connecting a ground bus from the ground lug on the back side of the RF module to the ground bar on the rack (see Figure 2-8). Switch settings on the MPC for the two types of installations require S2 and S3 sections to be switched as indicated in Figures 2-10 through 2-13. 2.9 REPEATER DATA BUS INSTALLATION 2.9.2 MPC DATA BUS JUMPER SETTINGS VIKING VX repeaters with High Speed Data Bus (HSDB) software Version 201 or earlier (reference U14 label) installed on the MPC board must use the optional RJ-11 to BNC Adapter Module (see Table 1-1 and Figure 2-9) to connect the HSDB. Any VIKING VX repeater (regardless of the HSDB software ver- Refer to Figure 2-6 for crystal selection and HSDB Code selections jumper placement. The jumper on J5, pins 2-3 selects 12 MHz crystal for LTR. The jumper on J4, pins 3-4 connects EPROM U14, pin 27 (A14) to +5V for LTR single-ended 5V data bus. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 2-6 INSTALLATION CRYSTAL SELECTION J5 GROUND HSDB CODE SELECTION RX J4 TX Figure 2-6 RJ-11 TO BNC MPC JUMPERS Figure 2-8 ANTENNA CONNECTIONS Jumper J4 must be placed with the following guidelines (see Figure 2-6): J4, pins 3-4 for operation with the RJ-11 to BNC adapter module and mixed systems (20x1 and 1100) with any version of HSDB software. BLU J4, pins 3-4 for operation with the RJ-11 to BNC adapter module with 2008 only systems with any version of HSDB software. PIN 5 HSDB- PIN 6 HSDB+ PIN 1 TLA- PIN 2 TLA+ PIN 3 IRDB- PIN 4 IRDB+ YEL J4, pins 5-6 for operation with the RJ-11 to RJ-11 cable with 2008 only systems with Version 202 or later HSDB software. BLK ORN CRYSTAL SELECTION J5 HSDB CODE SELECTION J4 GRN RED Figure 2-7 RJ-11 TO RJ-11 MPC JUMPERS 2.10 CONNECTING RECEIVE AND TRANSMIT ANTENNAS PIN 1 ORN PIN 2 BLK PIN 3 RED PIN 4 GRN PIN 5 YEL PIN 6 BLU PIN 7 GRY PIN 8 BRN Receive and Transmit antenna connector locations are shown in Figure 2-8. Although each transmitter and receiver could be connected to a separate antenna, this is usually not done because of the large number of antennas required by a multiple repeater installation. Therefore, an antenna combining system is usually used. An example of a combining system for a five-channel system is shown in Figure 2-5. The amount of power loss introduced by a combiner depends on the type of combiner used. If it has a loss of 3 dB, power output to the antenna is reduced by half. Figure 2-9 RJ-11 TO BNC ADAPTER MODULE 2-7 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INSTALLATION MPC SWITCHES 1 2 3 4ON S3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON S2 Figure 2-10 SINGLE REPEATER INSTALLATION MPC SWITCHES 1 2 3 4 ON S3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8ON S2 MPC SWITCHES 1 2 3 4ON S3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8ON S2 Figure 2-11 TWO REPEATER INSTALLATION August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 2-8 INSTALLATION MPC SWITCHES END REPEATER ON S3 ON S2 MPC SWITCHES MIDDLE REPEATERS ON S3 ON S2 MPC SWITCHES END REPEATER S3 ON ON S2 Figure 2-12 THREE OR MORE REPEATERS INSTALLATION 2-9 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 INSTALLATION LOGIC RECEIVER EXCITER MPC SWITCHES 4 ON S3 8 ON S2 ID VALIDATOR OPTIONAL MPC SWITCHES 4 ON S3 8 ON 50 OHM TERMINATION S2 50 OHM TERMINATION LOGIC RECEIVER EXCITER MPC SWITCHES S3 4 ON 8 ON S2 Figure 2-13 MIXED VIKING VX AND CR1100 REPEATER INSTALLATION August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 2-10 SOFTWARE SECTION 3 SOFTWARE 3.1 INTRODUCTION Follow the computer instructions for loading the disk. The MS-DOS Revision 2.0 or later operating system is needed to run the programs. The computer needs to have RS-232C capability, for example, the Serial Card in slot "COM1" or "COM2". The Johnson 2000 Repeater Program on 3.5 inch disk, Part No. 023-9998-390, uses an IBM personal computer to program the EEPROM Memory in the Main Processor Card (MPC). To lessen the chance of programming errors and simplify operation, the program uses yes/no questions or toggles through the available responses. 3.1.3 COMPUTER DESCRIPTION The programming software is designed to run on an IBM PC or compatible computer that meet the following minimum requirements. The computer is connected directly from the serial card to the MPC. The interconnect cables used are shown in Figure 4-29. The DB-9 to 8-pin modular adapter is connected to the serial port of the computer and an interconnect cable connects the adapter to the MPC. 1. One 3.5" high density disk drive. 2. 640K of memory NOTE: These connections are for the IBM computer and may differ from an IBM compatible. In which case, consult the manuals for your computer for serial card outputs and connections. 3. MS-DOS version 2.0 or higher 4. One serial port 5. Monochrome or color monitor and video card 3.1.1 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Although the program uses color to highlight certain areas on the screen, a monochrome (black and white) monitor or LCD laptop also provide satisfactory operation. Most video formats such as EGA and VGA are supported. A serial port is required to connect the Repeater to the computer. This port is standard with most computers. This manual introduces the program and illustrates how to use the features. This manual is organized to easily find programming information with the Table of Contents, Index and Parameter Tables for the responses required for programming. Graphic reproductions of the screens are shown for reference. Adjacent to the screens are tables to provide the parameters, available responses and a brief description of the parameter. It is not the intent of this manual to teach computer operation, but to allow the user to become familiar with the available screens and the responses without having to be at the computer. The cables from the Repeater to the computer are not included. With most computers, the adapter-tocomputer cable is a standard DB-25 M-F cable, PN 023-5800-017, (the male connector plugs into the adapter). If your computer requires a male connector, a male-to-male cable is also available, PN 023-5800016. The cable from the adapter to the Repeater has a modular-type 8-pin connector (see Figure 4-29). 3.1.2 GETTING STARTED NOTE: Before starting you should already know how to start MS-DOS, format and make backup copies of disks, copy and delete files, and run programs. If you are unfamiliar with any of these actions, refer to the MS-DOS manual for your computer for more information (see Section 5-1). 3.1.4 EEPROM DATA STORAGE The data programmed into the MPC is stored by an EEPROM Memory. Since this type of device is nonvolatile, data is stored indefinitely without the need for a constant power supply. A repeater can be 3-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SOFTWARE 3.1.6 COLOR OR MONOCHROME OPERATION removed from the site or even stored indefinitely without affecting programming. Since EEPROM Memory is also reprogrammable, a new device is not needed if programming is changed. HELP The programming software utilizes color for a color monitor and video card. However, with LCDtype displays, this may make some information hard to read because the contrast is poor. To improve contrast, a monochrome mode can be selected in the display mode from Utilities heading. To show all options available from the command line type: /h or /?. Either ’/’ or ’-’ can be used. For example: 2004pgmr /h 3.2 REPEATER PROGRAM SOFTWARE 3.1.5 COMMAND LINE OPTIONS The options can be entered in any order. For example: 2004pgmr /d /b /c 3.2.1 INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE COM PORT The Johnson programming software defaults to serial port COM1. However, if this port is already in use, the software can be reconfigured to use serial port COM2. To do this, use one of the following methods: When you receive the programming software, make a backup copy and store the master in a safe place. Copy the distribution disks using DOS DISKCOPY command. For example, type: 1. When running the compiled (.EXE) version, type / c2 on the command line after the program name. For example: 2004pgmr /c2 or -c2 DISKCOPY A: A: (single floppy drive) or 2. Select COM port from Utilities heading. DISKCOPY A: B: or C: (multi-drive systems). BAUD RATE If you have a hard disk drive, you may want to create one or more separate directories for transceiver programming and then transfer the program disk files to those directories. To create a new directory, use the MKDIR command. For example, to create directory RADIOPRG, type: The software defaults to 9600 baud, however this rate can be changed. To do this from the command line, type /bxxxx (xxxx = baud rate). For example: 2004pgmr /b or -b NOTE: When the baud rate is changed on the command line, the baud rate jumpers on J3 in the MPC must also be changed to the same baud rate (see Section 6.10.8). MKDIR \RADIOPRG. Then to make the new directory the current directory, use the CHDIR command. For example, to change to the \RADIOPRG directory, type DEMO MODE CHDIR \RADIOPRG. To view the screens for Read Setup Parms and Write Setup Parms from the Transfer menu when a repeater is not connected to the computer this option is used. Normally these screens are not available without a repeater connected. To do this from the command line, type: /d or -d. For example: 2004pgmr /d August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 To copy all files from a floppy disk in drive A: to this directory, type: COPY A:*.* 3-2 SOFTWARE 3.2.2 MINIMUM FREE MEMORY REQUIRED If you have a single floppy drive and no hard disk drive, you need to create programming disks. The reason for this is that there is not adequate space on the backup disk(s) for storing radio files. If your computer has dual floppy disk drives, the backup disk can be placed in one drive and then the radio files stored on a disk in the second drive. Approximately 560K of free conventional memory is required to run this program (use the CHKSK or MEM command to display the amount of free memory). If you have at least 640K of memory and not enough is available, there may be other programs that are also being loaded into conventional memory. Contact Customer Service for information on how these programs can be moved or disabled to make more space available. To make a programming disk, format a blank disk using FORMAT B: or FORMAT B: /S (use "/S" if it must be a bootable disk). Then copy the required program file or files to the programming disk. To do this, type COPY A:(filename.ext) B:(filename.ext). For example, to copy the file 2004pgm2.exe from drive A to drive B, type 3.3 REPEATER PROGRAMMER When the program is loaded into the computer and executed, the menu shows the files available from the directory. The program is used to create, edit, transfer and receive the repeater and channel parameters described in Section 5. COPY A:2004pgm2.exe B:2004pgm2.exe This procedure works for either single or dual drive computers. Refer to your computer reference manual for more information on these DOS commands. IMPORTANT The programming software is shipped in a compressed format. The name of the compressed file is 2000pgm2.exe and it extracts the following files so the program can be used on a PC. VHF_PGMR.EXE VHF_PGMR.HLP VHF12LMN.HLP VHF_PGMR.LNF VHF12HMN.LNF VHF12LMN.LNF VHF12LUS.LMF VHF25HMN.LNF VHF25LMN.LNF VHF25LUS.LMF The commands and displays referred to in this manual are for the IBM PC and may differ from IBM compatible. Refer to the computer’s operating system manual for command explanations. 488K 46K 2K 181K 11K 278K 59K 11K 270K 62K 3.3.1 PROGRAM FILES The files in the software directory are needed to run the program. 3.4 ALIGNMENT SOFTWARE File Edit Transfer Hardware Test Utilities PA Receiver The 2004PGM2.EXE file is self extracting which means that the files extract automatically when executed. To extract these files so the program can be used, first make the current directory the destination directory for these files. For example, to make it the \RADIOPRG directory on drive C: (if not the current directory), type C: (Return) and then CD \RADIOPRG as just described. To make it the disk in drive B:, simply type B:. Then insert the program disk in drive A: and type A:2004PGM2 (or B: 2004PRM2 if drive B: is being used). The program files are automatically extracted into the current directory or disk. Exciter Full Rptr/Station RNT Interface Telephone Interface VNC Interface Figure 3-1 REPEATER TEST MENU The software for the VIKING VX repeater programs the MPC to open and close the audio/data gates necessary for the alignment selected from the Test-Full 3-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SOFTWARE Repeater menu. Under the menu heading Test are the alignment procedures for the PA (see Section 7.3), Receiver (see Section 7.1), Exciter (see Section 7.2) and overall Full Repeater (see Section 7.4) including the MAC card (see Figure 3-1). HELP - F1 Refer to Section 7 for Alignment Procedures as shown in the program, alignment points diagrams and test setup diagrams. FILE Load Save Save As Print Config DOS Shell About... Quit ALT X EDIT Setup Parameters F4 Select Repeater Alarm Configuration Repeater Type Delete Repeater 3.5 HELP F1 Help screens are available for most parameters and options in this program. Whenever a parameter or options clarification is needed, press F1 and if a help screen is available it will pop-up on the screen. Press Escapeto exit the pop-up screen. TRANSFER HARDWARE TEST UTILITIES Read Setup Parms F5 Write Setup Parms F6 RF Data Revisions PA Receiver Exciter Full Rptr/Station COM Port Display Mode Alarm Display User Level Figure 3-2 PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 3-4 PULL DOWN MENUS SECTION 4 PULL DOWN MENUS 4.1 MENU DISPLAYS 4.2.1 LOAD The menus available are listed at the top of the screen (see Figure 3-2). Move the cursor with the arrow keys to highlight the menu name. Press Enter to view the menu and the arrow keys to scroll through the menu. Call up the highlighted selection by pressing Enter. Load reads information from a stored file. The program requests the filename to be loaded into the buffer. The filename from a disk can be entered in the highlighted area. Then move the cursor down with the arrow key and highlight "Ok" and press Enter. To select an existing file, use the arrow keys to move down the menu list and press Enter when the highlighted filename is the file to load. 4.2 FILE MENU 4.2.2 SAVE This menu manipulates new or existing files into directories and saves files to be called up at another time. This saves the edited version of an existing file loaded in the buffer under the same filename in the directory and deletes the old file. It loads a new file created in the Edit menu into the directory. 4.2.3 SAVE AS This saves the edited version of an existing file loaded in the buffer under a new filename or gives a new file created in the Edit menu a filename. Figure 4-1 FILE MENU Save File Dir c:\example\file\load File *.qx Load File Dir c:\example\file\load File *.qx file1.qx test.qx ..\ tmp\ Ok Ok ..\ tmp\ Cancel Cancel Figure 4-3 SAVE FILE Figure 4-2 LOAD FILE 4-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PULL DOWN MENUS 4.2.4 NEW NOTE: A list of valid repeaters can be seen under the Edit-Select Repeater menu selection. This menu selection erases all Site and Repeater information in the programmer and loads factory defaults. If the current data has been changed, selecting File -> New provides the opportunity to save the data before loading the defaults. 4.2.6 DOS SHELL DOS shell temporarily suspends the program and returns to DOS. Directories and other DOS commands can be performed. To return to the program from DOS, type EXIT and press Enter. 4.2.5 PRINT REPEATER CONFIGURATION 4.2.7 QUIT (ALT X) Select the destination for the configurations. Printer - Prints to printer connected to PC. File - Writes printable test to selected filename. Quit exits the repeater program and returns to DOS. Save all files before exiting the repeater program. Select which repeater data will be printed. All Repeaters - Prints the data for all valid repeaters. Single Repeater - Prints the data for the entered repeater number. Repeater Number Receive Frequency Transmit Frequency Frequency Step TELCO Network Type Area Sync Repeater Stand Alone CWID Time CWID Message Local Mic ID Test Mode ID RF Power Level Setup Parameters F4 Select Repeater EDIT Alarm Configuration Power Source Paging Data Modem Default Repeater Number Input Alarms Output Alarms Cross Reference Repeater Type Repeater Type Channel Bandwidth Frequency Range Delete Repeater Input Type Selection Output Type Selection Alarm Cross Reference Selection Multi-Net LTR Universal Station UHF VHF Universal Station 12.5 kHz 25 kHz 132-150 MHz 150-178 MHz 370-480 MHz 480-512 MHz Figure 4-4 EDIT PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART 4-2 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PULL DOWN MENUS 4.3 EDIT To eliminate the chance of incorrect synthesizer settings arising from ambiguous frequencies, make sure this setting is correct. Telco Network Type None is used for LTR system repeaters. Area This is the same as the area bit used when programming the mobiles. This bit is usually "0". Figure 4-5 EDIT MENU Sync Repeater This menu is used to create new files and set or change the repeater operating parameters. The filename for the repeaters in this file is shown in the lower left corner of the screen. None is used for LTR system repeaters. Stand Alone Select if the repeater is not connected to additional repeaters via the high speed data bus. 4.3.1 SETUP PARAMETERS ID Validator (Not applicable at this time.) First see Section 4.3.4 to select repeater type to setup LTR Parameters. This menu programs the repeater parameters and options of each repeater at a site. Table 5-1 lists the parameters that are set by this screen (see Figure 5-1) and gives a brief description of each. CWID Time The time interval between transmission of the repeater’s CWID message. CWID Message NOTE: The parameters are shown in the lower left of the pop-up screen for reference. FCC regulations require that the station call letters be transmitted periodically on the lowest- frequency repeater in the system and disabled on all the others. Morse code is used to encode these letters/ numbers for continuous-wave (CW) transmission (15 characters/numbers UPPER CASE). Repeater Number Each repeater is programmed with a repeater number from 1-20. Make sure that this number agrees with the Home repeater number programmed in the mobiles assigned to this repeater. Local MIC ID The local microphone connected to the MAC jack is assigned a Group ID for transmitting when the local microphone PTT is active. This allows the Repeater to operate as a base station. Receive/Transmit Frequency Each Repeater is programmed with a Transmit and Receive frequency that it is operating on. Test Mode ID Frequency Step This Group ID is transmitted when the Repeater is in Test Mode. Mobiles with the same Group ID can communicate with the Repeater in Test Mode. Using the space bar, select either: 5000 Hz or 6250 Hz for allowable frequency spacing. 4-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PULL DOWN MENUS RF Power Level Select Which Alarms To Edit Input Alarms Output Alarms Cross Reference This is the default power level. Enter the power level for transmit power. NOTE: This is not the actual power out level. Other factors must be considered for true power out. Figure 4-7 ALARM CONFIGURATION Power Source Input Alarms This indicates the primary power source for the Repeater (AC/DC). If AC is selected and Battery Backup is installed, the transmitter goes to half rated power (max.) when AC fails. If DC is selected and AC fails, power output is unchanged. There are four input alarms that can be activated by external devices (see Section 6.12). These inputs can be disabled, energized or de-energized. Alarms 3 and 4 can also be analog input. Data Modem If the input is disabled, the input alarm line is inactive. When energized and current flow is detected, the alarm is activated. When de-energized and no current flow is detected, the alarm is activated. Analog inputs provide a detection of an analog input out of limit condition. Select the Low and High Limit pair to trip an Analog Input Alarm. The High Limit must be greater in value than the Low Limit (0.0V-5.0V in 0.1V steps). This is selected if the Data Modem option is installed. This option is not compatible with Paging, TIC, or VNC. 4.3.2 SELECT REPEATER Select the repeater number to be programmed or edited from the pop-up menu (see Figure 4-6). Move the cursor with the arrow keys to highlight the repeater number and press Enter. Input Alarm Configuration Input Type Selection Alarm 1 Input Type: Energized Alarm 2 Input Type: De-Energized Alarm 3 Input Type: Analog Alarm 4 Input Type: Analog Low Limit Voltage (Input3): 1.6 Volts High Limit Voltage (Input3): 2.5 Volts Low Limit Voltage (Input4): 0 Volts High Limit Voltage (Input4): 1.5 Volts Repeater List default Rptr 1 ------------------- Description Door 1 open Door 2 open Fuel Tank 1/2 Fuel Tank 1/4 Rptr 30 Spacebar Figure 4-6 REPEATER LIST Figure 4-8 INPUT ALARMS 4.3.3 ALARM CONFIGURATION Output Type Selection This programs the input alarm (see Figure 4-8) and output alarm (see Figure 4-9) configurations and provides a cross reference screen. Select the operation of the Output Alarm. The available types are: Use the arrow keys to move down the list. Use the Space bar to toggle through the parameters: Disabled, Active Low, Active High, for each alarm. Active Open - An active alarm opens (no contact) the output lines. Active Closed - An active alarm closes (contact) the output lines. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 4-4 PULL DOWN MENUS Output Alarm Configuration Output Type Selection Description Alarm Cross Reference Selection Tx ID Select which Output Alarm is activated by each Input Alarm. Alarm 1 Output Type: Alarm 2 Output Type: Alarm 3 Output Type: Alarm 4 Output Type: Active Open Active Open Active Open Active Closed Alarm Tx Rate: DOOR OPEN 15 FUEL 1/2 120 FUEL 1/4 120 RF HALF POWER0 0. None 1. 1 2. 1 3. 2 4. 3 5. None 6. None 7. None Press F2 to Accept Spacebar 8. None 9. None 10. None 11. None 12. None 13. None 14. None 15. None 16. None 17. None 18. None 19. None 20. None 21. None 22. None 23. None 24. None 25. None 26. None 27. None 28. None 29. None 30. None 31. None 32. None 33. 4 34. None 35. None 36. None 37. None 38. None 39. None 40. None 41. None 42. None 43. None 44. None 45. None 46. None 47. None Press F2 to Accept Figure 4-9 OUTPUT ALARMS Figure 4-10 ALARM CROSS REFERENCE Alarm Description This is a text string (up to 15 characters) to describe the alarm. This test string is sent via Morse code if the alarm input is programmed with a Tx ID and an output is selected in the cross reference menu (see Figure 4-10). 4.3.4 REPEATER TYPE This screen (see Figure 4-11) selects the repeater type (LTR signaling protocol and features): Transmit ID Repeater Type VHF Channel Bandwidth 12.5/25 kHz Frequency Range 132-150/150-178 MHz Each of the 8-alarm outputs can be assigned a Group ID from 1-225. The default setting is 0 (zero) for disabled. This Group ID and the Repeater number identify an alarm that is active. This ID can be programmed into a transceiver so that when the alarm is active, the alarm description is received in Morse code. Alarm Transmit Rate This sets the time interval for transmitting the alarm message in Morse code. If more than one alarm is active, this is the inter-alarm time. Cross Reference Figure 4-11 REPEATER TYPE The cross reference screen selects the output alarm that is activated by each input alarm. There are up to 48 alarms (0-47), 8 external input alarms and 40 internal alarms (see Table 1-2). There are eight output alarms. An alarm condition on any input can cause an output alarm. This screen configures which input alarm activates an output alarm. 4.3.5 DELETE REPEATER Select Rptr To Delete Rptr 1 NOTE: More than one alarm condition can have the same output alarm (see Figure 4-10). Figure 4-12 DELETE REPEATER 4-5 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PULL DOWN MENUS 4.3.6 TELEPHONE PARAMETERS Programming Setup Parameters Refer to the Telephone Interface Card manual, Part No. 004-2000-370, for information on the Telephone Access Parameters, Telephone Interface and TIC Calibration Data. Count = 1 Figure 4-15 PROGRAM WRITE SETUP 4.4 TRANSFER 4.4.2 READ SETUP PARAMETERS File Edit Transfer Hardware Test Utilities This command reads the contents of the EEPROM memory of a repeater and loads it into a buffer. The contents of the buffer is then displayed to show the programming of the repeater. Read Setup Parms F5 Write Setup Parms F6 Read TIC Calibration Data Write TIC Calibration Data Edit Option Keys Read Setup Parms? Figure 4-13 TRANSFER MENU Ok Cancel 4.4.1 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS Figure 4-16 READ SETUP PARAMETERS This command sends the contents of a file to the repeater and programs the EEPROM memory in the Main Processor Card (MPC). Reading Setup Parameters Program Rptr 1 Attempting access to Repeater Ok Cancel Figure 4-17 READING SETUP Figure 4-14 WRITE SETUP PARAMETERS Repeater (1-20) Home HSDB Monitor HARDWARE UID GoTo UID GID Home Data Received From Radio RX/TX Data Data Transmitted to Radio GID Pri Stat RF Data RF Line Monitor Revisions Normal Test Mode Select TTY Terminal Figure 4-18 HARDWARE PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 4-6 Time PULL DOWN MENUS 4.5 HARDWARE The repeater receives the destination’s: Unique ID, Home Repeater Number, Group ID, Priority, Status and Time Stamp. The information sent to the destination in the update message from the repeater includes: Unique ID of originator, Home Repeater Number, Group ID, GoTo Channel Number, Free Channel Number and Priority of the current repeater. The time stamp is included because messages are sent continually and this provides a reference for when a data exchange took place. Figure 4-19 HARDWARE MENU 4.5.1 HSDB MONITOR UID Home GID Pri Stat Time High Speed Data Bus (HSDB) connects all repeaters at a site and continually sends updates on the status of each repeater. This information screen provides a list of all repeaters at the site (1 to 20). If a repeater is not sending data, IDLE is next to the repeater number. The data sent by the repeater is used to determine the Home, GID and UID of destination (mobile) users to receive the call placed by the originator. Figure 4-21 MOBILE TRAFFIC MONITOR 4.5.3 RF DATA The A/D Monitor Screen shows the state of the lines (see Figure 4-22). These lines are monitored by the A to D converter in the IAC. The normal values for each line are defined as follows. The Home column refers to the Home repeater number of the originator, therefore the Repeater number and the Home number may not be the same number. The UID is the Unique ID used to identify the originator of special calls. The GID column refers to the Group ID of the talk group of the originator (236=UID Call, 237 Telco call). The GoTo column shows the repeater channel all destination users switch to so they receive the call. Rptr Home UID GoTo Synthesizer Lock Lines Forward Power (LP) Reflected Power Final Out (ratio) Chassis Temp Wideband Audio Output LO Injection RSSI Fan Current Fan Power Supply Temp Battery Voltage GID Figure 4-20 HSDB MONITOR Yes or No 25-110 Watts 0-6 Watts approx equal 27°C-55°C approx 200 approx 200 20-150 100-200, 0 On or Off 22°C-45°C 21V-28V 4.5.2 RECEIVE/TRANSMIT DATA Values with no label are the actual A to D reading. To calculate the voltage on the line, divide the value by 51. Example: Value ÷ 51 = Volts. Any variation from the above values may indicate a problem in that area. Values on this screen are relative measurements only. This is an information screen used at the repeater site while the computer (laptop) is connected to the MPC in the repeater being monitored. This information is contained in the receive data stream exchanged between the repeater and the destination user (mobile) and the data content of the repeater transmit data stream. The message contains data received from the destination and data sent to the mobile by the repeater. 4-7 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PULL DOWN MENUS RF Line Monitor Synthesizer Lock Lines Exciter Synthesizer: Yes Receive Synthesizer: Yes Exciter High Stability: No Receive High Stability: No Transmit Parameters (Not Calibrated) Repeater Version Display Receive Parameters Wideband Audio Output: LO Injection: RSSI: Repeater Number: 1 HSDB: 2.1d MAC: 1.09 TIC: 0.00 System Parameters Forward Power: 0 Watts Reflected Power: 0 Watts Final Output 1/2: 0/ 0 ratio Final Output 3/4: 0/ 0 ratio Fan 1 Current: Fan 2 Current: Fan On: Chassis Temp: Power Supply Temp: Battery Voltage: MPC or TPI: 10.12 05/23/95 11 Off 0C 0C 0 Volts Serial Number: 1234567891234567 Figure 4-23 REVISION/VERSION Figure 4-22 RF LINE MONITOR 4.5.4 REVISION/VERSION Repeater Version Display The Revision/Version is displayed for the repeater modules in this screen. The format is R.V (revision.version) for all modules. The MPC information also includes the release date of the software and the serial number of the repeater. The HSDB version in Figure 4-23 is for J4, pins 5/6 connected in the MPC Repeater Number: 1 HSDB: 50.02 MAC: 1.09 TIC: 0.00 MPC or TPI: 10.12 05/23/95 11 Serial Number: 1234567891234567 and Figure 4-24 is the version for J4, pins 3/4 connected in the MPC. Figure 4-24 REVISION/VERSION 4.5.5 MODE SELECT The Mode Select screen places the repeater either in the Normal mode or the Test mode. In the Normal mode the repeater operates as a normal repeater. In the Test mode the repeater transmits a test word. This test word is the Test Mode ID setup in the Setup Parameters (see Section 4.3.1). CAUTION While in the test mode the repeater is "busy", therefore it is important to place the repeater in Normal mode when the test mode is no longer required. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 4-8 PULL DOWN MENUS Frequency Adjust Power Output Adjust All Receive Tests TCXO Frequency Adjust Audio Distortion Hum & Noise Measurement SINAD Measurement Squelch Adjust Data Level Adjust Local Speaker/Mic Desense Check Miscellaneous Tests TEST PA Receiver Exciter Full Rptr/Station RNT Interface Telephone Interface All Test Repeater Setup Transmitter Tests Receiver Tests Transmit Audio/Data Voter Audio Adjust Audio/Data Adjust Repeater Operation Select Line Type Adjust Links All Transmit Tests Audio Deviation Limit Repeat Audio Level Data Level Adjust Audio/Data Deviation CWID Level Check Local Speaker/Mic Tx Hum & Noise Ratio Transmit Audio Distortion LTR Modem All Audio/Data Tests Voice Audio From Repeater Voice Audio To Repeater FSK Data To Rptr (Separate Path) FSK Data To Rptr (Over Voice Path) FSK Data From RNT (Separate Path) FSK Data From Rptr (Over Voice Path) RS-232 Setup All Operational Tests New HSDB Test Old HSDB Test Handshake Test Alarm Test Spurious Check Data Over Voice (2-Wire) Separate Data (4-Wire) RS-2332 Figure 4-25 TEST PROGRAMMING FLOWCHART 4.6 TEST 4.6.2 RECEIVER This menu selection walks through the alignment of the receiver on the computer screen. Refer to Section 7.1 for the Receiver alignment in this manual and Figure 7-1 for an alignment points diagram and Figure 7-6 for a test setup of the Receiver. Figure 4-26 TEST MENU 4.6.3 EXCITER 4.6.1 POWER AMPLIFIER This menu selection walks through the alignment of the Exciter on the computer screen. Refer to Section 7.2 for the Exciter alignment and Figure 7-2 for an alignment points diagram and Figure 7-7 for a test setup of the Exciter. This menu selection walks through the alignment of the Power Amplifier and RF Interface Board on the computer screen. Refer to Section 7.3 for the PA and RFIB alignment in this manual and Figures 7-3 and 7-8 for alignment points diagrams. 4-9 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PULL DOWN MENUS 4.6.4 FULL REPEATER 4.7.2 DISPLAY MODE This menu selection walks through the alignment of the entire repeater. The Receiver and Exciter portions are performance tests and adjustments. The Audio and Data portions are level adjustments for the Main Audio Card (MAC). Refer to Figure 7-12 for an alignment points diagram for the MAC. This screen allows the color mode to be selected for color monitors. When using a laptop, monochrome is recommended for better resolution. 4.7 UTILITIES Figure 4-30 COLOR MODE SELECTION 4.7.3 USER LEVEL Figure 4-27 UTILITIES MENU There are two levels to choose from, Novice and Advanced. The Novice uses prompts in the EditParameters screens when Escape or F2 keys are pressed that ask "are you sure" before the task is executed. The Advanced selection performs the task without asking the question. 4.7.1 COM PORT This is the COM port used to send and receive data from the Repeater MPC. An interface cable connects the Repeater to the computer (see Figure 4-29). This screen also selects the data baud rate. Figure 4-28 COM PORT SELECTION TO MPC TO LAPTOP Figure 4-29 LAPTOP INTERCONNECT CABLE August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 4-10 REPEATER PROGRAMMING SECTION 5 REPEATER PROGRAMMING 5.1 CREATING A NEW FILE 13.Type in a valid DOS filename. For this example site1.dat is used. An example will be used to show the programming for a new file created for Site 1. 14.The file consists of default and repeater one under the filename of site1.dat. NOTE: At any point in the programming sequence, if F1 is selected, a help screen appears to explain the menu selection highlighted at that point. 5.2 ADDING A REPEATER TO A FILE The example used for Site 1 will again be used to add repeaters to the filename site1.dat. 5.1.1 SELECT REPEATER TO EDIT A repeater is selected to program. When no file exists with programmed repeaters, the default is selected and edited. 1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter. 1. Highlight EDIT, press Enter. 3. Default is the only repeater in this list, press Enter. 3. The repeater list shown for this file includes default and repeater one. These contain the same parameters with the exception that when selected for edit the programmed repeater can be overwritten and the data lost. 4. Highlight EDIT, press Enter. 4. Highlight DEFAULT, press Enter. 5. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter. 5. Highlight EDIT, press Enter. 6. The Setup Parameters screen appears (see Figure 51). Fill in the parameters for this repeater. A brief description of the parameters is in Table 5-1. Full descriptions are in Section 4.3.1. 6. Highlight SETUP PARAMETERS, press Enter. 7. Select parameters, press F2 to accept. 8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter. 8. Highlight EDIT, press Enter. 9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press Enter, if alarms are to be configured. 2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter. 2. Highlight SELECT REPEATER, press Enter. 7. Change the Repeater number and other parameters as required for this repeater, press F2. 9. Highlight ALARM CONFIGURATION and press Enter, if alarms are to be configured. 10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section 4.3.3), press F2 to accept. 10.Program the Alarms to be configured (see Section 4.3.3), press F2 to accept. 11. Highlight FILES, press Enter. 11. Highlight FILES, press Enter. 12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter. 12.Highlight SAVE, press Enter. 13.Repeater 2 is added to the Repeater List in file site1.dat. 5-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 REPEATER PROGRAMMING Table 5-1 REPEATER SETUP PARAMETERS Parameter Repeater Number Channel Frequency Frequency Step Telco Network Type Area Sync Repeater Stand Alone ID Validator CWID Time CWID Message Local MIC ID Test Mode ID RF Power Level Power Source Data Modem Response 1-20 Rx: Tx: 5 kHz or 6.25 kHz None FSK RS232 FSK Blank & Burst TIC VNC 0, 1 No Yes, No Yes, No 0 = disabled 1-60 min 15 characters/numbers UPPER CASE 0 = disabled (default) 1-250, 253 0 = disabled 1-250, 254 (default) 25-110 AC or DC Yes, No Description Each repeater is assigned a Home Repeater number from 1-20. Each repeater is programmed with the transmit and receive frequency that it is operating on. Allowable frequency spacing. None=LTR dispatch only. Data signaling type for a Switch, FSK, RS232 or FSK B&B. TIC is for Telephone Interface Card w/o a Switch. VNC=network telephone interconnect w/o a Switch. Same as value of the Area bit in the mobiles. Not used. Select if the repeater is not connected to additional repeaters (via HSDB). Not used. Time between CWID transmissions. Station call letters. Group ID transmitted when the local microphone PTT is active. Group ID transmitted when the Repeater is in the Test Mode. Power level in watts for transmit power. The type of primary power source for the Repeater. Select if the Data Modem option is installed. LTR Repeater Setup Parameters Edit Repeater Number: Rcv Frequency: Xmit Frequency: Frequency Step: 158.145000 153.095000 5000 Hz Telco Network Type: Area: Sync Repeater: Stand Alone: ID Validator: No Yes N/A CWID Time: CWID Message: Local MIC ID: Test Mode ID: 254 RF Power Level: Power Source: 110 AC Paging: No Data Modem: No Repeater Home (1-20) Press F2 to Accept Figure 5-1 SETUP PARAMETERS August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 5-2 None REDHAWK CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION SECTION 6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.1 RECEIVER 6.1.4 12.5 KHZ IF 6.1.1 INTRODUCTION First Mixer and Crystal Filter The receiver is a double conversion type with intermediate frequencies of 52.95 MHz and 450 kHz. The first injection frequency is phase locked to a temperature compensated crystal oscillator (TCXO) with a frequency stability of ±2.5 PPM from -30° to +60°C (-22° to +140°F). Two 3-pole bandpass filters in the front-end reject signals outside the receive band. Two 4-pole crystal filters and two 4-pole ceramic filter establish receiver selectivity (see block diagram Figure 6-1). First mixer U101 mixes the receive frequency with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95 MHz first IF. Since high-side injection is used, the injection frequency is 52.95 MHz above the receive frequency. Jumper J203 selects between a 12.5 kHz IF and a 25 kHz IF. Install jumper plug P203 on J203, pins 2-3 to select the 12.5 kHz IF. The output of U101 is matched to Z211 at 52.95 MHz by L211, C236 and C237. 6.1.2 REGULATED VOLTAGE SUPPLIES Z211A and Z211B form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter attenuates adjacent channels and other signals close to the receive frequency. The filter sections are a matched pair and the dot on the case indicates which leads connect together. Matching with Q202 is provided by C241, L213 and C240. The +15V DC power source is supplied by the repeater power supply. The +15V supply enters the receiver on J201, pin 1. U302 provides the +12V DC receive voltage to the RF and IF amplifiers. U303 supplies +12V DC to the first and second injection amplifiers. U304 supplies +12V DC to the remaining RF circuits. U301 supplies +6V DC to the remaining circuits. 6.1.3 HELICAL FILTERS, RF AMPLIFIER IF Amplifier, Crystal Filter The receive signal enters the receiver on coaxial connector A201. A helical filter consisting of L101, L102 and L103 is a three-pole bandpass filter tuned to pass only a narrow band of frequencies within the 132-178 MHz band. This filter also attenuates the image and other unwanted frequencies. Q202 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver sensitivity. Biasing for Q202 is provided by R236/ R233/R234/R235 and C242/C243/C246 provide RF bypass. The output of Q202 is matched to crystal filter Z212 at 52.95 MHz by C245, C247 and L214. Impedance matching between the helical filter and RF amplifier U103A is provided by C102. U103A amplifies the receive signal to recover filter losses and increases receiver sensitivity. Biasing for U103A is provided by R105/R106/R107/R108 and C105, C106, C107 and C108 provide RF bypass. Additional filtering of the receive signal is provided by 3-pole helical filter L108-L110. C103/C104 match the output from U103A to 3-pole helical filter L108L110. Z212A and Z212B form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB bandwidth of 8 kHz. This filter establishes the selectivity of the receiver by further filtering the 52.95 MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair and the dot on the case indicates which leads connect together. Matching with U203 is provided by C250, C251, C252, L216 and R237. 6-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION RF AMP BANDPASS FILTER BANDPASS FILTER 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER MIXER U101 IF AMP 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER A201 RF IN U103A L102/L103/L104 L108/L109/L110 U203 Y401 BUFFER RF DATA RSSI AUDIO Q204 RF CLOCK SYN CS RX U204A MULTIPLIER Q401 Q402 REF IN Z212A/B IF DETECTOR/AMP 17.5 MHz TCXO SYNTHESIZER Q202 Z211A/B Z213/Z214 U204B RX WBAND U401 SYN LK RX CHARGE PUMP VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER Q406, Q407 Q408, Q409 Q403, Q404 Q405, CR402 BUFFER Q410 Q411 F IN VCO BUFFER/AMP VCO A006 Q131 Q132 FIRST INJ AMP Q133 SECOND INJ AMP Q134 BANDPASS INJECTION FILTER L140/L141 AMP U102 INJECTION TEST VOLTAGE Figure 6-1 12.5 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM Second Mixer/Detector Biasing of Q204 is provided by R258, R259 and R260. RF choke L222 blocks the flow of RF through R261. An AC voltage divider formed by C280/C281 matches Q204 to the highpass filter. The third harmonic of the TCXO frequency is then used to drive the OSC B input at 52.5 MHz. L223, C282 and L224 form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies below 52.95 MHz. C283 and C284 match the output of the filter to U203. As shown in Figure 6-2, U203 contains second oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a 52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y401 and tripler Q204. The 17.5 MHz (±2.5 PPM) output of Y401 is fed through C275 to tripler Q204. The tripler passes the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to the oscillator input of U203. The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic filter Z213/Z214, then into the IF amplifier. The center frequency of Z213/Z214 is 450 kHz with a bandwidth of 9 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The limiter amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which removes any amplitude fluctuations. 16 MIXER IN OSC B 1 SQUELCH TRIGGER WITH HYSTERESIS OSC MIXER OSC E 2 MIXER OUT 3 Vcc 4 15 GROUND 14 MUTE IF IN 5 From the limiter the signal is fed to the quadrature detector. An external phase-shift network connected to U203, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the frequency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector, which has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts the phase shift into an audio signal. Z215 is adjusted to provide maximum undistorted output from the detector. The audio signal is then fed out on U203, pin 9. 13 RSSI DECOUPLING 1 6 12 SQUELCH IN LIMITER AMP 11 FILTER OUT QUAD COIL 8 DEMODULATOR DECOUPLING 2 7 AMP FILTER 10 FILTER IN AF AMP 9 AUDIO Figure 6-2 U201/U203 BLOCK DIAGRAM August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-2 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION RF AMP BANDPASS FILTER MIXER U101 BANDPASS FILTER 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER IF AMP 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER A201 U103A L102/L103/L104 RF IN L108/L109/L110 Z201A/Z201B IF DETECTOR/AMP 17.5 MHz TCXO SYNTHESIZER RF DATA U201 Y401 BUFFER MULTIPLIER AMPLIFIER Q204 Q203 Q401 Q402 REF IN SYN LK RX U202A RSSI AUDIO RF CLOCK SYN CS RX Z202A/Z202B Q201 Z203/Z204 U202B RX WBAND U401 CHARGE PUMP VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER Q406, Q407 Q408, Q409 Q403, Q404 Q405, CR402 BUFFER Q410 Q411 F IN VCO A006 VCO BUFFER/AMP Q131 Q132 FIRST INJ AMP Q133 SECOND INJ AMP Q134 BANDPASS INJECTION FILTER L140/L141 AMP U102 INJECTION TEST VOLTAGE Figure 6-3 25 kHz IF RECEIVER BLOCK DIAGRAM IF and a 25 kHz IF. Install jumper plug P203 on J203, pins 1-2 to select the 25 kHz IF. The output of U101 is matched to the crystal filter at 52.95 MHz by L201, C201 and C202. Wideband Audio Amplifier U204B amplifies the detected audio and data signal. R244/R245/R246 set the gain of the amplifier and R247/R248/R249/R250/RT204 provide a DC reference level. C261 bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal and C262 bypasses other frequencies. The output signal is adjusted by R253 and fed to J205, pin 3. Install jumper plug P205 on J205, pins 2-3 to select the 12.5 kHz audio to be routed to J201, pin 9. Z201A/B form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter attenuates adjacent channels and other signals close to the receive frequency. The filter is a matched pair and the dot on the case indicates which leads connect together. Matching with Q201 is provided by C205, L203 and C206. RSSI Amplifier IF Amplifier, Crystal Filter U203, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI (receive signal strength indicator) circuit which provides a current proportional to the strength of the 450 kHz IF signal. The RSSI output is buffered through U204A and the level is adjusted by R221. The DC output signal is then fed to J204, pin 3. Install jumper plug P204 on J204, pins 2-3 to select the 12.5 kHz RSSI to be routed to J201, pin 7. Q201 amplifies the 52.95 MHz IF signal to recover filter and mixer losses and improve receiver sensitivity. Biasing for Q201 is provided by R204/ R201/R202/R203 and C207/C209/C211 provide RF bypass. The output of Q201 is matched to crystal filter Z202A at 52.95 MHz by C210, C212 and L204. Z202A/B form a two-section, four-pole filter with a center frequency of 52.95 MHz and a -3 dB bandwidth of 15 kHz. This filter establishes the selectivity of the receiver by further filtering the 52.95 MHz IF. The filter sections are a matched pair and the dot on the case indicates which leads connect together. Matching with U201 is provided by C215, C216, C217, L206 and R205. 6.1.5 25 KHZ IF First mixer U101 mixes the receive frequency with the first injection frequency to produce the 52.95 MHz first IF. Since high-side injection is used, the injection frequency is 52.95 MHz above the receive frequency. Jumper J203 selects between a 12.5 kHz 6-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Second Mixer/Detector RSSI Amplifier As shown in Figure 6-2, U201 contains second oscillator, second mixer, limiter, detector and RSSI circuitry. The 52.95 MHz IF signal is mixed with a 52.5 MHz signal produced by TCXO Y401, tripler Q204 and amplifier Q203. The 17.5 MHz (±2.5 PPM) output of Y401 is fed through C275 to tripler Q204. The tripler passes the third harmonic at 52.5 MHz to amplifier Q203. Amplifier Q203 amplifies the 52.5 MHz signal for the oscillator input of U201. U201, pin 13 is an output from an internal RSSI (receive signal strength indicator) circuit which provides a current proportional to the strength of the 450 kHz IF signal. The RSSI output is buffered through U202A and the level is adjusted by R219. The DC output signal is then fed to J204, pin 1. Install jumper plug P204 on J201, pins 1-2 to select the 25 kHz RSSI to be routed to J201, pin 7. 6.1.6 VCO Biasing of Q204 is provided by R258, R259 and R260. RF choke L222 blocks the flow of RF through R261. An AC voltage divider formed by C280/C281 matches Q204 to the highpass filter. L223, C282 and L224 form a high pass filter to attenuate frequencies below 52.95 MHz. C283 and C284 match the output of the filter to U203. The third harmonic of the TCXO frequency is lightly coupled to amplifier Q203 through C270, R262 and C265. Biasing of Q203 is provided by R254, R255, R256 and R257. The amplified 52.5 MHz output is passed to U201 OSC B input through C271. The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is formed by Q101 circuitry and high-Q inductor L102. The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from 184231 MHz. Biasing of Q101 is provided by R102, R103, R104 and R105. AC voltage divider C104, C105 and C106 initiates and maintains oscillation and matches Q101 to the tank circuit. The high-Q inductor is grounded at one end to provide shunt inductance to the tank circuit. The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC voltage across varactor diode D101. As voltage across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency increases as the control voltage increases. The control line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L101. The amount of frequency change produced by D101 is controlled by series capacitor C102. The 450 kHz second IF is then fed to ceramic filter Z203/Z204, then into the IF amplifier. The center frequency of Z203/Z204 is 450 kHz with a bandwidth of 15 kHz used to attenuate wideband noise. The limiter amplifies the 450 kHz signal 92 dB which removes any amplitude fluctuations. From the limiter the signal is fed to the quadrature detector. An external phase-shift network connected to U201, pin 8, shifts the phase of one of the detector inputs 90° at 450 kHz (the other inputs are unshifted in phase). When modulation occurs, the frequency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the shifted signal. The detector, that has no output with a 90° phase shift, converts the phase shift into an audio signal. Z205 is adjusted to provide maximum undistorted output from the detector. The audio signal is then fed out on U201, pin 9. Q102 and Q103 form a cascade-connected buffer circuitry. DC bias is produced by R107, R108, R109 and R112. A signal oscillated at Q101 is DC cut and adjusted by C107, and fed into the buffer. An output from RF choke L104 passes through an adjustment circuit consisting of C114 and C119. 6.1.7 ACTIVE FILTER Q801 functions as a capacitance multiplier to provide filtering of the 12V supply to Q802. R803 and R804 provide transistor bias, and C812 provides the capacitance that is effectively multiplied by the gain of Q801. If a noise pulse or other voltage change appears on the collector, the base voltage does not change because of C812. Therefore, the base current does not change and transistor current remains constant. R805 decouples the VCO output from AC ground. L803 is an RF choke and C810, C811, C813 and C814 provide RF bypass. Wideband Audio Amplifier U202B amplifies the detected audio and data signal. R212/R213/R214 set the gain of the amplifier and R215/R216/R217/R218 and RT202 provide a DC reference level. C226 bypasses the 450 kHz IF signal and C227 bypasses other frequencies. The output signal is adjusted by R220 and fed to J205, pin 1. Install jumper plug P205 on J205, pins 1-2 to select the 25 kHz audio to be routed to J201, pin 6. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-4 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION DATA OUT REF in REF out CLOCK DATA IN ENABLE 20 PORT fR 13-STAGE R COUNTER OSC OR 4-STAGE DIVIDER OUTPUT A fV SHIFT REGISTER AND CONTROL LOGIC 19 16 LOGIC DOUBLE-BUFFERED R REGISTER 16 BITS 18 SELECT fR fV LOCK DETECT AND CONTROL C REGISTER 8 BITS 15 fR fV 17 STANDBY LOGIC POR fR A REGISTER 24 BITS fV PHASE/FREQUENCY DETECTOR A AND CONTROL PHASE/FREQUENCY DETECTOR B AND CONTROL LD OUTPUT B (OPEN-DRAIN OUTPUT) Rx PDout OR (UP) OV (DOWN) INTERNAL CONTROL 6-STAGE A COUNTER 12-STAGE N COUNTER MODULUS CONTROL LOGIC INPUT AMP f in f in 11 10 13 64/65 PRESCALER TEST 2 TEST 1 Figure 6-4 SYNTHESIZER BLOCK DIAGRAM 6.1.8 BUFFER 6.1.9 SYNTHESIZER A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 provides amplification and isolation between the VCO and Synthesizer. A cascode amplifier is used because it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes only a small amount of power. The input signal to this amplifier is coupled from the VCO RF output on pin 5. DC blocking and coupling to the VCO is provided by C455 and to the buffer by C456. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R442, R445, R446 and R277. Q411 is a common-emitter amplifier and Q410 is a common-base with C458 and C457 providing RF bypass. L405 provides some filtering of the cascode output. R448 lowers the Q of L405. The output of the amplifier is coupled by C442/C441 to U401, pin 11. The inputs/outputs of synthesizer U401 are shown in Figure 6-4. The output signal from the synthesizer loop is the receiver first injection frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO (voltage-controller oscillator). The frequency of this oscillator is controlled by a DC voltage. This DC voltage is generated by integrating the pulses from the phase detector in synthesizer chip U401. Frequencies are selected by programming counters in U401 to divide by a certain number. This programming is provided through J201, pins 12, 18 and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is established by the ±2.5 PPM stability of TCXO Y401. The output of this oscillator is stable from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F). 6-5 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.25 kHz. Since the VCO is on frequency (receive frequency plus 52.95 MHz) and no multiplication is used, the channel frequencies change in 6.25 kHz steps and the reference frequency (fR) is 6.25 kHz for all frequencies selected by this receiver. The VCO frequency of A401 is controlled by a DC voltage produced by integrating the phase detector output pulses of U401. The phase detector senses the phase and frequency of the two input signals (fV and fR) and causes the VCO control voltage to increase or decrease if they are not the same. When the frequencies are the same the VCO is "locked" on frequency. The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U401. The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters in U401. One input signal to the phase detector in U401 is the reference frequency (fR). This is the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency divided by the R (reference) counter to the channel spacing or 6.25 kHz. The N and A counters function as follows: both the N and A counters begin counting down from their programmed number. When the A counter reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero. Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A counter is always programmed with a smaller number than the N counter. While the A counter is counting down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64. The other input to the phase detector in U401 is from the VCO frequency divided down by the "N" counter and prescaler in synthesizer U401 to 6.25 kHz. The "N" counter is programmed through the synthesizer data line on J201, pin 20. U401 is programmed so that the phase detector input (fV) is identical to the reference frequency (fR) (6.25 kHz) when the VCO is locked on the correct frequency. Example: The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N, and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter programming circuitry. Frequencies are selected by programming the three counters in U401 to divide by assigned numbers. The programming of these counters is performed by circuitry in the Third Party Interface Card (TPI), which is buffered and latched through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC) and fed into the synthesizer on J201, pin 20 to Data input port U401, pin 19. Assume a receive frequency of 150.025 MHz. Since the VCO is 52.95 MHz above the receive frequency it must be 202.975 MHz. To produce this frequency, the N and A counters are programmed as follows: N = 507 A = 28 NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A counter numbers can be calculated for other channels. To determine the overall divide number of the prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides by 65 for 65 x 28 or 1,820 input pulses. It then divides by 64 for 64 x (507 - 28) or 30,656 input pulses. The overall divide number K is therefore (30,656 + 1,820) or 32,476. The VCO frequency of 202.975 MHz divided by 80,476 equals 6.25 kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector. The overall divide number K can also be determined by the following formula: Data is loaded into U401 serially on the Data input port U401, pin 19. Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time by a low to high transition on the Clock input port U401, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC via the IAC to J201, pin 18. As previously stated, the counter divide numbers are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXOderived input (fR) which is 6.25 kHz. K = 64N + A The fR input is produced by dividing the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 2800. This division is done by the "R" counter in U401. The counter always divides by 2800 regardless of the channel frequency. This produces a reference frequency (fR) of August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 Where, N = N counter divide number and A = A counter divide number. 6-6 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.1.10 BUFFER AMPLIFIER C451, thereby increasing the VCO control line voltage. When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 3, Q407 turns on which turns on Q409. Q409 sinks current to discharge the loop filter capacitors C450/C451 thereby decreasing the VCO control line voltage. The source current from Q408, when it is on, equals the sink current from Q409, when it is on. A cascode amplifier formed by Q401 and Q402 provides amplification and also isolation between the TCXO and Synthesizer U401. A cascode amplifier is used because it provides high reverse isolation. The input signal to this amplifier is from TCXO Y401. C405 provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R404, R406, R407, R408 and R409. L401 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C403, C401 and C407. The output of Q401/Q402 is coupled to U401 by C432. 6.1.13 VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER The 17.5 MHz from Y401 is amplified by Q401/ Q402 and passed to the reference input of synthesizer U401, pin 20. This signal is also coupled from the output of Q401/Q402 through C408 to amplifier Q403. Biasing for Q403 is provided by R410, R411 and R412. The output of Q403 is direct coupled to switching transistors Q404/Q405. 6.1.11 LOCK DETECT When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the Lock Detect output on U401, pin 2 is a logic high voltage with very narrow negative-going pulses. Then when the synthesizer is unlocked, these pulses become much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the frequency difference of fV and fR. The lock detect pulses are applied to J401, pin 14 and sent to the RF Interface on J103, pin 14 for detection and sampling in the IAC. When Q405 is turned on and Q404 if off, C409 is grounded on the side connected to the emitter of Q405. This allows the other side of C409 to charge from the 12V supply through R414, CR402 to C409. When Q404 turns on and Q405 is off. C414 charges up to approximately 12V plus the voltage that was stored across C809 from the last cycle. The output voltage is 21V due to voltage loss in the transistor and diodes. C413 is an RF bypass and C414 charges to 21V to stabilize the voltage. The 21V output is filtered by C415/L403/C416 to remove the 17.5 MHz ripple. The 21V output is applied to the charge pump Q408/Q409 and the VCO control line. 6.1.12 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER The charge pump circuit charges and discharges C450, C451 and C452 in the loop filter to provide the 21V VCO control voltage (see Section 6.1.13). Pulses which control the charge pump are fed out of U401, pins 3/4. When both phase detector inputs are in phase, these output signals are high except for a very short period when both pulse low in phase. If the frequency of the fR input to the phase detector is higher than that of the fV input (or if the phase of fR leads fV), the VCO frequency is too low. The negative-going pulses on the fV output (pin 4) then become much wider and the fR output (pin 3) stays essentially high. If the frequency of the fV input is greater than fR (VCO frequency too high), the opposite occurs. 6.1.14 BUFFER AMPLIFIER A cascode amplifier formed by Q131 and Q132 provides amplification and also isolation between the VCO and Receiver RF stages. A cascode amplifier is used because it provides high reverse isolation. The input signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A401 by C131. C131 also provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R134, R133, R138, R132, R131 and R136. L131 is an RF choke and R135 sets the RF output impedance of the cascode. RF bypass is provided by C143, C142, C141, C140, C139, C138, C133, C134, C135 and C136. The output of Q131/Q132 is matched to the Receiver RF stages by a section of microstrip, C144, signal pad R139/R140/R141, C145, C146 and L133. C145 couples the signal to the input of the first injection amplifier. Q406 and Q407 are drivers which make the 5V levels and polarity of U401 phase detector outputs compatible with the high voltage supply to Q408 and Q409. Capacitors C444 and C446 momentarily bypass R432 and R437 when negative-going pulses occur. This speeds up the turn-off time of Q406 and Q407 by minimizing the effect of the base charge. When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 4, Q406 turns on which turns on Q408. Q408 sources current to charge up the loop filter capacitors C450/ 6-7 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.1.15 FIRST AND SECOND INJECTION AMPLIFIERS The frequency is modulated in a similar manner. The transmit audio/data signal is applied across varactor diode D102 to vary the VCO frequency at an audio rate. C104/C105 in series with D102 determine the amount of modulation produced by the audio signal. U303 provides the +12V source for these amplifiers. First injection amplifier Q133 is biased by CR131, R143, R144, R145 and R146. C148, C151, C149 and C150 provide RF bypass from the DC line. L134 on the collector is an RF choke. Q133 is matched to the 50 ohm signal pad R147, R148 and R149 by lowpass filter C152/L135/C153, C154. C155, L136, L156, L137, C157 and a section of microstrip match Q134 to the 50 ohm signal pad. 6.2.2 VCO BUFFER Q102/Q103 form a cascade-connected buffer circuitry. DC bias is produced by R107, R108, R109 and R1212. A signal oscillated at Q101 is DC cut and adjusted by C107 and fed into the buffer. An output from RF choke L104 passes through an adjustment circuit consisting of C114/C119. Second injection amplifier/buffer Q134 is similar in design to Q133. The output of Q134 is matched to 50 ohms by L134/C162/C163 and C164 provides DC blocking. L140/L141 are tuned to the receive frequency plus 52.95 MHz and passed to Mixer U101. This injection frequency is also coupled through C165 to the injection test voltage circuit U102A. CR133, R158, R159 provide DC input to U102A, pin 3. The output of U102A, pin 1 is connected to J201, pin 13 for a receive injection test point and to the RF Interface Board on J103, pin 13. 6.2.3 VCO/TCXO FREQUENCY MODULATION Both the VCO and TCXO are modulated in order to achieve the required frequency response. If only the VCO was modulated, the phase detector in U403 would sense the frequency change and increase or decrease the VCO control voltage to counteract the change (at the lower audio frequencies inside the closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). If only the TCXO frequency was modulated, the VCO would not track the higher audio frequencies (those beyond the closed loop bandwidth of the synthesizer). However, by modulating both the VCO and TCXO a flat audio response is achieved. Potentiometers R425 and R446 balance the modulating signals. 6.2 EXCITER 6.2.1 VCO (A007) The Voltage-Controlled Oscillator (VCO) is formed by Q101, associated circuitry and High-Q indicator L102. The VCO oscillates in a frequency range from 132-178 MHz. Biasing of Q101 is provided by R102, R103 and R104. An AC voltage divider formed by C107 and C108 initiates and maintains oscillation. C106 couples Q101 to the High-Q inductor. RF choke L103 completes the DC bias path to ground. There are two 3.5V sources on the Exciter board; one is a reference for the modulation amplifier to the VCO, the other is for the modulation amplifier to the TCXO. The reference voltage on U402B, pin 5 is also on buffer U407B, pin 5 to J401, pin 9 and RFIB connector J102, pin 9. The voltage leaves the RFIB on J101, pin 14 to J2, pin 27 on the backplane, to the bottom connectors via pin 7 and finally to the MAC on P100, pin 7. The VCO frequency is controlled in part by DC voltage across varactor diode D101. As voltage across a reverse-biased varactor diode increases, its capacitance decreases. Therefore, VCO frequency increases as the control voltage increases. The control line is RF isolated from tank circuit by choke L101. The amount of frequency change produced by D101 is controlled by series capacitor C102. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-8 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION BUFFER TCXO U402B U402A Y401 AMP BUFFER U404A U404B AMP EX MOD Q405 LPTT V REF EX SWITCH U407B SYNTHESIZER VCO A007 PD OUT Q410/Q411 Q413 BUFFER AMP TO PA DATA U403 BUFFER CLK RF IN Q403/Q404 SYN CS EX BUFFER SYN LK EX REF IN Q406/Q407 Q414/Q415 Q416/Q417 CHARGE PUMP Figure 6-5 EXCITER BLOCK DIAGRAM established by the ±2.5 PPM stability of TCXO Y401. This oscillator is stable from -30°C to +60°C (-22°F to +140°F). With reference to the ground on the Exciter, the 3.5V reference stability is maintained by U126B/C/D on the MAC. The 3.5V DC passes through summing amplifier U129B and transmit modulation gate U118D to P100, pin 29 (Tx MOD). P100, pin 29 is connected to backplane connector J2, pin 8 and RFIB connector J101, pin 22 to J102, pin 13. The transmit modulation and 3.5V reference enter the Exciter on J401, pin 13 and are routed to U402B, pin 6. R425 sets the TCXO modulation level. The modulation signal and the 3.5V DC are applied to U402A, pin 2. The VCO frequency of A007 is controlled by a DC voltage produced by the phase detector in U403. The phase detector senses the phase and frequency of the two input signals and causes the VCO control voltage to increase or decrease if they are not the same. When the frequencies are the same, the VCO is then "locked" on frequency. The synthesizer contains the R (reference), N, and A counters, phase and lock detectors and counter programming circuitry. 6.2.4 SYNTHESIZER One input signal to the phase detector in U403 is the reference frequency (fR). This frequency is the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency divided by the reference counter to the frequency step or 6.25 kHz. The other input signal (fV) is the VCO frequency divided by the "N" counter in U403. The counters are programmed through the synthesizer data line on J401, pin 20. Each channel is programmed by a divide number so that the phase detector input is identical to the reference frequency (fR) when the VCO is locked on the correct frequency. The synthesizer inputs/outputs are shown in Figure 6-5. The synthesizer output signal is the transmit frequency. This signal is produced by a VCO (voltage-controller oscillator) that is frequency controlled by a DC voltage produced by synthesizer chip U403. This DC voltage is filtered by a loop filter made up of C805, C806 and R804 in the VCO circuitry. Frequencies are selected by programming counters in U403 to divide by a certain number. This programming is provided through J401, pins 12, 19 and 20. The frequency stability of the synthesizer is 6-9 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION To determine the overall divide number of the prescaler and N counter, the number of VCO output pulses required to produce one N counter output pulse can be counted. In this example, the prescaler divides by 65 for 65 x 40 or 2,600 input pulses. It then divides by 64 for 64 x (375 - 40) or 21,440 input pulses. The overall divide number K is therefore (21,440 + 2,600) or 24,040. The VCO frequency of 150.250 MHz divided by 24,040 equals 6.25 kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector. The overall divide number K can also be determined by the following formula: K = 64N + A Frequencies are selected by programming the three counters in U403 to divide by assigned numbers. The programming of these counters is performed by circuitry in the Third Party Interface (TPI), buffered and latched through the Interface Alarm Card (IAC) and fed into the synthesizer on J401, pin 20 to Data input port U403, pin 19. Data is loaded into U403 serially on the Data input port U403, pin 19 when U403, pin 17 is low. Data is clocked into the shift registers a bit at a time by a low to high transition on the Clock input port U403, pin 18. The Clock pulses come from the MPC via the IAC to J401, pin 19. Where, N = N counter divide number and A = A counter divide number. As previously stated, the counter divide numbers are chosen so that when the VCO is operating on the correct frequency, the VCO-derived input to the phase detector (fV) is the same frequency as the TCXOderived input (fR). The fR input is produced by dividing the 17.5 MHz TCXO frequency by 2800. This produces a reference frequency (fR) of 6.25 kHz. Since the VCO is on frequency and no multiplication is used, the frequencies are changed in 6.25 kHz steps. The reference frequency is 6.25 kHz for all frequencies selected by this Exciter. NOTE: Section 8.2.5 describes how the N and A counter numbers can be calculated for other channels. 6.2.5 BUFFER AMPLIFIER A cascode amplifier formed by Q403 and Q404 provides amplification and isolation between the TCXO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is used because it provides high gain, high reverse isolation and consumes only a small amount of power. The input signal to this amplifier is coupled from TCXO Y401, pin 5 by C420. C420 also provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R430, R431, R432, R433 and R428. L402 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C416, C418 and C419. The output of Q403/Q404 is coupled to U403, pin 20 by C417. The fV input is produced by dividing the VCO frequency using the prescaler and N counter in U403. The prescaler divides by 64 or 65. The divide number of the prescaler is controlled by the N and A counters in U403. The N and A counters function as follows: Both the N and A counters begin counting down from their programmed number. When the A counter reaches zero, it halts until the N counter reaches zero. Both counters then reset and the cycle repeats. The A counter is always programmed with a smaller number than the N counter. While the A counter is counting down, the prescaler divides by 65. Then when the A counter is halted, the prescaler divides by 64. 6.2.6 BUFFER AMPLIFIER A cascode amplifier formed by Q406 and Q407 provides amplification and also isolation between the VCO and Synthesizer U403. A cascode amplifier is used because it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes only a small amount of power. The input signal to this amplifier is coupled from VCO A007, pin 6 by C433. C433 also provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R450, R451, R453, R454 and R455. L403 is an RF choke. RF bypass is provided by C430, C431 and C479. The output of Q406/Q407 is coupled to U403, pin 11 by a non-polarized capacitor formed by C429/C499. Example: To illustrate the operation of these counters, assume a transmit frequency of 150.250 MHz. Since the VCO is the channel frequency for transmit this frequency is used. To produce this frequency, the N and A counters are programmed as follows: N = 375 A = 40 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-10 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.2.7 LOCK DETECT 6.2.9 BUFFER AMPLIFIER When the synthesizer is locked on frequency, the Lock Detect output on U403, pin 2 is a high voltage with narrow negative-going pulses. When the synthesizer is unlocked, the negative-going pulses are much wider, the width may vary at a rate determined by the frequency difference of fV/fR. A cascode amplifier formed by Q410/Q411 provides amplification and also isolation between the VCO and exciter RF stages. A cascode amplifier is used because it provides high gain, high isolation and consumes only a small amount of power. The input signal to this amplifier is tapped from VCO A007, pin 4 by C441. C441 also provides DC blocking. Bias for the amplifier is provided by R464, R465, R466, R467 and R468. L406 is an RF choke and R483 lowers the Q of the coil. RF bypass is provided by C434, C442, C445, C443, C444 and C480. The output of Q410/ Q411 is matched to the Exciter RF stages by a section of microstrip, C446, signal pad R459/R460/R461, C498, C450 and L408. The locked or unlocked condition of the synthesizer is filtered by R440/C423 and applied to J401, pin 16, then sent to the RF Interface on J102, pin 16 for detection. 6.2.10 RF AMPLIFIERS 6.2.8 CHARGE PUMP, LOOP FILTER RF amplifier Q413 is biased by CR403, R477, R478, R479 and R480. C508 provides RF bypass from the DC line and R479/R480 provide supply voltage isolation. L 411 is an RF choke to the supply line. Q413 is matched to 50 ohms by low pass filter C509/ L412/C510 and C465 provides DC blocking. The RF output of the Exciter is on coaxial connector J402 to the Power Amplifier. The charge pump circuit charges and discharges C519, C520 and C521 in the loop filter to provide the 12V VCO control voltage (see Section 6.1.12). Pulses which control the charge pump are fed out of U403, pins 3/4. When both phase detector inputs are in phase, these output signals are high except for a very short period when both pulse low in phase. If the frequency of the fR input to the phase detector is higher than that of the fV input (or if the phase of fR leads fV), the VCO frequency is too low. The negative-going pulses on the fV output (pin 4) then become much wider and the fR output (pin 3) stays essentially high. If the frequency of the fV input is greater than fR (VCO frequency too high), the opposite occurs. 6.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER 6.3.1 AMPLIFIER/PREDRIVER RF input to the PA from the Exciter is through a coaxial cable and connector to WO511. C501 couples the RF to signal pad R501/R502/R503 that connects the input to 0.3W pre-driver Q501. R504, R505 and R506 provide DC bias to the gate of Q501. C506, C507 and C508 provide RF bypass from the DC supply line. L503 is an RF choke. C510 and C522 provide RF bypass. C511/L504/C512/C513 match Q501 output impedance to U501 input impedance. U502 provides Q501 with DC voltage regulated at 8V. Q414 and Q415 are drivers which make the 5V levels and polarity of U403 phase detector outputs compatible with the high voltage supply to Q416 and Q417. Capacitors C523 and C517 momentarily bypass R494 and R498 when negative-going pulses occur. This speeds up the turn-off time of Q414 and Q415 by minimizing the effect of the base charge. 6.3.2 DRIVER When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 4, Q414 turns on which turns on Q416. Q416 sources current to charge up the loop filter capacitors C519/ C520, thereby increasing the VCO control line voltage. When a negative-going pulse occurs on pin 3, Q415 turns on which turns on Q417. Q417 sinks current to discharge the loop filter capacitors C519/C520 thereby decreasing the VCO control line voltage. The source current from Q416, when it is on, equals the sink current from Q417, when it is on. U501 is a 12W amplifier operating in the 132178 MHz range. The RF is applied to the input of the splitter and to the finals. Power control is connected to WO505 from the RF Interface board (RFIB). RF is filtered from the control voltage line by various capacitors to U501, pin 2. This control voltage regulates the RF output of the amplifier on U501, pin 5 to approximately 10W. 6-11 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION U503 FINAL 1 CURRENT U509 DRIVER CURRENT Q502 LPF RF OUTPUT FINAL 1 PRE-DRIVER RF IN POWER CONTROL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Q501 RF LOAD DRIVER U501 U601A/B U651A/B FORWARD POWER REVERSE (REFLECTED) POWER FINAL 2 U502 AMP TEMP SENSE U506A U507 Q503 U504 FINAL 2 CURRENT Figure 6-6 110W POWER AMPLIFIER BLOCK DIAGRAM 6.3.3 FINAL AMPLIFIERS through the RF Interface Board. If a final amplifier fails, the software will reduce the output power to prevent over-driving the remaining final amplifier. Q502 and Q503 are combined 60W amplifiers. The 10W RF input from the driver U501 is applied to a 70.7 ohm Wilkinson splitter and then to the gate of each MOSFET amplifier. The 60W outputs on the drain of the amplifiers are combined using a Wilkinson combiner. Q502 has a half-wave transmissionline on the input and Q503 has a half-wave on the output. These T-lines are used to drive the 60W amplifiers out of phase. The output of the combiner is fed from WO513 directly to the forward/reverse power detect board. 6.3.5 THERMAL SENSOR Thermal protection is provided by temperature sensor U507. The operating range of the sensor is from -30° C to 100° C (-22° F to 212° F). Amplifier U506A sends the output of U507 through WO509 to the RF Interface Board. The RF Interface Board reduces the power amplifier to half power (via the MPC) if the temperature reading is too high and turns the fan on and off (not via the MPC). The fan is turned on at approximately 50°C and off again at 42°C. The Wilkinson splitter and combiner provide the capability to split the drive input and combine the final outputs while maintaining isolation between the two final amplifiers. The combiner consists of two quarter-wave transmission lines and a balancing resistor. During normal operation, a signal of relatively equal phase and amplitude is present on both ends of the balancing resistor. Therefore, no current flows and no power is dissipated in the balance resistor. If one final failed, the other final of a pair would continue to function. 6.3.6 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT, CIRCULATOR, LOW-PASS FILTER The power amplifier output is directly coupled to the forward/reverse power detect board via a jumper. The output then enters the circulator and exits to the low-pass filter board and the antenna jack for a minimum power output of 110W at the default setting. If an antenna is not connected, the circulator connects the output power to R685. 6.3.4 POWER DETECTORS Forward and reverse power are electromagnetically coupled from the input and reflected ports of the circulator. R663/R680 calibrate the forward and reverse sense levels. The sensed levels are coupled to the RF Interface Board and software. The supply current is monitored through a resistor that creates a current output level indicative of the power output. The outputs of U503, U504 and U505 are monitored by the Universal Station software August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-12 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.4 RF INTERFACE BOARD Pins 5-6 UNUSED The RF Interface Board (RFIB) connects the Receiver, Exciter and Power Amplifier to the backplane and power supply (see Figure 6-7). Pin 7 RX WBAND The wide band audio is from the receive audio demodulator U202 and goes to the MAC in the Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. Little wave shaping is done on the receiver board other than a 31 kHz RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is done with an op-amp. The input and output connectors for the RF Interface Board are defined as follows. 6.4.1 POWER CONNECTOR The power supply is connected to the RF Interface Board when the RF module is inserted into the station cabinet (see Figure 10-2). The jack portion of the connection is on the RF Interface Board, the plug portion is attached to the station cabinet. Pin 8 RF DATA A Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit (LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation. P101/P102 +26.5V DC - Supply voltage to PA. +26V ±1%, 20A at 110W. Pin 9 P103 +15V DC - Supply voltage to Exciter, Receiver and Power Control. 15V ±1%, 5.5A max. RF DATA C Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit (MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation. P104/P105 GROUND - Ground return for the RF assembly. 6.4.2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR (J101) Pin 10 This is the signal interface connector (36 pin) that connects the RFIB to the backplane connector J2 (34 pin) through cable assembly A8. Pin 1 The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 2 Multiplexer with a logic high. GROUND Pin 1 carries ground current between the RF Interface board and Backplane board. Pin 2 RF MUX2 INH Pin 11 RF CLK The clock will control the synthesizer chip and power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL input from the Controller. PC STR Pin 2 is the power Control Strobe. This is normally low until after the power control data is shifted into the power control register. Then the strobe line goes high and back to low. The clock or data lines cannot be changed until after the strobe is set. Pin 12 HS CS RX Pin 12 is not used at this time. Pin 3 HS CS EX Pin 13 Pin 3 is not used at this time. Pin 4 RF MUX1 INH The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 1 Multiplexer with a logic high. GROUND Pin 4 carries ground current between the RF Interface board and Backplane board. 6-13 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 14 Pin 26 V REF EX The Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant bit in the three multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation. This is the 3.5V reference to the Exciter TCXO. 3.5V from the Exciter is passed from J102, pin 9 to this pin and the backplane. The voltage then passes through the MAC and back to the backplane to J101, pin 22 with the TX MOD. These are connected to J102, pin 13 back to the Exciter. Pin 27 Pins 15-18 UNUSED Pin 19 RF MUX3 INH • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • LPTT The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of 20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The transmitter should produce power when this pin is a logic low. Pin 21 SYN CS EX This input goes low to enable the loading of data into the exciter synthesizer chip U403. Pin 22 TX MOD The audio from the MAC in the Controller processes a number of inputs to the station to produce the signals on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB and then to the Exciter. A 707 mV RMS sine wave (2V P-P) at 1 kHz produces 60% of system deviation in the transmitter. The source impedance is low and the input impedance is less than 10k ohms. Pin 23 A D LEVEL 20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin using three multiplex chips. The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a logic high. Pin 20 RF DATA B RF Forward Power Sense RF Power Sense Device 1 RF Power Sense Device 2 RF Power Sense Device 3 RF Power Sense Device 4 RF Reflected Power Sense PA Temperature Transmit Audio Modulation High Stability Exciter Lock Detector Exciter Lock Detector Receiver Detector Audio Receive Signal Strength Indicator Receiver Injection Level High Stability Receive Lock Detector Receiver Lock Detector Fan Current 1 Fan Current 2 Fan 1 On Sense Power Supply Temp Battery Voltage Pin 28 RF DATA A data pin with TTL levels from the Controller which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift-register could be connected to this pin. GROUND Pin 23 carries ground current between the RFIB and Chassis Backplane. Pin 29 Pin 24 Pin 25 SYN CS RX UNUSED This input goes low to enable the loading of data into the receiver synthesizer chip U401. LOGIC CONTROL TO FANS Pin 25 is in parallel with the temperature sensor. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-14 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 30 WO 116 RSSI This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +26.5V DC and carries the PA current, 25A nominal at 110W from P102 to the Power Amplifier board. This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indication to the Controller. This RSSI is used for tune-up of the Receiver front-end during factory test mode. The dynamic range is 60 dB. It has an output from an opamp with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The level has an adjustment in the Receiver. Pin 31 +26.5V DC WO 117 +26.5V DC GROUND This capacitive feedthrough pin carries ground current from P105 to the Power Amplifier board. It must be capable of carrying up to 25A. GROUND Pin 31 carries ground current between the RFIB and Chassis Backplane. W118 +15V DC Pins 32-36 UNUSED This capacitive feedthrough pin connects +15V DC P103 to the PA, Exciter, and Forward/Reverse Power Detect boards. Maximum current handling is 6A (4A nominal at 110W). 6.4.3 FAN CONNECTOR (J104) The outputs to the fan connectors are 4-pin plugin terminals that supply DC voltage. The plug on the fan is a 2-pin connector. The plug-in terminals are located on the back of the RFIB. Pin 1 FAN 1 LOW FAN HI Pin 2 carries the voltage to Fan 1. The current is 1/4A nominal at 20V to 30V. This pin goes high when the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low below 45°C. Pin 3 CTRL OUT FWD PWR This capacitive feedthrough pin is the forward power sense line. It is a voltage source that is a function of the output power of the Power Amplifier. The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load. A typical voltage of 3V correlates to 110W out of the PA. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. FAN2 LO FAN HI Pin 4 carries the voltage to Fan 2. The Voltage is 20V-30V at 1/4A nominal. Pin 4 goes high when the PA heat sensor rises above 50°C and goes low below 45°C. WO 122 6.4.4 POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTIONS WO 115 WO 120 WO 121 Pin 3 is the ground return for Fan 2. Pin 4 NOT USED This capacitive feedthrough pin carries the output of the power control driver on the RFIB to the power control pin of the power module on the Power Amplifier board. The voltage varies from 0V-15V with current as high as 0.5A. Pin 1 is the ground return for Fan 1. Pin 2 WO 119 RF OUT 1 This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage source that is a function of the output power of U501. The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drives a 10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. POWER SENSE This capacitive feedthrough pin is at +15V DC to the Power Detect Board. 6-15 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION WO 123 WO147 RF OUT 2 RF DETECT DRIVER This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage source that is a function of the output power of Q501. The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. This senses power out of the driver. It is used to limit the power out of the driver to 0.4 dB over 110W at room temperature. WO 124 This is the +26.5V DC source to the RFIB from P101. WO143 RF OUT 3 This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage source that is a function of the output power of Q502. The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. WO 125 WO144 +26V DC +15V DC This is the +15V DC source to the RFIB from P103. WO145 RF OUT 4 GROUND This capacitive feedthrough pin is a voltage source that is a function of the output power of Q503. The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. W145 carries ground current from P104 to the RFIB. WO 126 The connector from the Exciter (J401) to the RF Interface board (J102) links the Exciter to the MPC in the Controller Backplane. 6.4.5 EXCITER CONNECTOR (J102) REFL PWR This capacitive feedthrough pin is the reflected power sense line. It is a voltage indicative of the power reflected due to a mismatch. The voltage produced will typically be such that less than a 3:1 VSWR will not trigger alarms and when VSWR = 6:1 the controller will reduce power. The voltage level will be between 0V-5V and drive a 10k ohm load. This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. The time to sense and reduce the power takes several seconds. WO 127 Pin 1 The voltage on this pin is a fused +15V ±1%, nominal current of 0.5A. It provides current to the Exciter from the RFIB. Pins 2-8 Pin 9 TEMP GROUND +3.5V DC Pin 9 is the +3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage from the Exciter to the MAC. This capacitive feedthrough pin is the temperature sense line of the Power Amplifier. It will be a linearly variable function of temperature ranging from 0V-5V output and 0°C to +100°C (+32°F to 212°F) input when driving a 10k ohm load. The primary functions of this line are for fan on/off and PA power reduction. The fan should be turned on at 50°C and off at 45°C. The PA should have power reduced when 90°C (194°F) is reached and with absolute turn-off at 95°C (203°F). This line goes through the multiplexers and A D LEVEL line to the Controller for processing. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 VCC1 Pin 10 GROUND Pin 11 LPTT The Logic Push-To-Talk (LPTT) is an open collector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of 20 mA nominal and a voltage rating of 18V maximum. The transmitter should produce power when this pin is a logic low. 6-16 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 12 put power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift register could be connected to this pin. SYN CS EX Pin 12 is the Exciter synthesizer chip select. It allows data input to the synthesizer chip when the line is pulled to a logic low. Pin 13 6.4.6 RECEIVER CONNECTOR (J103) TX MOD The connector from the Receiver (J201) to the RF Interface board (J103) links the Receiver to the MPC in the Controller Backplane. The audio from the MAC in the Controller processes a number of inputs to the station per the TIA specifications to produce the signal on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB to the Exciter. A 707 mV RMS (2V P-P) sine wave at 1 kHz provides 60% of system deviation in the transmitter. The DC voltage on the line is 3.5V ±0.1V. The source impedance should be low (output of an op-amp or analog switch < 200 ohms) and the input impedance will not be less than 10k ohms. Pins 14-15 Pin 1 Pin 1 is fused +15V ±1% with a nominal current of 1A provides current from the RFIB to the Receiver. Pins 2-6 Pin 7 GROUND SYN LK EX Pin 16 is the Exciter synthesizer lock detector output. The synthesizer is locked with a TTL logic high state. Pin 17 Pin 8 UNUSED Pin 9 RX WBAND The receive wide band audio is from the demodulator and goes to the Main Audio Card (MAC) in the Controller card cage. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the Receiver. Little wave shaping is done on the Receiver board other than a 31 kHz RC LPF which strips off the 450 kHz IF. Buffering is done with an op-amp which can drive a 10k ohm load. HS CS EX This input is not used at this time. Pin 19 RSSI HS LK EX Pin 17 is not used at this time. Pin 18 UNUSED This pin is the Receive Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) to the Controller. The RSSI is used for tuneup of the Receiver front-end during test mode. The dynamic range is 60 dB. Output is from an op-amp with the voltage going from 0.5V to 4.5V. The level has an adjustment in the Receiver (see Section 6.1.4 or 6.1.5). These pins carry ground current between the RFIB and the Exciter board. Pin 16 VCC1 RF CLK The clock controls the Exciter synthesizer when loading. The input source in the Controller is TTL with the speed determined by the synthesizer chip. There could be as many as four synthesizers and a shift register. Pin 10 UNUSED Pin 11 GROUND Pin 20 Pin 12 Pin 11 carries ground current between the RFIB and the Receiver board. RF DATA Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer chip and adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper out- SYN CS RX Pin 12 is the Receiver synthesizer chip select. This chip is the same part as used in the Exciter. A low enables loading the Synthesizer. 6-17 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 13 RX INJ This pin is the power sense for the Receiver injection. It is a linear voltage source that is a function of the injection power. The voltage level will be between 0V - 5V and be able to drive a 10k ohm load. Pin 14 SYN LK RX Pin 14 is the main synthesizer lock detector output for the Receiver. The synthesizer is locked with a TTL logic high state. Pin 15 GROUND Pin 15 carries ground current between the RFIB and the Receiver board. Pin 16 HS CS RX Pin 16 is not used at this time. Pin 17 GROUND Pin 17 carries ground current between the RFIB and the Receiver board. Pin 18 RF CLK The clock controls the Receiver synthesizers when loading. The input source in the Controller is TTL with the speed determined by the synthesizer chip. Pin 19 HS LK RX Pin 19 is not used at this time. Pin 20 RF DATA Pin 20 is a data pin from the Controller which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper output power. The data has TTL levels. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift register could be connected to this pin. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-18 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION MUX/RES J1 PC STR U103 SER CLK Q101 FORWARD POWER Q8 Q7 Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 STR RF POWER CONTROL +26V U102A U102B OE P101 P102 POWER ADJUST +15V P103 P104 Q102-Q105 P105 COMPARATOR Q108 PA Q111B PWR CNTRL MUX 3 RF DET (PRE-DRIVER) Y0 U109A FORWARD POWER U112B Y1 FINAL 1 POWER U104 RF MUX3 INH 19 WO103 Y2 A0 Y3 A1 Y4 A2 Y5 Y6 VREF EX 14 LPTT 20 RF MUX1 INH 13 U112A FINAL 2 POWER U112D FINAL 3 POWER U112C FINAL 4 POWER U109B REFLECTED POWER U109D TEMPERATURE EXCITER LPTT MUX 1 A D LEVEL 27 RF DATA C A2 RF DATA B 26 A1 Y0 RF DATA A A0 Y2 Y7 Y1 U105 WO135 U110F U110E VREF EX SYN LK EX HS LK EX Y6 RF CLK RF DATA TX MOD 22 STN CS EX 21 SYN CS EX HS CS EX HS CS EX TX MOD MUX 2 A2 A1 RECEIVER Y0 RX INJ U110A Y1 HS LK RX U106 U110B Y2 SYN LK RX A0 Y7 RF MUX2 INH 10 Y5 Y4 RSSI RSSI 30 RX WB AUDIO RX WBAND RF DATA 28 RF DATA RF CLK RF CLK 11 SYN CS RX 29 SYN CS RX HS CS RX 12 HS CS RX FAN HIGH J104 Q107 Q106 U108A FAN 1 BUFFER FAN 1 LOW FAN HIGH FAN 2 LOW U107A 5V REGULATOR +15V FAN 2 BUFFER U101 +5V U107B Figure 6-7 RF INTERFACE BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM 6-19 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.5 800W POWER SUPPLY C111. The resistor network connected to CR104 charges up C106/C107 to +18Voff the line. This provides the bias voltage required to start the controller IC U102. Once the IC turns on current is being switched on L107. A small tap winding on L107 provides sustaining current to the U102. When AC is first connected it could take several seconds for C106/C107 to charge to +14V before the unit starts. WARNING This power supply contains voltage potentials greater than 400V. Considering the dangerous voltages and the complexity of the switch-mode power supply, it is strongly recommended the power supply be returned to E.F. Johnson for repair (see Section 1.7). U102 samples the input voltage through R105/ R106/R107; the input current through T103/T104/ CR146/CR108/R113/R114; and the output voltage through the divider at R127. U102 modulates the duty cycle to MOSFET Q101 such that the input current is shaped like and in phase with the input voltage. The controller has two feedback loops; a voltage loop to keep the 400V constant and a current loop to keep input current correct. Compensation for the current error amp is C120/R141/C121 on U102, pin 1. Compensation for the voltage error amp is provided by C127/C142/C126 on U102, pin 16. U102, pin 4 and associated circuitry automatically adjust the Power Factor Correction (PFC) for input voltage (100-240V AC), line frequency (50-60 Hz) and load on the power factor. 6.5.1 FILTER BOARD AC power is brought into the power supply through the IEC connector in the front of the power supply (see Figure 2-8). This connector is attached to the EMI filter assembly, Part No. 023-2000-820. The filter contains common mode and differential mode filtering such that the supply complies with FCC Class-A regulations. In addition to the filter components (C1, C2, L1, C3, C4, L2, C5) R1 is used to discharge the filter capacitors when AC is removed. Metal-oxide varistors (RV001/RV002) are placed across the line on the input and output of the EMI filter that clamp transients on the AC line to prevent damage to the power supply. The AC power is fused with F001 after the connector and before the filter. Replace fuse with a 15A/250V (314015) fuse. NOTE: The output voltage of the power factor section is at 400V DC. This voltage is bled off slowly. After turning off, it can take more than 5 minutes to discharge. 6.5.3 MAIN PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR At the output of the filter board is a bridge rectifier. The rectifier is heat sunk to the filter bracket through a Grafoil thermal interface pad. Filtered AC power is connected to the main board via wires W001 and W003. Filter and rectified current is brought to the main board via wires W004 and W005. The safety ground is connected from the filter board to a stud in the chassis through W002. The +26.5V output is created from a two-transistor forward converter Q116/Q118. It uses the 400V output of the power factor correction on C110/C111 for an input voltage. The same controller IC (U102) drives the +26.5V stage. This stage runs at exactly twice the power factor correction frequency and uses trailing edge modulation. The pulse width modulator uses the PFC supplied current for modulation scheme that reduces ripple current in C110/C111. 6.5.2 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION The output of the IC, U102, pin 11 is fed to a level shifting gate drive network comprised of C139, C140, T106, C136, C197, C137 and C228. Each MOSFET (Q116, Q118) of the two-transistor forward converter has a gate protection zener diode CR117, CR120 respectively. In addition, each power MOSFET has a gate turnoff network. The power factor switching frequency is set at 87.5 kHz, ±5 kHz. The average current mode boost converter is comprised of L107, Q101, CR145, C110, C111. Half of U102 is used for power factor correction. RT101/RT102 are negative temperature coefficient thermistors that limit the in-rush current to C110/ August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-20 6-21 AC SENSE AC IN DC IN T101 RT101, RT102 Q104 VCC CR110, CR111 CR101, CR102 BRIDGE RECTIFIER TEMP +5V REGULATOR SENSOR U106 U101 TO REMOTE EN Q103 Q105, Q106 U107 AMP U110A TEMP OUT U110C T105 CURRENT SENSE U115 OVERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN U110D Q120, Q121 FAN SYNC L101 BUFFER/ HYSTERESIS FAN CONTROLLER Q114 2-TRANSISTOR HI/LO VOLTAGE FWD CONVERTER ISOLATION Q115, Q116 T106 Q117, Q118 RESISTOR LADDER THERMAL SHUTDOWN T106 U109 LEVEL SHIFTING GATE DRIVE ON/OFF SENSE BATT BACK-UP +6 to +18V U108 PWM OUT Q101 VOLTAGE SENSE Q108 Q107 VDC RAMP I SENSE FB PFC U102 IAC CURRENT MODE BOOST CONVERTER L107 T103 T104 EXT IN +26.5V DC U111 CT RAMP/ISD Q122, Q123 Q124, Q125 CT U114 VCC OUT BUCK BOOST CONVERTER Q129, Q130 Q131, Q132 BUCK CONVERTER OUT RAMP/ISD EA OUT/INV U113 CONTROLLER U104A/B Q110, Q111, Q112 +5V TO U104 U105 -5V DC OUT T109 T108 Q127 Q128 SAWTOOTH BUFFER BUCK CONVERTER OUT +15V DC +5V REG +26.5V +15V U112 VREF CONTROLLER L104 L102 +15V DC OUT UNDER VOLTAGE PROTECTION U118, Q138 U122 U117, Q133 U120 OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION +5V DC OUT OVER VOLTAGE PROTECTION U116, Q126 U119 L103 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Figure 6-8 BLOCK DIAGRAM August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION converters, the cycle terminates and a new one starts. This forces the +15V and +5V converters to run at the same frequency and is slightly delayed from the +26.5V converter. In operation, the power MOSFETs Q116, Q118 are on for approximately one-third of the period providing current to the primary side of T107. During that time CR121 is forward conducting and charging L101. When the MOSFETs are switched off, the magnetizing current of T107 continues to flow through CR118, CR119. These diodes place 400V across the transformer in opposite polarity that resets the transformer core. During the off period CR128 is free wheeling and L101 is discharging. Transformer T107 provides the isolation between the low voltage and high voltage sections. 6.5.5 FAN AND THERMAL SHUTDOWN The voltage supply to the thermal measurement circuit is generated from transformer T101 and the associated bridge rectifier consisting of CR101, CR102, CR110 and CR111 and bulk storage capacitor C101. This voltage is approximately +9V when the AC voltage is at 120V AC. The +26.5V pulse width modulator is peak current mode controlled. This type of converter requires current and voltage sense. T105, CR112, R125, R146 and C125 provide the current sense circuit. The voltage sense circuit is U109 and the associated circuitry on the isolated side of the supply. NOTE: This DC voltage is dependant on the input AC voltage. U106 provides a very accurate +5V required for proper operation of the temperature sense circuit. A precision temperature sensor (U101) is mounted to the +26.5V rectifier heatsink. The output of this sensor is 10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is amplified by U110A with precision resistors R183/ R184 setting the gain. An opto-isolator is used to cross the boundary from high to low voltage sections. In the event of an over-voltage condition (>+32V) U115 and associated components turn the power supply off. This shutdown mechanism latches the power supply Off. The enable line must be turned Off for 10 seconds for the power supply to reset. T106 has a tap to provide current to the optional battery back-up (Part No. 023-3-2000830). The +26.5V is available at the high current output connector to the power supply and it also powers the +15V, +5V and -5V converters through F102. The output of gain stage U110A is fed to the computer interface via WO116 to monitor power supply temperature with the programmer. The output of U110A, pin 3 is also connected to the thermal shutdown circuit U110C, R135, R136, R137, R138 and R139. If the heatsink temperature reaches 92°C (198°F) the output of U110C, pin 8 goes high and saturates Q103. When Q103 is turned on U107 is turned off and the power supply turns off. The remote voltage is always present so when the heatsink temperature drops to 80°C (176°F) the power supply restarts. The high temperature condition would only exist if the fan was blocked or faulty. 6.5.4 SYNCHRONIZING CIRCUITS The +15V and +5V sections run at the same frequency as the +26.5V pulse width modulator. In order for a beat note not to be produced, a sync circuit is used. If two converters are not synchronized, the difference frequency may show up at an undesired location in the repeater. The output of U110A, pin 1 also connects to the fan controller. U110D with the associated resistors provides a means to turn the fan on/off. Transistors Q120/Q121 provide current gain and a voltage level shift to run the fan. The fan turns on when the heatsink reaches approximately 45°C (113°F) and turns off again when the temperature reaches 35°C (95°C). In normal operation the fan turns on and off. Divider R151/R152 samples the output of the main pulse width modulator. When Q116 and Q118 turn on, the output on U104A, pin 3 goes high. C138, R176, CR122 along with U104B creates a very narrow pulse on U104B, pin 6. Q110, Q111 and Q112 level shift and buffer this pulse. When the narrow pulse is presented to the timing capacitor of the +15V and +5V August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-22 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.5.6 +15V CONVERTER Sync pulse is added into the low side of C176 via C172 and R225. The free running frequency of the 15V converter (approximately 145 kHz) is set about 10% lower than the 26.5V converter. This longer duty cycle allows the sync circuit to synchronize the converter. The input voltage to this "Buck" DC/DC converter is the main +26.5V output fused through F102. The bias voltage for the controller IC U112, pin 15 is provided by a +15V regulator U111. The basic buck converter consists of MOSFET Q125, Schottky diode CR126 and storage inductor L102. C165, C166, C167, L103, C169 and C170 filter the output voltage and attenuate the ripple at the switching frequency (160 kHz). The capacitors are an integral part of the feedback loop. The duty cycle is approximately 60%. Over voltage is sensed using U116 as a reference and amplifier, CR129 acts as a crowbar on the output. Once the crowbar is turned on, opto-isolator U119 is activated to shutdown the power supply. The enable line must be toggled or AC voltage removed for 10 seconds to reset the power supply. The +15V buck converter is peak current mode controlled. T108 samples the inductor current while MOSFET Q125 is on. The sampled current is translated to a voltage via CR127, R209 and R210. 6.5.7 +5V CONVERTER Operation of the +5V "Buck" DC/DC converter is the same as the +15V, except slop compensation is not required. Some values are different to get the 5.2V DC and current limit to 6A. The duty cycle is approximately 20%. Because the MOSFET is a high-side switch, a charge pump is required to get the gate voltage above the input voltage. The charge pump operates as follows. When the output from IC U112, pin 14 is low, capacitor C162 is charged through CR124, R198, R199, R200 and Q122/Q123 are off. When U112, pin 14 goes high, the capacitor stays charged and CR124 is reverse biased. Q122/Q123 are turned on forward biasing CR125 and applying a gate-to-source voltage of approximately +12V. During this time Q124 is off. When U112, pin 14 goes low, Q124 turns on and rapidly discharges the gate capacitance. 6.5.8 -5V CONVERTER The -5V "Buck-Boost" converter scales and inverts the voltage. This converter is free running at approximately 75 kHz. The output switch and controller are built into the 5-leg TO-220 IC U114. L105 is the storage inductor. C204, R270 and R271 close the voltage feedback loop and are set for optimum stable transient response. C208/C209 reduce output ripple. Under-voltage protection is required on this stage and works the same as the over-voltage protection of the +15V and +5V buck converters, but has opposite polarity. Resistors R231/R208 coupled with C164 provide snubbing for Schottky diode CR126. Because the +15V converter operates at greater than 50% duty cycle, slope compensation is required. Capacitor C176 is the time capacitor for this converter and R223 is the resistor that sets the charge current. A sawtooth wave is present on the high side of C176 that is buffered by Q127/Q128. The resistor divider network of R315, R227, R229 and R232 provide the correct amount of compensation for stable operation and current limiting. 6.5.9 POWER SUPPLY REPAIR AND ALIGNMENT If a power supply fails it is typically a Power MOSFET or Power Diode. In some cases the MOSFET gate may short and cause some of the driver circuits to be damaged. When replacing heat sunk components it is advisable to replace the sil-pad thermal interface material at the same time. The mounting hardware must be replaced exactly as built in the factory. The mounting screws for the power semiconductors MUST BE torqued to 4-5 in/lbs. Under torque and over torque can shorten the life of the semiconductor. The output voltage is sampled by R215, R216 and R217 and sent to the inverting side of the error amplifier internal to the controller IC on U112, pin 1. Voltage loop compensation is set by C174, C175 and R221. 6-23 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.6.2 CHARGER The majority of the voltage and current limits are set with fixed value components in the power supply. However, the +26.5V, +15V and +5.2V supplies are adjustable. When certain components are replaced, the voltages must be adjusted. The voltages should be set at light load (i.e. repeater in the Receive mode). The charger charges the batteries when the repeater is on and switch S101 is "on". A tap off of the main transformer of the power supply through wire W104 and a +26.5V line via wire W102 are what supply the charger with the necessary voltage to charge the batteries. The tap off of the transformer is biased by the +26.5V and then filtered through L101, C105 and C119. Since the tap from the power supply is not a regulated voltage, bleeder resistors R136/ R137 dissipate some power when the batteries are fully charged. No load situation, the peak voltage of the tap is approximately 63V, is not impressed across the 50V capacitors C105/C119. During a battery charging condition the line voltage to the charger on U107, pin 2 should be about 35V. 1. The +26.5V supply can be adjusted with R174 when any of the following components are replaced: R173, R174, R175, U109, U108, U102, R143, R170 or R171. 2. The +15V supply can be adjusted with R216 when any of the following components are replaced: R215, R216, R217 or U112. 3. The +5.2V supply can be adjusted with R254 when any of the following components are replaced: R253, R254, R255 or U113. While charging batteries, if the charge voltage is varied with respect to the temperature of the batteries, the lifetime of the batteries is increased dramatically. Figure 6-9 shows the algorithm used in float charge applications for two 12V lead-acid batteries in series. Figure 6-9 shows that the charge voltage should be 27.3V DC ±0.15V at 25°C (77°F) with -55 mV/°C temperature compensation. 6.6 BATTERY BACK-UP MODULE 6.6.1 OPERATION When a battery back-up module is installed in a power supply it performs the function of running a repeater in the absence of AC voltage. When AC is present it can be used to charge a pair of lead-acid batteries in series. The charger is a temperature compensated constant voltage charger. The maximum output current from the charger is 2.2A. The charger works when AC is present and the repeater is enabled. The charger switch on the battery back-up module must be "On". The temperature compensation thermal sensor is part of 023-2000-223 battery back-up module cable assembly. An LM317M linear voltage regulator (U107) is used to create the temperature compensated charge voltage. This device is capable of delivering 2.2A of continuous current to the batteries. To create a temperature compensated voltage an op amp (U104) is used as a voltage gain device from a temperature probe attached to the batteries (part of 023-2000-223). This op amp with R148/R149 defines the slope for the algorithm of Figure 6-9. The output of the temperature compensation is attached to the adjust pin of U107. R138-R140 allow the output voltage to be set properly at a given ambient temperature. F101 is a 4A resettable fuse used to prevent thermal run away in the event of U107 failure. If the output current to the batteries exceeds 4A this fuse opens. Once the current drops below 100 mA, the fuse closes automatically. When AC is low or not applied to the 023-2000800 power supply the battery input takes over if the voltage is within range. The input voltage to the battery back-up module acts as the 26.5V supply and the other voltages in the power supply also are present, +15, +5.2 and -5V. When AC is restored, the battery back-up module disengages automatically. The change over from battery to AC or AC to battery may cause the repeater to reset, depending on battery condition and load status. NOTE: If any of the charging components are replaced, R140 needs to be adjusted to set the output (battery back-up battery terminals) voltage to 27.3V ±0.15V when temperature sensor is at 22°C (71.6°F). NOTE: When using a generator, the DC voltage must be between 23-28.5V (26.5V DC is recommended) and ripple voltage less than 1% or approximately 0.25V P-P. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-24 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.6.4 ENGAGING THE RELAY Charger Voltage The main purpose of the Battery Back-Up Module (BBM) is that when the power supply loses AC line voltage, a pair of series connected 12V lead acid batteries (approximately 26.4V) or other 23-28.5V DC source will engage to the supply allowing the repeater to operate. To perform this function a voltage comparator (U101) is used to monitor the charge tap coming from the power supply. 30V -55mV/°C 27.3V 25.2V 24V -30° 0° +22° +30° A 2.5V reference voltage is supplied to the comparator from U102. The transformer tap voltage is smoothed and divided by CR114, C118, R116, R121 and R122. The values for these components were calculated so that when the AC line voltage is dropped to 70V AC, the output of the comparator turns Q103/ Q102 on which in turn engages the relay K101. The relay is capable of 30A which delivers the battery energy to the power supply via W102 with the return line being W103. Temp (°C) +60° Figure 6-9 NO LOAD CHARGE VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE 6.6.3 REVERSE BATTERY PROTECTION To obtain reverse battery protection a number of techniques were implemented. Q108/Q110 are arranged in a Darlington configuration to isolate the output capacitors C109-C111 from conducting in the event the batteries are connected backwards. This circuit also provides a means to turn the battery charger off in case the user wants to run the repeater off of another DC source. S101 opens the base of Q105 which turns off Q104. CR111 is a green light emitting diode (LED) located on the right hand side of the battery back-up module when looking at the front of the power supply that tells the user the charger is in charge mode and is marked "On". NOTE: When AC is restored, the relay disengages and the charger automatically begins to charge the batteries. 6.6.5 OVER/UNDERVOLTAGE SHUTDOWN U101 is a quad comparator IC used to create the overvoltage and undervoltage shutdown circuitry. If the batteries are drained sufficiently enough such that the voltage of the batteries drops below 20.3V DC the output of the comparator goes low and turns Q102 off. By turning Q102 off the batteries are switched out of the circuit. The batteries cannot be switched back into the repeater until the voltage rises to 22.6V DC. This operation is in place to protect the repeater and the batteries. In the event the batteries are over charged, or the repeater is driven by the generator that has the voltage set too high, the relay will disengage above 30.5V DC. In order to switch the batteries back to the repeater, the voltage must drop below 29V DC. To notify the user that the batteries are connected improperly R101/CR101 are connected in series across the batteries. CR101 is a red LED that lights when the batteries are connected backwards and is located on the left hand side of the battery back-up module when looking at the front of the power supply. This LED is marked "Reverse Bat.". CR113 eliminates a path for the reverse battery current through the relay and over/under voltage protection circuitry. In an overvoltage or undervoltage situation, whether AC is present or not, the red LED (CR105) lights until the problem is rectified. This light is located on the right-hand side of the battery back-up module when looking at the front of the power supply and is marked BAT-BAD. NOTE: Exceeding -30V across the battery back-up terminals with the power supply on will destroy Q105. 6-25 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.6.6 BBM FAN CONTROL 6.7 CARD RACK The voltage supply to the thermal measurement circuit is taken from the 26.5V DC line into the BBM. A precision temperature sensor U106 is mounted on the PC board near a screw into the BBM bracket which transfers heat to the sensor. The output of this sensor is 10 mV/°C with a ±1% accuracy. This voltage is amplified by U105 with resistors R153/R154 setting the gain. The card rack provides slots for up to eight logic cards; including Main Processor Card (MPC), Main Audio Card (MAC) and the Interface Alarm Card (IAC). The IAC has a notch in the card to accommodate a pin in Slot-8 so that no other card can be plugged into this slot. On the back of the card rack is the Backplane with plug-in connectors to the cards and cables to the RF modules, Power Supply and External Connector Board. The output of this gain stage (pin 1) is fed to another gain stage that performs as a comparator. The output (pin 7) will go high when the heatsink temperature reaches 45°C and will go low when the temperature goes below 35°C. This output is sent to the power supply through Q106 to turn the fan on and off. Refer to the component layout and schematic diagram in Section 10 for more information on the repeater backplane. Figure 6-10 BACKPLANE CONNECTORS August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-26 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.8 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD The external connector board (A10) is the interface for the alarm outputs, connecting repeaters through the high speed data bus. A7 ALARMS TO CARD RACK P10 P1 EQ TR 17 EX IN CO NC SY 3+ 4+ TX OU CO UT TO EX 49 50 CO CO CO 55 I/ 0 13 25 AU VD AT IN GR OU ND A5 HIGH SPEED DATA BUS AC RX S+ TX S+ 2O UT 2I 1O 33 UT 2O 1O UT 2I 1I FA IL AC J2 UT 1I RS +1 TO CARD RACK P11 DB HS DB + 6 HS IRDBDB+ 4 3 IR TLA A 2 1 TL J1 J3 VO 26 OU IC VO IC VO ND BA TX RX CO AC RX IN TI TX EA 4- 54 MA J1 AL AR CO OD EX TR EQ GR OU ND +1 IN 3- 53 RX TX S- IA 41 A6 REPEATER I/O TO CARD RACK J1 EX AL AR 4- RX A+ TX A+ TI 3- EN SQ RI NG 4+ EB A10 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD RX ATX ARI NG 3+ 34 AL DA TA J2 1D AT A2 RM Figure 6-11 EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD 6-27 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION P2-0 STAGING STAGING LATCH LATCH ADM P2-1 PROGRAMMABLE LC DMA etc. A19-A0 P2-2 P2-3 CONTROLLER P2-4 ALU P2-5 PSW TxD0 RxD0 SERIAL P1-6 COMMUNICATION CTS0 INTERFACE PC PFP TxD1 RxD1 CTS1 INC BAUD RATE GENERATOR TA RESET TB INT ROM P2-6 16K BYTES P2-7 TC P1-1 PROGRAMMABLE P1-2 INTERRUPT P1-3 CONTROLLER BUS CONTROL LOGIC P1-0 INT RAM 256 BYTES GR MACRO SERVICE CHANNEL P1-4 P1-7 MSTB MREQ R/W IOSTB EA INSTRUCTION DECODER X1 CLOCK MICRO SEQUENCER X2 P1-4 MICRO ROM QUEUE D7-D0 16-BIT TIMER PORT WITH PORT TIME BASE CONTROLLER COMPARATOR P1-5 REFRQ P0-7 P0 P1 P2 TH PT0-PT7 Figure 6-12 U27 BLOCK DIAGRAM 6.9 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD 6.9.1 INTRODUCTION Control functions for each repeater are performed by the Main Processor in the MPC installed in each repeater. The MPC contains the main software and control over the repeater via microprocessor U27 (see Figure 6-17). The Main Processor Card (MPC) connects to the computer with repeater software to program the repeater parameters, sets and reads the alarms, handles communication between repeaters, maintains the audio gating for the MAC, handles initialization requests from cards and contains the repeater RF data for the Receiver, Exciter and CWID. Information is exchanged between repeaters via a High-Speed Data Bus (HSDB) that interconnects all the MPCs. This control technique is called distributive processing and it eliminates the need for a separate system controller at each site. The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC provides these control functions. The MPC also contains: August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-28 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION • Flash Memory, RAM, non-volatile EEPROM. • I/O chip select to allow the addressing of data latches for Input/Output. • Read/Write selection to be sent and received on the Controller Backplane. • Clock line, data line and chip select line from the IAC to load the Receiver and Exciter synthesizers. • Serial communication circuitry and processes for the High Speed Data Bus (HSDB). • Asynchronous parallel communication to the other cards, i.e. alarm input and output circuitry. • AC Power Failure indication from the IAC. • Provides an output from the IAC to the power amplifier to control the output power. • Exciter Logic Push-To-Talk (PTT). • Receiver synthesizer lock, Exciter synthesizer lock, thermal level from the power amplifier, VSWR level from the PA, forward power level, RSSI signal level, audio levels from the MAC, Receiver and Exciter from the IAC. peripherals. Internal RAM and the SFR area are together and can be relocated anywhere in the 1Mbyte address space. This maintains compatibility with existing system memory maps. The two microprocessors and USART (U22) are reset by integrated circuit U17. Reset occurs when power is turned on, when the 5V supply drops below a threshold level or the reset switch (S1) is active. When a microprocessor is reset, several internal registers are cleared and the program is started over from the beginning. Low-voltage reset prevents improper operation resulting from low-voltage conditions. When power is turned on, the RESET output U17, pin 6 is initially high and the inverted RESET output U17, pin 5 is initially low. Once the 5V supply stabilizes, these outputs remain in these states for approximately 100 ms to ensure that reset occurs. This time delay is set by capacitor C14 connected to U17, pin 3. If the 5V supply drops below a nominal level, the RESET outputs change states and microprocessor operation is interrupted until the 5V supply returns to normal. C3 prevents fast transients on the 5V supply from causing reset. Manual reset can be accomplished by pressing push-button switch S1. When U17, pin 2 goes low, U17 goes into the reset sequence described. 6.9.2 MAIN CONTROLLER MICROPROCESSOR U27 contains the main software and control over the repeater (see Figure 6-12). 6.9.3 HIGH SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR (U13) The main controller (U27) is a VLSI (Very Large Scale Integration) CMOS 16-bit single chip computer with an 8-bit external data bus. This processor has software compatibility with the V20 (8086/8088), faster memory access, superior interrupt processing ability, and enhanced control of internal peripherals. This ROMless processor has a variety of on-chip components including 256 bytes of RAM, serial and parallel inputs/outputs, comparator port lines and timers. The HSDB processor (U13) on the MPC provides the interface with the HSDB. It monitors data on this bus and also transmits data on to this bus when necessary. Information on this bus indicates which repeaters are in use and also which mobiles are using the system. This information is used by the repeater to encode data messages to the mobiles that are monitoring that channel. These messages also include information on which repeater is free and current system priority. Eight banks of registers are mapped into internal RAM below an additional 256-byte special function register (SFR) area that is used to control on-chip 6-29 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pins 1-10 Pins 33-42 Microprocessor U13 is an 8052 that uses external EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) U14, an 8-bit device that stores the program. The microprocessor uses 2k x 8 EPROM and 64k x 8 RAM. The RAM (Random Access Memory) is used for temporary data storage. The HSDB processor is configured by the Main Processor. ADDRESS BUS This provides a path between the MPC main processor and the external memory on the MPC and the other cards in the Controller. This bus retrieves information programmed into memory for the operation of the repeater. The internal data bus of the microprocessor has four input/output ports. These ports have eight lines each, giving a total of 32 input/output lines. These ports are designated P0, P1, P2, P3. P0 is used as a data bus. Ports P1 and P2 are always used as general purpose inputs/outputs. P3 is used for specialized functions, i.e. a serial port (RxD/TxD) and interrupt (INT). Pins 11-14 Pins 43-46 DATA BUS The data bus provides a means of transferring data to and from the CPU on the MPC, memory storage on each card and peripheral devices in and out of the MAC and IAC. The operating speed of the microprocessor is set by an 11.059 MHz clock generated by Y2. This clock frequency is divided down by an internal divider to provide a machine cycle time of 1.08 µs. Most program instructions are executed in one machine cycle and none require more than four machine cycles. Pin 15 MREQ The microprocessor U13 communicates with the main processor (U27) through U9 and U10. U9 is a Transmit FIFO (First In First Out) and U10 is a Receive FIFO. This combination makes up an asynchronous parallel-to-parallel interface to the Main Processor. Pin 16 Microprocessor U13 also calculates the current system priority for the channel. This priority is from the programming software responses and the current priority is sent to the main processor. U13 also reads repeater number and channel number information in memory. U13 also determines the current free repeater and includes that information in the data sent to the Main Processor. Pins 17-20 UNUSED Pin 21 LPTT MREQ is a memory request line operates in conjunction with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to read from or write to the main processor memory on the MPC. MSTB MSTB is a memory strobe line used during MPC main processor Read/Write operations to external memory on the MPC and other cards plugged into the backplane. The Logic Push-To-Talk is an open collector from the Controller. It has a sink capability of 20 mA and a maximum voltage rating of 18V. The transmitter should produce power when this pin is a logic low. Transmit indicator is on the IAC and is controlled independently of the LPTT. 6.9.4 CHIP SELECT DECODERS (U15/U4) Chip select decoders select the peripheral chip to read from or write to. Pins 22-23 UNUSED 6.9.5 P1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR Pins 24/56 HSDB+/HSDB- This is the signal interface connector P1 (64 pin) that connects the Address and Data buses and control lines to the backplane connector. This interconnects all repeaters to provide an exchange of information. This control technique is called distributive processing and eliminates a separate system controller at each site. Information on this August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-30 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.9.7 J2 MEMORY SELECT bus indicates which repeaters are in use and also which mobiles are using the system. This information is used by the repeater to encode data messages to the mobiles that are monitoring that channel. These messages also include information on which repeater is free and current system priority. Pins 25-26 UNUSED Pins 27/59 -5V IN J2 is jumpered to select either the Flash memory or the EPROM memory. Flash memory is ultra-fast data storage. The normal setting is pin 1 to pin 2. Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 +12V U25, pin 1 Vpp +5V 6.9.8 J3 BAUD RATE This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pins 28-29 Pins 60-61 J3 is jumpered to select the baud rate from the computer to the MPC, these two baud rates must be the same (see Figure 6-17). The baud rate of the computer can be found from the command line by requesting /b, /h or /? (see Section 3.1.5). To change jumper J13: Power off the station. Move P3 to the proper rate. Power on the station. +5V IN This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pins 30/62 +15V IN 6.9.9 S2/S3 HSDB SETTINGS This is the +15V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pins 31-32 Pins 63-64 These switches configure; the HSDB for RS-485 or single-ended 5V operation, indicate if the Summit repeaters are connected to existing repeaters or only Summit repeaters, and if the repeater is an end repeater termination. Refer to Sections 2.9 and 7.4.8. GROUND This is the ground connection to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pin 47 READ 6.9.10 J4 EPROM MEMORY LOADING Read is used with the MREQ line to read data from the main processor and external memory. Pin 48 This jumper selects EPROM memory loading for LTR systems. The LTR setting is pin 3 to pin 4. WRITE Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to the main processor and external memory. 6.9.11 J5 HSDB SPEED Pins 49-55 Pins 57-58 UNUSED J5 is jumpered to select the data bus speed. J5, pins 2/3 select the LTR 12 MHz crystal. 6.9.6 J1 COMPUTER CONNECTOR J1 is the MPC connection to the computer or modem. 6.9.12 J6 WATCHDOG Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 This jumper enables or disables the watchdog timer for reset. Normal operating mode is P6 jumpering J6, pins 2/3. This jumper should not be moved or removed. Ground Computer Tx Computer Rx Modem DCD 6-31 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.10 MAIN AUDIO CARD 6.10.2 AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR 6.10.1 INTRODUCTION This Audio/Data microprocessor is on the MAC card and is used to decode LTR data received from the mobiles. The LTR data is applied to U111, pin 8 (P1.7 input). When a word is successfully decoded the data is then sent to U161 (Tx FIFO) and transmitted on the data bus in parallel to the main processor on the MPC. This control card stores the information required to operate the routing of audio and data from the inputs of the repeater to the outputs. Data is received on the address bus from the MPC for the operations to perform. The Audio/Data microprocessor and the latches open and close gates to route a path for the audio or data. When it is time to transmit the CW Identification, the main processor on the MPC sends the identification to U111 via the data bus and U160 (Rx FIFO). The CWID is sent to the Tx Data Amplifier and Filter. The output of the filter is summed with the transmit audio and sent to the Exciter. Audio control functions for each repeater are performed by the Main Processor in the MPC. The MPC contains the software and maintains control over the repeater via microprocessor U27. The audio/data microprocessor passes received data to the main processor, and it is given the programmable parameters for the gates. U111 also uses six octal latches to provide additional input and output lines. Latch U107/U108 provide outputs which allow U111 to control various audio gates. These gates control the CWID, FSK data, and receive/transmit audio signals. Information is exchanged between the cards in the Controller Backplane via a data bus and an address bus. The address bus provides the link between the main processor and the chip and the address latches on the MAC. These latches control the octal latches that select the audio and data gates. The data bus is the link between the Main Processor and the Audio/Data Processor on the MAC. The Main Processor controls the data to the octal latches and opens and closes the gates required to route audio/data in and out of the repeater. The MAC also contains: Latch U106 provides outputs which allow U111 to route signals to the Audio/Data Test Point by switching gates on and off. U106 also provides adjustment of the selected EEPOTs. U155-U156 allow U111 to select the EEPOT to adjust with chip select lines. These latches also provide routing of some audio/data signals through gates. • The audio interface between the receiver and exciter and to the external connections. • The receive audio filtering with de-emphasis. In addition, U111 controls the receive and transmit audio gates, receiver squelch, several front-panel indicators, and other functions. U111 encodes the data messages transmitted to mobiles monitoring that channel, and controls transmitter keying. • The squelch filter and detector. 6.10.3 RECEIVE AUDIO • Slow decay timing circuit that controls a mute gate on the main receive audio. • A filter, DC restoration and slicer circuitry for detecting the subaudible data. The Receive Wide Band Audio (RX WBAND) signal from the Receiver is fed into the MAC on P100, pin 27. This audio signal includes; audio, LTR data, and noise. The audio processing circuit provides filtering and amplification of the audio signal before it is routed to the outputs on the MAC card. • The fast squelch and data fed to the microprocessor that decodes the data and uses the squelch line as a data qualification signal. • A low-pass filter consisting of U121A/B attenuates frequencies above 3 kHz. This removes high-frequency noise from the audio signal. From the filter the signal is fed to amplifier U122A to increase the level before the high-pass filter to preserve adequate hum and noise ratio. Transmit audio filter and limiter with pre-emphasis. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-32 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION output to the Audio/Data Test Point J100. U123D functions as a timing buffer. The output of U123D is applied to Receive Squelch Active Gate U113D. When this gate is closed, the squelch circuit controls Normal Receive Gate U113B to block receive audio if no signal is present. From the audio amplifier the signal is fed to a high-pass filter consisting of U122B/C/D. This filter attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz which removes data present in the wide band audio signal. These filters are configured to act like large inductors. The signal is then fed to U163A which provides 6 dB per octave de-emphasis. 6.10.5 RECEIVE DATA CIRCUITRY Audio gates U113B/C/D permit noise squelch circuit, control logic, and audio switch to control gating of the audio signal. The control signal from the noise squelch circuit is applied to U113B through U113D. When a carrier is detected, this input is high and U113B passes the signal. Programming determines the gating of audio. When audio is passed by U113B/ C and U114A, the audio can be routed through other gates to various outputs (see Section 6.10.6). The receive wide band audio signal is the unfiltered output of discriminator U202 in the Receiver. Therefore, this signal contains audio, LTR data, and noise. A low-pass filter formed by U124A/B attenuates frequencies above 150 Hz by 24 dB per octave so that only the data frequencies are passed. From the filter the signal is fed to amplifier U125A. The gain of U125A is adjusted by a level control. The output of U125A can be routed through Data To Audio/Date Gate U159C and the Audio/Data Test Point J100. 6.10.4 RECEIVE SQUELCH CIRCUITRY DC restoration circuit converts the data signal from AC floating near ground to a digital signal at levels of 0 and 4.5V. U125B/C provide the reference voltage on the inverting input of comparator U125D. Positive peak detector U125B handles the positivegoing peaks of the data signal. Negative peak detector U125C handles the negative-going peaks of the data signal. The receive wide band audio includes audio, data and noise. The squelch circuit detects this noise to determine receive signal strength. When no carrier or a weak carrier is received, there is a large amount of noise present. Conversely, when a strong carrier is present, there is very little noise present. U135A is a high-pass filter which attenuates frequencies below approximately 30 kHz so that only high-frequency noise is passed. This noise is amplified by U135B and U123A. A level control adjusts the gain of amplifier U135B. The gain of U123A is partially set by a thermistor to compensate for circuit gain and noise level changes caused by temperature variations. The voltage on non-inverting input to U125D is midway between the positive- and negative-going peaks. The data input is on the non-inverting input of U125D. When the data signal rises above the reference voltage, the output goes high. Conversely, when the input voltage drops below the reference voltage, the output goes low. The receive data is then passed to audio/data processor U111. The amplified noise is then applied to a bridge rectifier. The difference between bridge rectifier outputs is applied to the inputs of U123B. The output of U123B is positive-going pulses. These pulses are applied to U123C which is a Schmitt trigger. When the input signal rises above the reference the output goes low and causes the reference voltage to decrease slightly adding hysteresis to the triggering level. This hysteresis prevents intermittent squelching when the receive signal strength is near the threshold level. 6.10.6 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING The receive audio signal is fed into the MAC on P100, pin 27. When a mobile-to-mobile call is received, Repeat Gate U153C is enabled and the receive audio signal is routed through Transmit Option Gate U158C to the input of the transmit audio buffer U164B to be retransmitted. Repeat Gate U153C is controlled by processor U111 through latch U107. A logic 1 on the control input causes the signal to be passed. The output of U123C is applied to U123D and Logic Squelch to Audio/Data Gate U159B and audio/ data processor U111. Gate U159B routes the squelch 6-33 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION microphone PTT switch is pressed. This prevents interference if the microphone remains live when the PTT switch is pressed. When the received audio must be routed to the backplane (i.e. for other cards), Receive Voice Gate U115B is enabled by processor U111/latch U108 and passes the audio signal to amplifier U120B. Receive To Backplane (RX TO BP) U115C is enabled and passes the amplified audio to the backplane. Buffer U164B combines the microphone audio signal from U164A with the audio signal from the Repeat Gate U153C. When the audio received must be routed to the external speaker or speaker/microphone, Local Audio Mute Gate U114D is enabled by U111/latch U108. The audio is passed to local audio output amplifier U132. The gain of U132 is adjusted by the local audio volume control and on/off switch. U127B/C form a high-pass filter that attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz to prevent interference with the LTR data applied at U129B. Pre-emphasis at 6 dB per octave is provided by an RC combination before the signal is fed to the Limiter U127D. 6.10.7 VOTER AUDIO Limiter U127D and rectifiers form a precision limiter which prevents over modulation caused by high-level input signals. With normal input levels, the output of a bridge rectifier follows the input of the bridge. When a high-level signal is applied to the bridge, the bridge opens and the output of the bridge is limited to a specific level. When used, the Receive audio from the voter receiver comes into the MAC on P100, pin 25. Amplifier U120A sets the gain of the signal and the output is routed to Voter Audio Mute Gate U115A. The gate is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U108. If the gate is enabled, the audio goes to the Receive Mute Gate U113C and passes throughout the MAC Card. The output of the limiter passes to a composite 6pole splatter filter formed by U127A, U128D and U128A separated by buffers U128B and U128C. 6.10.8 COMPANDOR OPTION The output from U128A is fed to Normal Modulation Mute Gate U118B that is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, the gate passes transmit audio to EEPOT U149. U149 is an electronically adjustable potentiometer that adjusts the gain of transmit audio amplifier U129C. The gain of U129C can only be adjusted through the software. Therefore, a computer must be attached to the MAC card when levels are set. The compandor option enhances the receive and transmit audio when used in conjunction with the Telephone Interface Card (TIC) in LTR systems. The filtered Receive Audio passes through the Receive Mute Gate U113C to the expander input on A301, pin 1. The expand output of A301, pin 2 is coupled to the audio outputs by U114C. The TX-VOICE from P100, pin 32, passes through TX Voice Gate U158A to the expander input on A301, pin 5. The compressed output of A301, pin 4 is passed to the TX Audio Buffer. The output of U129C is fed to summing amplifier U129B where it is combined with LTR transmit data and CWID when present. The gain of audio and data are the same so unity gain is produced. The output signal is fed to the TCXO where it frequency modulates the transmit signal. 6.10.9 TRANSMIT AUDIO PTT switch (Q101/Q102) provides local microphone Push-To-Talk (PTT) indication to U105. U105 then tells U111 via the data bus that the local microphone PTT has been activated. 6.10.10 TRANSMIT AUDIO PROCESSING Transmit voice from the backplane comes into the MAC on P100, pin 32. When used this signal passes to the transmit voice amplifier U130A. The output level of the amplifier is adjusted by a level control. The output of U130A is applied to another transmit voice amplifier U130B and Transmit Voice Gate U158A. U158A is controlled by A/D processor U111/ U164A amplifies the microphone audio signal to provide the correct input level to U164B. Local Microphone Mute Gate U117C is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch 106. The function of U117C is to mute the local microphone audio when the local August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-34 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION U111/latch U106. When enabled, this gate passes the modulation on pin 11 to the summing amplifier U129B and gate U118D to the modulation input of the Exciter. latch U107. When enabled, the gate passes the voice to Transmit Option Gate U158C and on to the transmit audio buffer U164B. Transmit Voice amplifier U130B is adjusted by a level control. The output is fed to Transmit Net Gate U153B. Gate U153B is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U155. The repeater on the lowest frequency channel in each system must periodically transmit the station call letters as a continuous-wave identification encoded by Morse Code. This identification is programmed with the Edit Parameters software. 6.10.11 TRANSMIT DATA AND CWID PROCESSING The data signal is produced by A/D processor U111 on Transmit Data and Transmit Shape outputs. The transmit shape output is normally the opposite logic level of the transmit data output when data is transmitted. However, the bit before a logic transition occurs, the transmit shape output is the same logic level as the transmit data output. This results in a logic 1 level that is slightly higher and a logic 0 that is slightly lower. This pulse shaping minimizes interference between data bits when the data is filtered by the low-pass filter. The CWID output is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U107. This output is fed to CWID tone generator U100B/A and turns the tone generator on and off to create the Morse Code. From the tone generator the signal is fed to bandpass filter U129A. This filter passes the 800 Hz fundamental present in the signal. The output of the filter is jumpered by P106 on J106, pins 2/3 and P107 on J106, pins 4/5 to the summing amplifier and applied to gate U118D, and to the modulation input of the Exciter. The input and output connectors for the MAC are defined as follows. The data from U111 is fed to buffer U126A and Transmit Data Enable Gate U117B. Gate U117B is controlled by A/D processor U111 directly. When enabled this gate passes the data to EEPOT U151. U151 is an electronically adjustable potentiometer that adjusts the gain of transmit audio amplifier U126B. The gain of U126B can only be adjusted through the software. Therefore, a computer must be attached to the MAC card. U126B provides the required signal level at the output of the low-pass filter. A relatively stable DC bias voltage for U126C/D is required because these stages are DC coupled to the transmit TCXO (see Section 6.2.3) and changes in bias voltage can cause fluctuations in the transmit frequency. 6.10.12 P101 SIGNALING CONNECTOR The signal interface connector P101 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses and control lines to the backplane connector. See Figures 6-18 and 6-19. Pins 1-10 Pins 33-42 ADDRESS BUS This provides a path between the MPC main processor and the processor and memory of the MAC. This bus retrieves information programmed into memory for the operation of the MAC. U126C/D form a low-pass filter that attenuates square-wave harmonics in the data signal above 150 Hz to prevent interference with the audio band. From this filter the signal is fed to summing amplifier U129B and combined with the transmit audio signal. The output of U129B is fed to Transmit Modulation Mute Gate U118D. This gate is controlled by A/D processor U111/latch U106. When enabled, transmit audio and data are passed to the Exciter modulation input and the transmit TCXO. Pins 11-14 Pins 43-46 DATA BUS This data bus provides a means of transferring data to and from the processor on the MAC with peripheral devices in the MAC. Pin 15 When needed the External Modulation input on P100, pin 11 is fed to External Modulation Mute Gate U118C. Gate U118C is controlled by A/D processor MREQ A memory request line operates in conjunction with the Read/Write lines. These provide the ability to read from or write to the processor memory. 6-35 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 16 Pins 31-32 Pins 63-64 MSTB The memory strobe line is used for MAC processor Read/Write operations to external memory. Pins 17-20 UNUSED Pin 21 LPTT GROUND This is the ground connection to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pin 47 READ Read is used with the MREQ line to read data from the processor and external memory. The Logic Push-To-Talk is not used. Pins 22-23 UNUSED Pin 48 Pins 24/56 HSDB +/- Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to the processor and external memory. The High Speed Data Bus interconnects the Viking VX repeaters. A 50 ohm termination is required if Viking VX repeaters are used with existing repeaters and the interface. Pins 25/57 Pins 49-55 UNUSED Pin 58 6.10.13 P100 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS Connector P100 contains the audio and data outputs to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external devices. The input and output connectors for the connector are defined as follows. TLA DB The Trunk Line Accounting Data Bus is used for telephone interconnect calls. Pins 27/59 Pins 1-6 UNUSED Pin 7 3.5V -5V IN This is the 3.5V DC TCXO reference voltage from the Exciter to the MAC. This is the -5V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pin 8 Pins 28-29 Pins 60-61 TX DATA OUT +5V IN This output contains trunking signaling data and CWID data when enabled at jumper J106 and used with external optional equipment. This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pin 9 Pins 30/62 VOTER DATA IN This is used in a Voter system. Data from the voter site is injected at this pin. IRDB +/- This data bus interconnects all repeaters to provide an exchange of programming information with the programming software and computer. This data bus allows all repeaters to be accessed without having to connect the computer to the MPC on each repeater individually. Pin 26 WRITE TX DATA IN +15V IN This input would normally contain trunking signaling data, CWID data, and an externally summed in signal. This input is enabled at J106 and is used with external optional equipment. This is the +15V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-36 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 10 6.10.15 J101 SPEAKER/MICROPHONE EXT REQ1 This input provides for external requests from optional equipment. Pin 11 This jack is used in conjunction with J102 when a combination speaker/microphone is used during setup and testing of the repeater. EXT MOD 6.10.16 J102 LOCAL MICROPHONE This input provides for external wide band modulation of the Exciter with out any filtering. This input is not used at this time. This jack is used for a microphone to key the Exciter and inject transmit audio. Pins 13-26 UNUSED 6.10.17 J103 GROUND Pin 27 This jack provides a ground connection for the MAC when monitoring the test points. RX WB AUDIO The Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. Pin 28 6.10.18 J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER This provides an external speaker connection at the repeater site for monitoring. 6.10.19 J105 WATCH DOG A D LEVEL This is the Audio/Data Level output. Pin 29 J105 enables or disables the watchdog timer for reset. Normal operating mode is P105 jumpering J105, pins 2/3. Do not move or remove this jumper. TX MOD 6.10.20 J106 TX DATA PATH The output of this pin is produced by audio and data inputs to the Repeater to produce the signals on this pin. This signal goes through the RFIB and then to the Exciter. Pin 30 UNUSED Pin 31 RX VOICE Jumpers P106/P107 connect J106, pins 1-2 and 34 for external options that need the Tx Data signal. Normal operation connects J106, pins 2-3 and 4-5. 6.10.21 A301 COMPANDOR CONNECTIONS EP101 EP102 EP103 EP104 EP105 EP106 This is receive audio output connected to the backplane. Pin 32 TX VOICE Expand In Expand Out Ground Compress Out Compress IN +5V This is transmit audio input connected to the repeat gate. 6.10.14 J100 A D LEVEL TEST POINT This test point located on the front card edge is used during alignment to monitor audio and data. 6-37 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.11 INTERFACE ALARM CARD The isolated inputs are driven by either AC or DC signals. The active high inputs can be set by switches to be polarity sensitive, non-polarity sensitive or add a resistance in series to dissipate unused power (see Figure 6-15). This card utilizes the information required to operate the alarms designated in the programming of the repeater. Data is received on the address bus from the MPC for the; operation to perform, the processor and external memory, open and close relays on the outputs, and receive alarm indications on the inputs. This information is either routed to external devices or alarm outputs can be wired to alarm inputs (see Figure 4-10). The active low inputs can also be set for either +5V or +15V operation when a ground closure is required to provide an active alarm. 54 53 55 I/0 13 IA 41 EX TO T1 49 50 3- TX 3- 4- The electromechanical relay outputs are comprised of eight SPDT (normally open) relays. The relays are all open at power-on. Data to the relay is latched by a write to the base address. 4+ SQ EN EX TR EQ 17 SY IN 3+ 4+ 3+ The Interface Alarm Card (IAC) contains 4-input contacts and 4-output contacts. The 4-inputs can be disabled, energized or de-energized. The 4-output relays are dry contacts that have a 2A rating and can be either normally open or normally closed. 25 IN VO TX IC VO IC BA TX 4- ALARM IN The IAC activates relays when alarm trigger events occur. The IAC monitors for alarm activity in the system and can set the various output relays as defined by the user during programming. When an external alarm is set it can be monitored from a remote location. Refer to Section 4.3.3 for alarm programming. ALARM OUT 26 Figure 6-13 4 I/O J1 ALARM OUTPUTS 6.11.1 RELAY OUTPUTS The alarm relay outputs are provided via a terminal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 6-13 and 6-14). FA IL IN IN The alarm outputs are on the terminal block at the rear of the repeater. IN J2 6.11.2 ISOLATED INPUTS IN AC 33 AL The isolated alarm inputs are provided via a terminal block on the back of the repeater (see Figures 613 and 6-14). AR 34 MS Figure 6-14 4 I/O J2 ALARM OUTPUTS August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-38 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 is fed back to the input alarm 1 of Repeater 1. Then the RF Shutdown alarm (#32) is mapped for alarm 1 in each repeater. This configuration allows Repeater 2 to give an alarm when Repeater 1 has an RF Shutdown alarm output, etc. Standard 12V/24V AC control transformer outputs can be accepted as well as DC voltages. This input voltage range is 5-24V RMS. External resistors connected in series may be used to extend the input voltage range. The input alarms are given a 15-character description during programming and a Transmit ID. These are used when an input alarm is activated to send a Morse code message consisting of the description over the air to a monitoring transceiver programmed with this ID. P500 +5V ALARM + ON +5V +15V ALARM - There are 40 internal alarms that can be included in the output alarm configuration (see Table 1-2). These alarms can also be programmed to send an output as shown in the cross reference screen of the alarm configuration menu (see Figure 4-10). Among these alarms are the thermal sense from the PA and the AC fail alarm output on the terminal block at the rear of the repeater to activate the battery backup. Figure 6-15 S500-S503 6.11.3 ALARM INDICATORS There are three forms of alarm indicators from the repeater. One form is the two red LEDs and display combination on the MPC. Refer to Table 1-2 for the combinations and definitions of the active alarms. Another form is the output relay to the terminal blocks at the rear of the repeater where outputs can be wired to external devices or to alarm inputs. TRANSCEIVER AC FAIL The third form is the output relay and to transmit a 15-character description of the alarm over-the-air to a remote location. The description is sent in Morse code with a transmit ID assigned during programming. A transceiver programmed with this ID can monitor the repeater and alert the system owner when an alarm occurs. DOOR OPEN REPEATER 1 ALARM 2 IN SECURITY DOOR ALARM 1 IN ALARM 1 OUT ALARM 1 IN REPEATER 2 ALARM 1 OUT ALARM 1 IN REPEATER 3 6.11.4 ALARM FUNCTIONS ALARM 1 OUT ALARM 1 IN The alarms can be configured in various modes to alert the system owner to conditions and hazards with the equipment and the repeater site facility. A few of the possibilities are shown in Figure 6-16. In this example the input alarm 2 of Repeater 1 is connected to the door of the building, input alarm 3 of Repeater 5 is connected to the fire alarm system, the AC fail alarm (#16 see Table 1-2) is mapped to alarm 2 output so it can be transmitted (see Figure 4-10) and the output alarm 1 of Repeater 1 is connected to the input alarm 1 of Repeater 2 and so on until the output alarm REPEATER 4 ALARM 1 OUT ALARM 1 IN REPEATER 5 SENSOR ACTIVE ALARM 1 OUT ALARM 3 IN SMOKE DETECTOR Figure 6-16 ALARM EXAMPLE 6-39 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 6.11.5 P500 SIGNALING CONNECTOR Pins 11-14 Pins 43-46 The input and output connectors for the IAC are defined as follows. The signal interface connector P500 (64 pin) connects the Address and Data buses and control lines to the backplane connector. See Figure 6-20. This data bus provides a means of transferring data to and from the latches and multiplexers on the IAC with peripheral devices in the IAC. Pin 15 Pins 1-4 Pins 33-36 A memory request line operates in conjunction with the Read/Write lines. These lines read from or write to the MPC processor memory. UNUSED Pin 18 SYNC IN Pins 19/51 ALARM 1 OUT +/ALARM 1 OUT - This is an output to an external device to perform a specific function. ALARM 2 IN +/ALARM 2 IN - This is an input received from a connection to an external device as a specific alert condition. Pins 7/39 Pins 16/17 This is an input received from a connection to an external device. ALARM 1 IN +/ALARM 1 IN - This is an input received from a connection to an external device as a specific alert condition. Pins 6/38 MREQ ADDRESS BUS (A12-A19 Only) This address bus provides a path between the MPC main processor and the latches and multiplexers of the IAC. This bus retrieves information programmed into the MPC memory for the operation of the IAC. Pins 5/37 DATA BUS Pins 20/52 ALARM 2 OUT +/ALARM 2 OUT - This is an output to an external device to perform a specific function. ALARM 3 IN +/ALARM 3 IN - This is an input received from a connection to an external device as a specific condition. Pins 8/40 ALARM 4 IN +/ALARM 4 IN - Pins 21-23 UNUSED Pins 24/25 +15V ACCESSORY This is an input received from a connection to an external device as a specific alert condition. This DC supply is an output to an external device through rear connector J1. Pin 9 Pins 26/58 SQUELCH ENABLE +15V FILTERED This is an output to rear connector J1. It can be configured for inverted output, non-inverted output or logic controlled non-inverted output. This DC supply is an output to an external device through rear connector J1. Pin 10 Pins 27/59 EXTERNAL REQ 2 This is the -5V input from the power supply via the Controller backplane. This is an input received from a connection to an external device. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 -5V IN 6-40 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pins 28-29 Pins 60-61 6.11.6 P501 EXTERNAL OUTPUTS +5V IN Connector P501 contains data and control outputs to the terminal block on the back of the Repeater cabinet. These outputs are connected to other external devices. This is the +5V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pins 30/62 +15V IN The input and output connectors for the connector are defined as follows. This is the +15V input to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. Pins 1/17 ALARM 3 OUT +/ALARM 3 OUT Pins 31-32 GROUND Pins 63-64 Pins 2/18 ALARM 4 OUT +/ALARM 4 OUT - This is the ground connection to the MPC from the power supply via the Controller backplane. These are outputs to external devices to perform a specific function. Pin 3 RX WBAND Pins 41-42 UNUSED Pin 47 Receive Wide Band Audio from the Receiver audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (-6 dBm) and 2V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. READ Read is used with the MREQ line to read data from the MPC processor and external memory. Pin 48 WRITE Write is used with the MREQ line to write data to the MPC processor and external memory. Pins 4-6 UNUSED Pin 7 EXT OUT 1 This is an external output to rear connector J1. Pin 8 RF CLOCK Pins 49-50 UNUSED Pins 53-55 UNUSED The clock will control the synthesizer chips and power control circuit when loading. This pin is a TTL input from the Controller. Pin 56 Pin 9 THERMAL SENSOR The Thermal Sensor monitors the PA temperature and creates an alarm condition if the temperature exceeds the limit. This input from the AC supply is used by the AC fail output to indicate that the AC has been interrupted. Pin 10 Pin 57 AC FAIL IN SYN CS RX POWER SWITCH This is the chip select pin for the main receiver synthesizer chip. This chip is the same part as used in the Exciter. A low loads the synthesizer. Pin 57 turns the voltage from the power supply to the Repeater on and off. This pin is connected to the on/off toggle switch S508. 6-41 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 11 UNUSED Pin 23 AC FAIL OUT Pin 12 RF MUX 1 INH This is an indication that the AC power has been interrupted. The Multiplexer-1 Inhibit (U105, pin 6) is a CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the Multiplexer-1 output with a logic high. Pin 24 UNUSED Pin 25 HS CS RX Pin 13 This is the receiver high stability synthesizer chip select. A low enables loading the high stability synthesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability equipped units. RF MUX 2 INH The Multiplexer-2 Inhibit (U106, pin 6) is a CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the Multiplexer-2 output with a logic high. Pin 26 Pin 14 Pin 26 is the exciter main Synthesizer Chip Select that allows input of data to U403 when the line is pulled to logic low. The Multiplexer-3 Inhibit (U104, pin 6) is a CMOS input from the Controller that inhibits (disables) the output from the RF 3 Multiplexer with a logic high. Pin 15 Pin 27 UNUSED Pin 28 A D LEVEL PC STR 20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin using three multiplex chips. The Power Control Strobe is normally low until after the power control data is shifted into the power control register. Then the strobe line goes high and back to low. The clock or data lines cannot be changed until after the strobe is set. Pin 16 SYN CS EX RF MUX 3 INH Pin 29 Data A (U105, pin 11) is the least significant bit (LSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation. HS CS EX This is the Exciter high stability synthesizer chip select. A low enables loading the high stability synthesizer loop. This pin is only used on high stability equipped units. Pins 19-21 UNUSED Pin 22 BUF RX WBAND Pin 30 RF DATA B Data B (U105, pin 10) is the middle significant bit in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation. Pin 31 This is buffered Receive Wide Band Audio from the receiver audio demodulator through the RF Interface Board. The typical amplitude is 387 mV RMS (6 dBm) and 5V DC with Standard TIA Test Modulation into the receiver. This is an output to the rear connector J1. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 RF DATA A RF DATA C Data C (U105, pin 9) is the most significant bit (MSB) in the 3 multiplex chips located on the RFIB. This pin is a CMOS input from the Controller requiring a logic high for activation. 6-42 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Pin 32 6.11.9 J502 +15V RF DATA This is a data pin with TTL levels from the Controller which has the dual role of loading the synthesizer chips and adjusting the power control D/A lines for proper output power. Up to four synthesizer chips and a shift-register could be connected to this pin. 6.11.10 POWER SWITCH 6.11.7 J500 A D LEVEL TEST POINT 6.11.11 J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT 20 lines (of the possible 24) of RF functions sampled are multiplexed to the Controller through this pin using three multiplex chips. P505 jumpers J505, pins 1/2 to configure the squelch enable output for an inverted output. P505 jumpers J505, pins 2/3 to configure the squelch enable output for a non-inverted output. P505 jumpers J505, pins 3/4 to configure the squelch enable output for a non-inverted output under the control of U503. J502 is a voltage test point. S508 turns the power supply DC voltage on and off from the front of the IAC. 6.11.8 J501 GROUND J501 is an IAC ground reference for test points. 6-43 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 6-44 ADDRESS BUS (19:0) EPROM A0-A19 +5V A0-A14 LED DRIVER U18 MAIN MICROPROCESSOR FLASH MEMORY PO0 U15 D0-D7 PO1 PO2 A0-A19 A0-A16 RAM PO3 PO4 A0-A12 PO5 READY LPTT T OUT U27 DS1 U30A/U31A U11 Q2/Q3 U25 DISPLAY DRIVER U26 EPROM DMARQ0 DMAAKO TC0 RESET DMARQ1 D0-D7 DQ0-DQ7 D0-D7 U28 FLASH DATA BUS (7:0) Vpp +5V O0 OE WE Vpp CE A16 O11 A17 CE DE A18 WE U5 RST1 BALANCED Rx/Tx U17 X1 IRDB- DE U24 RIDB+ INT POLL TxD0 SWITCH RxD RxD0 S1 U20B O14 U20A O15 O13 RST2 X2 SWITCH TxD RESET RES IN Y1 10 MHz TxD1 RxD1 A19 PT1 G2B U6A READ A13 PT0 U20C R/W A14 PO6 U6B WRITE PT2 A15 READY MREQ T OUT U4 Y1 Y2 MREQ Y0 INTP0 INTP1 MSTB READ READ WRITE WRITE MSTB UART RD WR RxRDY TxE D0-D7 U20D D0-D7 U6C U22 MODEM DCD 4 J1 TX FIFO U16F MR U16D COMPUTER Tx 2 RxD U2C PROCESSOR TO PROCESSOR COMMUNICATION FIFOs DIR D0-D7 S1 DOR A0-A7 ADDRESS BUS (7:0) MR TxD DOR MPC PROGRAMMING PORT DIR SO U2B U2 CLOCK U6D U2A BAUD RATE J3 CP U21 S1 CS U7B Y3 DE U10 DE U16C COMPUTER Rx 3 SO A0-A7 U9 U7A 76800 38400 19200 9600 4800 10 2400 1200 12 14 RST TxC RxC 11 13 RESET RST P1-1 P3-7 P3-6 P1-0 ADDRESS SELECT A13 RAM Y2 EEPROM OE Y1 P1-2 A14 A8-A15 A15 U13 U32B OE DE Y0-Y3 HSDB - U16B WE A8-A12 A8-A13 U1 D0-D7 U3 LOWER ADDRESS LATCH A0-A7 A0-A7 U14 Y0 * CS1 D0-D7 D0-D7 U8 A0-A7 D0-D7 P1-3 OE CEN U23 HSDB + PSEN DE U30 U31 U2F P3-1 ALE ADDRESS/DATA BUS (8:15) U2F/U31B ADDRESS BUS (7:0) P3-0 OE HIGH-SPEED DATA BUS MICROPROCESSOR U32A Y0-Y3 6-45 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 6-17 FOLDOUT U115A VOTER AUDIO MUTE U108 U114D LOCAL AUDIO MUTE U113C RX MUTE GATE LATCHES P101 U114A RX OPTION ADDRESS LATCHES A0-A19 U115B RX VOICE D1-D8 U116B RX AUDIO U115C RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE A16-A19 U116A FSK TO AUDIO CLK Q4 A12-A15 A-D A-D Q5 U103 U133 D1 G1 Q6 U153C REPEAT Q7 U107 Q8 G2 MREQ 15 Q2 Q1 U153D TxS TO FSK U116D TxA TO FSK Q9 RX FIFO U159C DATA TO A D DATA BUS (7:0) MPC LATCH U116C Tx AUDIO D1-D8 Q3 U101F U154A U158A Tx VOICE TX FIFO U153A DATA LEVEL TEST OC P100 EXT REQ D3 LOCAL MIC PTT Q102 D4 RX FIFO D0-D7 U100B CWID CONTROL CLK U105 DE D2 DOR S0 D1 U101E U154B U160 MSTB 16 A0-A7 U159A LEVEL DETECT U106 D0-D7 U118C EXTERNAL MOD MUTE DIR S1 TX FIFO U158C Tx OPTION U117C LOCAL MIC MUTE MR D1-D8 U118B NORMAL MOD MUTE ACCRESS BUS (15:8) U118D Tx MOD MUTE AUDIO/DATA MICROPROCESSOR DIR S1 DE S0 U161 U101C U154D MR P1-3 DOR P1-1 U151-U149 INC P3-6 P3-7 U119 LOWER ADDRESS LATCH P1-2 Y2 A0-A7 A13 D0-D7 A8-A15 VOTER DATA IN 58 U162D A14 A15 P3-0 Q0-Q7 U102 U17-1 +15V 30 +15V 62 Z102 U119 RESET EPROM Y1 A0-A7 D0-D7 U104 CS0 A0-A7 U112 U156 CS1 CS2 A8-A14 C EN +9V REG U151-U149 U/D P1-0 U111 D0-D7 D0-D7 CLK U101D OE CS3 ADDRESS SELECT RST ALE WO 125 D1-D8 ADDRESS/DATA BUS (7:0) U136 CS5 CS6 PSEN P1-6 U159B-8 LOGIC SQUELCH P1-7 U125D-14 RX DATA P3-2 U126A-3 TX DATA P3-3 U126A-3 TX SHAPE P3-4 U117B-8 TX DATA EN WO 126 CLK U153B Tx NET U155 U115D Rx NET CS10 CS11 U149 CS12 D1-D8 WO 127 U151 CS14 CS15 CLK U117A Tx INTERCOM U157 U113D Rx SQ ACTIVE U159B LOGIC SQ A D U159D Tx MOD A D D1-D8 U113B NORMAL Rx WO 118 WO 117 CLK August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 WO 116 MAIN AUDIO CARD LOGIC BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 6-18 6-46 Rx VOICE GATE LOCAL AUDIO OUTPUT AMPLIFIER U114D U132 J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER J101 U108 P100 VOICE AMPLIFIER U115A U115B U120B U115C U108 U108 Rx NET GATE FSK AMPLIFIER U115D U165B VOTER AUDIO AMPLIFIER VOTER AUDIO MUTE U120A VOTER AUDIO 25 LOW-PASS FILTER < 3 kHz U121A/B Rx WB AUDIO 27 SPEAKER/MIC Rx VOICE GATE Rx VOICE TO BACKPLANE GATE Rx AUDIO AMPLIFIER HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz DE-EMPHASIS NORMAL RX GATE RX MUTE GATE RX OPTION GATE U122A U122B/C/D U163A U113B U113C U114A REPEAT GATE P100 31 Rx VOICE U108 U153C U155 U108 +1.25V U163B U157 U108 U157 HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz U135A NOISE AMPLIFIER U135B U123A NOISE RECTIFIER SCHMITT TRIGGER U123B U123C U113D Rx ACTIVE GATE U114B RX OPTION TIMING BUFFER BUFFER U107 U114C RX AUDIO GATE MAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER U116B U166A BUFFER FSK TO AUDIO GATE U116B DC RESTORATION U124A/B U125A U125B/C SECONDARY AUDIO AMPLIFIER U131B 2 RxS - U131A 1 RxS + SECONDARY AUDIO TO SWITCH A301 U157 U125D MAIN AUDIO TO SWITCH 13 Rx AUDIO + U108 U159B Rx DATA AMPLIFIER 14 Rx AUDIO - U123D LOGIC SQ A-D GATE Rx DATA FILTER U166B COMPANDING OPTION U111 Rx DATA U108 DATA TO A-D GATE FSK AMPLIFIER TxD U159C U165A Tx OUT U162C TxD U109 P101 U107 23 SWITCH Tx DATA TxS - 4 RS-232 SECONDARY AUDIO FROM SWITCH U131C Tx AUDIO AMPLIFIER TxS TO FSK GATE U131D U153D TxS + 3 U107 Rx IN U110 RxD 22 SWITCH Rx DATA U162B DATA LEVEL TEST GATE U153A U107 J100 TxA + 15 Tx OPTION GATE Tx AUDIO AMPLIFIER U158C TxA TO FSK GATE HIGH PASS FITLER MAIN AUDIO FROM SWITCH U167A U167B/C U167D U159A U106 U158D U107 Tx AUDIO GATE 28 A-D LEVEL Tx MOD A D GATE U106 U116D TxA - 16 U159D Tx DATA AMPLIFIER U106 INC U157 Tx OPTION U151 U158B U116C Tx OPTION GATE Tx VOICE AMPLIFIER Tx VOICE 32 U130A Tx NET GATE U130B U153B Tx VOICE GATE U155 U155 CS14 U106 U/D Tx SHAPE U111 U107 Tx VOICE AMPLIFIER A-D LEVEL TEST POINT LEVEL DETECT GATE Tx DATA ENABLE GATE U126A Tx DATA FILTER U117B U126B Tx DATA U111 U111 U126C U126D CWID TONE GENERATOR CWID FILTER U100B/A U129A J106 8 TxD OUT P106 U158A 9 TxD IN P107 Tx INTERCOM GATE U107 Tx AUDIO AMPLIFIER U117A SUMMING AMPLIFIER Tx MOD MUTE GATE U129B U118D 29 Tx MOD U106 INC U149 U157 J102 LOCAL MIC PTT U164A Tx AUDIO BUFFER U117C U164B HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz U127B/C LIMITER LPF BUFFERS LPF NORMAL MOD MUTE GATE U127D U127A U128B/C U128D/A U118B U106 Q101 6-47 Q102 U106 U/D SPLATTER FILTER LOCAL MIC MUTE GATE U155 CS12 U106 EXTERNAL MOD MUTE GATE U129C U106 U118C U106 U105 LOCAL MIC PTT August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 MAIN AUDIO CARD AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 6-19 FOLDOUT P500 S500 P500 RF INTERFACE DATA BUS (7:0) DO-D7 D0-D7 IAC ADDRESSING A16 A17 A18 A19 LED CONTROL U518 CLK A13-A19 Q4 A15 MREQ G2 G1 U500 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q6 U505 MISC INPUTS Q0 D0-D7 U501 Q3 A13 A14 +5V Q1-Q8 U508 U517 OC Q7 P501 U520 Q1 RF MUX 1 INH Q2 Q3 RF MUX 2 INH RF MUX 3 INH Q4 Q5 PC STR HS CS EX Q6 Q7 STN CS EX HS CS RX Q8 STN CS RX +15V CR507 CR506 S501 +5V CLK D3 D2 ALARM 1 IN +5V ALARM INPUTS WO 1 AC FAIL IN U510 D8 +15V CR509 CR508 ALARM 2 IN D1 O3 O2 D1 D2 O5 O7 OC O4 O1 U521 O6 U507D EXT REQ 2 D6 J503 U513C Q1-Q8 J500 THERMAL SENSOR D3 CLK Q1 READ RD WRITE WR D0-D7 INTR U504 U506 D0-D7 Q8 Q1 Q2 RF DATA A RF DATA B Q3 Q4 RF DATA C RF DATA Q5 Q6 RF CLK AC FAIL OUT Q7 WO 2 D4 S502 +5V U511 +15V CR511 CR510 ALARM 3 IN ANALOG LEVEL DETECTOR V IN+ RSSI O U509A U509B U507B U508E EXT REQ 1 U519 IFA IN J504 U513B U509C U507C U507A A D LEVEL S503 CLK Q5 Q6 +5V D1-D8 ALARM 2 OUT K501 Q501 Q2 ALARM 1 OUT K500 Q500 Q1 Q3 Q502 K502 ALARM 3 OUT Q4 Q503 K503 ALARM 4 OUT U514A U514B U503 ALARM 4 IN INVERTED NON-INVERTED U503 CONTROL NON-INVERTED August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 +15V CR513 CR512 BUF RX WBAND RX WBAND Q7 U512 J505 Q504 SQUELCH EN Q505 INTERFACE ALARM CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 6-20 6-48 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES SECTION 7 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 7.1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT 1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthesizer for the Receive frequency. CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be guaranteed. 2. Tune the VCO capacitor L102 for +7V DC ±0.05V at TP401. Increase the receive frequency by 1 MHz. The voltage on TP401 shall be less than 15V. Decrease the receive frequency by 1 MHz. The voltage on TP401 shall be greater than 2.5V. Refer to Figure 7-1 for component locations. Refer to Figure 7-6 for equipment needed and setup diagram. Select "RECEIVER" from the "TEST" menu in the Repeater Software. 3. Alternately tune CV151 and CV152 in 1/2-turn to 1-turn increments until a voltage is measured at TP401. At that time, tune CV151 for a peak, then CV152 for a peak. 7.1.1 PRETEST 4. Retune CV151/CV152 for a peak at TP401. Preset L102, L103, L104, L108, L109, L110, L140 and L141 tuning screws about 1/4 inch above the top of the casting. For Receivers operating within 2 MHz of the top of the receive band (148-150 or 176-178 MHz). 1. Program the Synthesizer for the Highest receive frequency (i.e. 150 or 178 MHz). For 12.5 kHz operation, place jumper plugs P203, P204 and P205 across pins 2-3 of J203, J204 and J205. 2. Set the control line voltage for 15V at TP401. Check 2 MHz below the programmed frequency (i.e. 148 or 176 MHz) to verify that the control voltage at TP401 is greater than 2V. The repeater receiver can now be programmed for the desired operating frequency. For 25 kHz operation, place jumper plugs P203, P204 and P205 across pins 1-2 of J203, J204 and J205. 7.1.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS For Receivers operating within 2 MHz of the bottom of the receive band (132-134 or 150-152 MHz). Apply power to the Receiver by plugging the 20pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J201 (see Figure 7-1). 1. Program the Synthesizer for the Lowest receive frequency (i.e. 132 or 150 MHz). Measure the voltages at the following pins. U301, pin 3 U302, pin 3 U303, pin 3 U304, pin 3 R402/R403 junction 2. Set the control line voltage for 2V at TP401. Check 2 MHz above the programmed frequency (i.e. 134 or 176 MHz) to verify that the control voltage at TP401 is less than 15V. The repeater receiver can now be programmed for the desired operating frequency. +6V DC ±0.3V +12V DC ±0.4V +12V DC ±0.4V +12V DC ±0.4V +3.5V DC ±0.1V 7.1.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL NOTE: The Channel Frequency and Synthesizer Frequency appear at the bottom of the screen. For Receivers operating between: 132-150 MHz, 150-178 MHz. 7-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES J201 20 19 U301 J205 U302 J204 Q406 RV213 RV203 RV201 RV211 U304 Q407 Q408 RV212 Z216 U401 Q403 Y201 RV202 Q409 Q405 Q204 U204 U202 Q402 Q404 TP401 Q401 Z215 Q410 U303 FL201 Q411 Z214 U203 CV152 Q132 CV151 Z205 TP102 L216 L141 CV212 Z212A U201 Z206 L140 Q134 Z212B Z204 Q133 U102 Q131 CV106 Z211A Z201B Z201A J203 Z211B L109 L108 CV103 CV102 CV101 L103 L102 Q101 Q211 Z202B CV104 CV211 Q201 L204 Z202A CV212 L206 CV105 U101 L211 A201 L214 L213 L110 L104 CV201 Q102 FL102 L203 FL101 L201 Figure 7-1 RECEIVER ALIGNMENT POINTS 7.1.4 RECEIVER FREQUENCY ADJUST 8. The software programs the synthesizer for the receive frequency. 1. Place a pick-up loop (sniffer) or RF probe connected to a frequency counter near TP102. 7.1.6 FRONT END ADJUSTMENTS 2. Set Y401 (TCXO) for the Injection Frequency ±50 Hz (Inj Freq = chnl freq + 52.95 MHz). NOTE: Verify that the appropriate IF jumpers (J203, J204, J205) are selected. 7.1.5 VCO TEST 1. Set the signal generator to the receive frequency at a level sufficient to produce an output voltage at TP201 or J201, pin 7 (RSSI Output). 1. The software programs the synthesizer for 1 MHz above the receive channel. 2. Tune CV101, CV102, CV103, CV104, CV105, and CV106, then repeat, for a peak voltage at TP201. Decrease the generator output level to maintain a 2-3V reading at TP201. 2. The voltage on TP401 should be < 10V. 3. Record the voltage on TP401 __________. FOR 12.5 kHz CHANNELS: 4. The software programs the synthesizer for 1 MHz below the receive channel. NOTE: Perform this test if CV211 and CV212 are placed on the board. 5. The voltage on TP401 should be > 4V. 1. Set the generator to an RF level sufficient to produce 2V DC at TP201. 6. Record the voltage on TP401 __________. 7. If the voltages recorded in Steps 3 and 6 are not within ±0.2V, tune L102 as required to balance the voltage readings. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 2. Remove any modulation from the signal generator. 7-2 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 3. Increase the signal generator RF frequency 2.5 kHz. 8. Tune Z205 for 2V ±0.05V at U201, pin 9. 4. Adjust CV211 for peak DC voltage at TP201. 9. Tune RV203 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, at TP202. 5. Adjust CV212 for peak DC voltage at TP201. 10.Adjust RV202 for 2V ±0.05V at TP202. 6. Reset the signal generator to the tune-up frequency. 11. Connect a distortion analyzer to TP202. 7. Set the signal generator to 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation. (1000 µV at the generator with 20 dB pad gives 100 µV at the receive antenna.) 12.Tune L201, L203, L204 and L206 for minimum distortion <5%, (typically <3%). 13.Repeat Step 12 then Steps 8, 9 and 10. 8. Tune Z215 for 2V ±0.05V at U203, pin 9. 7.1.7 AUDIO DISTORTION 9. Tune RV215 for 387 mV RMS, ±5 mV RMS, at TP202. 1. Plug a 16 ohm load at J101 or J104 on the TPI (Third Party Interface Card). 10.Adjust RV212 for 2V ±0.05V at TP202. 2. Connect a distortion analyzer to the 16 ohm load. 11. Connect a distortion analyzer to TP202. 3. Measure the distortion of the receive audio at J101 or J104 on the TPI with the local volume control set to 2.8V RMS. 12.Tune L211, L213, L214 and L216 for minimum distortion <5%, (typically <3%). 13.Repeat Step 12 then Steps 8, 9 and 10. 4. The reading shall be less than 3%. (Typically less than 1%.) FOR 25 kHz CHANNELS: 5. Measure receive sensitivity at J101 or J104 on the TPI. NOTE: Perform this test if CV201 and CV202 are placed on the board. 6. The reading should be less than 0.35 µV. (Typically 0.25 µV.) 1. Set the generator to an RF level sufficient to produce 2V DC at TP201. 7. The software programs the synthesizer for 1 MHz above the Receive frequency. 2. Remove any modulation from the signal generator. 8. Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV. (Typically less than 0.30 µV.) 3. Increase the signal generator RF frequency 5 kHz. 4. Adjust CV201 for peak DC voltage at TP201. 9. The software programs the synthesizer for 1 MHz below the Receive frequency. 5. Adjust CV202 for peak DC voltage at TP201. 10.Receive sensitivity should be less than 0.35 µV. (Typically less than 0.30 µV.) 6. Reset the signal generator to the tune-up frequency. 7. Set the generator to 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation. (1000 µV at the generator with 20 dB pad gives 100 µV at the receive antenna.) 11. Adjust the signal generator level to produce 15 dB SINAD. 12.Adjust RV201 for 0.5V ±0.02V at TP201. 7-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT J401 7.2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be guaranteed. U405 19 20 J402 RV101 U407 Q404 Y401 Refer to Figure 7-2 for component locations. Refer to Figure 7-7 for equipment needed and setup diagram. NOTE: Some adjustments will be made using the cursor "Up"/"Dn" or "PgUp"/"PgDn" keys. Q403 U402 Q413 Q412 U406 Q410 W A R N I N G Q406 Q407 TP1 Q414 Q415 Q417 Q416 SAFETY MEASURES ARE DISABLED IN TEST MODE. ALARMS ARE ACTIVE. HOWEVER, FEATURES SUCH AS THERMAL SHUTDOWN IN THE PA ARE DISABLED. Q411 U403 TP CNTRL A007 U404 RV401 TP MOD 7.2.1 PRETEST 1. Set TCXO modulation adjust RV101 fully counterclockwise. Figure 7-2 EXCITER ALIGNMENT POINTS 7.2.3 PROGRAM TUNE-UP CHANNEL 2. Connect the power meter to J402. For Exciters operating between: 138-144 MHz or 154-172 MHz. 7.2.2 VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS 1. Using the PC and software, program the Synthesizer for the Transmit frequency. Apply power to the Exciter by plugging the 20-pin cable from the RF Interface Board into J401. 2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter. 3. Tune the VCO inductor L102 for +4.5V DC ±0.05V at TP1 (U403, pin 6). Increase the transmit frequency by 3 MHz. The voltage on TP1 shall be less than 7.5V. Decrease the transmit frequency by 3 MHz. The voltage on TP1 shall be greater than 2V. Measure the voltages at the following pins. U406, pin 1 U405, pin 1 U402, pin 1 U404, pin 7 +12V DC ±0.4V +5V DC ±0.3V +3.5V DC ±0.1V +3.5V DC ±0.1V August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 7-4 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 4. Measure the Power Output of the Exciter at J402. Reading should be > +18 dBm. 7. The voltage on TP1 (U403, pin 6) should be > 2.5V. Power output should be > +18 dBm. 5. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter. 8. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter. For Transmitters operating within 6 MHz of the top of the transmit band (144-150 or 172-178 MHz). 9. The software programs the synthesizer for the Transmit Channel. 1. Program the Synthesizer for the Highest transmit frequency (i.e. 150 or 178 MHz). 7.2.5 TCXO FREQUENCY ADJUST 1. Connect a 10 dB pad and frequency counter to J402. 2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter. 2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter. 3. Set the control line voltage for 7.5V at TP1. Check 6 MHz below the programmed frequency (i.e. 144 or 172 MHz) to verify that the control voltage at TP1 is greater than 2V. The repeater receiver can now be programmed for the desired operating frequency. 3. Tune TCXO Y401 for the Transmit Channel Frequency, ± 50 Hz. 4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter. 7.2.6 TRANSMIT MODULATION ADJUST 4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter. 1. Connect a 10 dB pad and modulation analyzer to J402. For Transmitters operating within 6 MHz of the bottom of the transmit band (132-138 or 150-156 MHz). 2. Press the "FM" and "3 kHz LPF" switches of the modulation analyzer. 1. Program the Synthesizer for the Lowest transmit frequency (i.e. 132 or 150 MHz). 3. Inject a 1 kHz sine wave at 400 mV RMS into J2, pin 5 on the back of the Station. 2. Set the control line voltage for 2V at TP1. Check 6 MHz above the programmed frequency (i.e. 138 or 156 MHz) to verify that the control voltage at TP1 is less than 7.5V. The repeater receiver can now be programmed for the desired operating frequency. NOTE: This test changes the Tx Audio Deviation Limit. To correct the limit, perform adjustment per Section 7.4.5. 4. Adjust U207 with "Up/Dn" and "PgUp/PgDn" keys for 707 mV RMS on P100, pin 29. This waveform should be a "clean" sine wave. 7.2.4 VCO TEST 1. The software programs the synthesizer for 3 MHz above the Tune-Up frequency. 5. Press the space bar to key the Exciter. 6. Set RV401 for ±3 kHz deviation for 25 kHz channels ( ±1.5 kHz deviation for 12.5 kHz channels). 2. Press the space bar to key the Exciter. 3. The voltage on U403, pin 6 should be < 7V. Power output should be > +18 dBm. 7. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter. 8. Adjust R237 for a 2V P-P square wave on P100, pin 29 of the TPI. 4. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter. 5. The software programs the synthesizer for 3 MHz below the Tune-Up frequency. NOTE: This test changes the Tx Data Level. To correct the limit, perform adjustment per Section 7.4.5. 6. Press the space bar to key the Exciter. 7-5 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES • 9. Press the space bar to key the Exciter. 10.Set RV101 for "best" square wave as observed on the modulation analyzer output to the oscilloscope. A test signal is being injected to the PA with +19 dBm. Connect an antenna or dummy load to the RF port (50 ohm impedance). Use the carrier frequency needed. NOTE: Ensure that the oscilloscope is "DC" coupled and turn off de-emphasis and HPF switches on the Modulation Analyzer. 1. Set RV501 on the PA fully counterclockwise. Set RV502 on the PA fully clockwise, see Figure 7-3. 11. Press the space bar to unkey the Exciter. 12.Repeat Steps 1-7. Very little adjustment of RV401 should be needed. 2. Set Forward Power Adjust RV601 and Reflected Power Adjust RV602 on the power detector board fully counterclockwise (see Figure 7-3). 7.3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT 7.3.1 INTRODUCTION 3. Monitor the voltage on R45 on the RFIB and set R76 for 1.3V DC (see Figure 7-4). This sets the current limit point for driver Q501 at hot temperatures. Refer to Figures 7-3 and 7-4 for component locations. Refer to Figure 7-8 for equipment needed and setup diagram. Select "PA" from the "TEST" menu in the Repeater Software. 4. Set each of the quiescent currents for Q502 and Q503 for 10 mA (DC) each. 5. Program the power output for the correct frequency range as follows: 7.3.2 DRIVER TUNING AND LIMIT ADJUSTMENTS 132-150 MHz 110W 150-178 MHz 110W 1. Connect an antenna or dummy load to the RF port (50 ohm impedance). 6. Press the space bar to key the PA. Output power will be approximetly 80W. 2. Connect the: Power supply ground lead to P105 +15V DC lead to P103 +26.5V DC lead to P101 36-pin cable to J101 on the RFIB 7. Monitor the output power and tune C601 and C602 for maximum output power (see Figure 7-3). 8. Set Forward Power Adjust RV601 for rated power (110W or 100W). 3. Set the signal generator to +19 dBm ±0.1 dB. Connect the signal generator to A9. 9. Press the space bar to unkey the PA. 4. Press the space bar to key the PA. 10.Disconnect the antenna or dummy load from the RF port. 5. Monitor the voltage on R45 on the RFIB and set R76 for 1.3V DC (see Figure 7-4). 11. Press the space bar to key the PA. NOTE: This will not harm the PA. 7.3.3 POWER AMPLIFIER TUNING 12.Adjust Reverse Power Calibration Pot RV602 for equal voltages on W121 and W126 on the RFIB or for equal Forward and Reverse Power (see Figure 7-4). This procedure assumes that either: • The carrier is chosen and the coaxial cable from the exciter is putting out +19 dBm 13.Press the space bar to unkey the PA. OR August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 7-6 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES WO512 WO515 WO516 WO517 WO523 U508 WO509 WO503 WO514 WO524 U507 U506 U505 C584 WO504 WO501 Q503 WO502 WO520 R668 C580 WO511 RV601 WO505 RV502 WO524A C601 C519 U502 RV501 RF IN U504 C557 WO502A C602 Vcc 1 LPF R526 C519 R516 U501 C601 C545 C602 C548 U503 U509 RV502 WO523A Vcc 2 RV501 R518 RF OUT WO513 Q502 A8 RV602 Figure 7-3 110W POWER AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT POINTS J104 R170 R171 U108 J103 R150 J102 R106 U104 WO143 J101 WO144 WO145 R45 REV PWR WO126 +15V WO121 WO115 FWD PWR Figure 7-4 RED WHITE BLACK WO124 WO123 WO125 WO122 WO147 R76 WO127 WO120 RF INTERFACE BOARD ALIGNMENT POINTS GREEN GREEN WHITE WHITE BLACK BLACK RED WHITE BLACK (INCLUDED IN 2000 SERIES SERVICE KIT 250-2000-230) Figure 7-5 POWER EXTENDER CABLES 7-7 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES AC VOLTMETER DC VOLTMETER OSCILLOSCOPE J1 16 OHM AUDIO DISTORTION ANALYZER POWER CABLES COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE MONITOR HP 334A 36-PIN RIBBON CABLE FREQUENCY COUNTER 20 dB RFIB J201 J401 20 19 J201 20 19 20 U301 J205 U302 J204 Q406 RV213 RV201 RV203 RV211 U304 Q407 Q408 Z216 Q409 Q405 Q204 U204 U202 RV212 U401 Q403 Y201 RV202 Q404 TP401 Q401 Q402 Z215 Q410 U303 FL201 Q411 Z214 U203 CV152 Q132 CV151 Q131 L141 L140 Q134 TP102 L216 CV212 Z212A U201 Z206 Z205 Q133 U102 Z212B Z204 CV106 CV105 CV104 L109 L108 Z201B Z201A J203 Z211A CV103 CV101 L110 L104 L103 L102 CV201 FL102 L203 Q102 L201 Figure 7-6 RECEIVER TEST SETUP August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 CV102 Q101 U101 L211 CV211 Z211B Q201 Z202A CV212 L204 Z202B Q211 L213 L206 7-8 FL101 A201 L214 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES DC VOLTMETER AC VOLTMETER OSCILLOSCOPE J1 MODULATION ANALYZER POWER CABLES HP 8901A 10 dB POWER METER 50 OHM DUMMY LOAD HP 436A 36-PIN RIBBON CABLE 10 dB J401 RFIB U405 19 20 J402 RV101 U407 Y401 Q404 Q403 U402 Q413 Q412 U406 Q414 Q415 Q417 Q416 Q406 Q407 Q411 Q410 U403 TP1 TP CNTRL A007 U404 RV401 TP MOD Figure 7-7 EXCITER TEST SETUP 7-9 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES CR1 GRN CR2 CR5YEL CR4YEL CR3RED RED DS1 J1 PROG JACK GND J103 A D LEVEL J100 S1 RESET LOCAL ON/OFF/VOL POWER CWID HANG SWITCH MOBILE XMIT R236 MIC J 102 SPKR J 101 EXT SPKR J104 TEST POINT J500 J501 GND J502 +15V WO512 WO515 WO516 WO517 WO523 U508 WO509 WO503 WO514 WO524 U507 C580 WO511 U506 U505 C584 WO504 WO501 WO520 WO502 Q503 WO505 R668 RV601 RV502 RF IN WO524A C519 Vcc 1 U504 U502 C557 WO502A LPF R526 POWER METER 50 OHM DUMMY LOAD HP 436A C519 R516 U501 C601 C545 C602 C548 U503 U509 WO523A Vcc 2 R518 RV501 RF OUT WO513 Q502 40 dB THRULINE ATTENUATOR RV602 Figure 7-8 110W POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SETUP August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 7-10 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 7.4 FULL REPEATER ALIGNMENT 4. Press the space bar to key the repeater. 7.4.1 PERFORMANCE TEST PROGRAM 5. Check the frequency of the transmitted signal. The frequency should be ±50 Hz of the channel frequency. 1. Select the TEST - FULL REPEATER - ALL TEST and press Enter. 6. Adjust the frequency with Y401 (TCXO) on the Exciter (see Section 7.2.5). 7.4.2 REPEATER SETUP The VIKING VX repeater has been pretested at the factory, therefore only performance tests are required to check the repeater. Refer to test setup diagrams for equipment and cabling diagram. 7. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater. Turn on the repeater power supply switch (S508) in the IAC or engage the locking lever (see Figure 7-14). 1. Press the space bar to key the repeater. Transmitter Output Power Adjustment 2. Check the transmit output power. The power can be adjusted from the computer using the cursor Up/Dn and PgUp/PgDn keys. The test equipment should be calibrated for ±2W. The operating code has been programmed at the factory. The parameters are programmed into the MPC. If these parameters have changed or are incorrect, exit this test and reprogram the repeater. 3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater. It may be necessary to remove the RF assembly from the chassis and connect via extension cables for some of the tests or adjustments. 7.4.4 RECEIVER TESTS/ADJUSTMENT NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise. NOTE: Jumper J103 selects between a 12.5 kHz IF and a 25 kHz IF. 7.4.3 TRANSMITTER TEST/ADJUSTMENTS NOTE: If this is a voting repeater, it is not equipped with a receiver. Transmit Mode Receiver TCXO Frequency Adjustment 1. Press the space bar to key the repeater. CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT 2. The IAC Transmit LED should turn on to indicate the repeater is transmitting (see Figure 7-14). The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be guaranteed. 3. Press the space bar to unkey the repeater. Transmit TCXO Frequency Adjustment 1. Check the receiver injection frequency by using a "sniffer" pickup loop, or RF probe connected to a suitable frequency counter placed near TP102 in the Receiver (see Section 7.1.4). CRITICAL ADJUSTMENT The TCXO must be adjusted within 5 minutes of turning the AC power on to the repeater. Do not under any circumstances try to set frequency later on in any of the tests, as TCXO frequency stability cannot then be guaranteed. 2. Adjust Y401 (TCXO) on the Receiver to within ±50 Hz of the channel frequency + 52.95 MHz. 7-11 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES Receiver Audio Distortion Measurement Receiver Squelch Adjustment 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the Receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at ±3 kHz deviation (25 kHz channels) (±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels). 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz, 25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels). 2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to J101 or J104. 2. On the MAC, insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an AC voltmeter. 3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS. 3. Adjust R237 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS). 4. Set the RF generator output for 5 dB SINAD. 4. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to J101 or J104. 5. On the MAC, adjust R234 so the Receiver just squelches. 5. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS and measure the distortion. Distortion should be < 3%. 6. Increase the RF generator output until the Receiver unsquelches. Reading should be ≤ 10 dB SINAD. Receiver Data Level Adjustment Receiver Hum and Noise Measurement 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver with a 100 Hz tone at ±1 kHz, 25 kHz channels (±800 Hz deviation (12.5 kHz channels). 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the Receiver with a modulation tone of 1 kHz at ±3 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz deviation 12.5 kHz channels). 2. On the MAC, insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an AC voltmeter. 2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to J101 or J104. 3. Adjust R235 to achieve 340 mV RMS. 3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS. Local Speaker/Microphone Check 4. Remove modulation from the RF generator. The measured level must be ≤ -50 dB. 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz (12.5 kHz channels). Receiver SINAD Measurement 2. On the MAC, plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102. 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation 25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz 12.5 kHz channels). 3. Adjust R236 until the 1 kHz tone is heard. Receiver Desense Check 2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to J101 or J104. 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±3 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels (±1.5 kHz 12.5 kHz channels). 3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS. 4. Re-adjust RF level for 12 dB SINAD. 12 dB SINAD reading should be ≤ 0.35 µV. August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 2. On the MAC, connect a 16 ohm load and distortion analyzer to J101 or J104. 7-12 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 3. Adjust R236 for 2.8V RMS. 3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 4. Re-adjust the RF generator output for 12 dB SINAD. 4. Adjust R305 for 0 dBm (775 mV RMS). 5. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. 5. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 6. SINAD should not degrade more than 1 dB or to no less than 11 dB SINAD. 6. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) to P100, pin 32. (Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz.) 7. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. 7. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. Receiver Miscellaneous Tests (Optional) Several additional tests may be performed on the Repeater Receiver as listed below: 8. Adjust U149 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/ CurDn keys to set the maximum allowed deviation at ±3.5 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels (±1.6 kHz 12.5 kHz channels). • Signal Displacement Bandwidth 9. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. • Adjacent Channel Rejection 10.Remove the signal from P100, pin 32. • Offset Channel Selectivity • Intermodulation Rejection Repeat Audio Level Adjustment • Spurious Rejection NOTE: Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment must be completed before this test. • Audio Response • Audio Sensitivity 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation, 25 kHz channels (±800 Hz 12.5 kHz channels). Be sure the Modulation Analyzer LPF switch is set to 3 kHz. Perform the Test desired using the appropriate RF Generators, modulation frequencies and levels, RS232 levels and test probes following the latest TIA document measurement procedures. 2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 3. On the MAC, adjust R237 to achieve ±1.5 kHz (±100 Hz) transmit deviation, 25 kHz channels, (±800 Hz 12.5 kHz channels). Be sure the modulation analyzer LPF switch is set to 3 kHz. 7.4.5 TRANSMIT AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise. 4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. Audio Deviation Limit Adjustment 5. Connect an AC voltmeter to J103 and P100, pin 31 (RX_VOICE). 1. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at -3 dBm (578 mV RMS) to P100, pin 32. 6. Adjust R238 for -3 dBm (548 mV RMS). 7. Remove the RF generator from the Receiver. 2. Insert test cables into J100/J103 and connect to an AC voltmeter. 7-13 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 4. Deviation should measure ±3 to ±3.5 kHz, 25 kHz channels, (±0.75 kHz to 1.6 kHz, 12.5 kHz channels). Data Level Adjustment 1. Remove VNC cards if present. Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 5. Release the microphone PTT. 6. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. 2. Adjust U151 with the PgUp/PgDn and CurUp/Cur/ Dn keys to achieve ±1 kHz (±100 Hz) transmit deviation, 25 kHz channels (±800 Hz 12.5 kHz channels). Transmitter Hum and Noise Ratio (Optional) 3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. NOTE: An HP8901A modulation analyzer is required for this test. Audio/Data Deviation Check 1. On the modulation analyzer press: 1. On the MAC, apply a 1 kHz tone at +7 dBm (1.73V RMS) to P100, pin 32. Set modulation analyzer LPF to 3 kHz. 300 Hz HPF 3000 Hz LPF FM Pre-Display 750 µS Avg RMS Cal .44 (25 kHz channels) .22 (12.5 kHz channels) dB 2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 3. Measured deviation should be ±4.5 kHz (±200 Hz), 25 kHz channels (±2.4 kHz (±100 Hz) 12.5 kHz channels). 4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. Disconnect all cables. 2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter and measure the Hum and Noise Ratio. The reading should be less than -50 dB (12.5 kHz) or -55 dB (25 kHz). CWID Level Check 1. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. 2. Deviation should be 1.5 kHz to 2.5 kHz, 25 kHz channels, (±0.750 kHz to 1.75 kHz, 12.5 kHz channels). Transmit Audio Distortion 3. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. 1. On the modulation analyzer press: FM 50 Hz 15 kHz Local Speaker/Microphone Check 1. On the MAC, plug a Speaker/Microphone into J101/J102. Set modulation analyzer LPF switch to 3 kHz. 2. On the MAC, apply -11.7 dBm at 1 kHz to P100, pin 32. 2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 3. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 3. Press the microphone PTT and say "four" loudly into the microphone. 4. Adjust audio level to produce ±1 kHz deviation (25 kHz) or ±0.5 kHz (12.5 kHz deviation). August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 7-14 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 3. Connect a balanced AC voltmeter with a 600 ohm input impedance between balanced lines RXA+ and RXA- on J2, located on the back of the Repeater. 5. On the modulation analyzer select: 300 Hz 3 kHz 750 µs de-emphasis 4. On the MAC, adjust R239 for the type of line used. Leased Line/Direct Connect (default) -12 dBm (194 mV RMS) 6. Distortion is < 2%. LTR Modem Repeat Audio Level Adjust Microwave/T1 (optional) -28 dBm (31 mV RMS) NOTE: Valid only with LTR modem option. 1. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV into the receiver with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation (25 kHz channels) ±800 Hz (12.5 kHz channels). Be sure the Modulation Analyzer LPF switch is set to 3 kHz. Voice Audio To Repeater 1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF (see Figure 7-9). 2. Press the space bar to key the transmitter. 3. Adjust R305 for ±1.5 kHz ±100 Hz deviation (25 kHz channels) or 800 Hz (12.5 kHz channels) out of the Transmitter. SRX (G 4. Press the space bar to unkey the transmitter. D) XS RX S1 00 O) DI ND (G SK (F S+ RX TX IO RX K) UD FS +( +( TX TX AU +( 7.4.6 VOTER AUDIO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT NOTE: Use an unbalanced audio voltmeter. ON S1 01 1. Inject a 1 kHz tone at -12 dBm (194 mV RMS) into J2, pin 17. This tone represents ±1.5 kHz deviation in the Voter Receiver. TX 2. On the MAC, adjust R233 to obtain a level of -6 dBm (387 mV RMS) at J100/J103. ON FS Figure 7-9 S100 SETTING 7.4.7 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJUSTMENTS 2. Inject a 1 kHz tone from a balanced 600 ohm source, at the level determined by the type of line used, into TXA+ and TXA- of J2 located on the back of the Repeater (see Figure 7-11). NOTE: Section 7.4.5 must be completed before any of the following adjustments can be made. NOTE: All audio generators and audio voltmeters are unbalanced unless specifically stated otherwise. Leased Line/Direct Connect (default) -12 dBm (194 mV RMS) Voice Audio From Repeater Microwave/T1 (optional) -28 dBm (31 mV RMS) 1. On the MAC, set S100 and S101, all Sections OFF. 2. Adjust the RF generator for 100 µV modulated with a 1 kHz tone at ±1.5 kHz deviation. 3. On the MAC, adjust R243 to obtain -6 dBm (387 mV RMS) measured at J100/J103. 7-15 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES 7.4.8 REPEATER OPERATION Alarm Test New HSDB Test 1. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode. 1. On the MPC, switch settings for RS-485 operation are shown in Figure 7-10. 2. Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no alarms have occurred (see Table 1-2). RXA+ ON S3 RXA- TXA+ RXS+ TXS+ TXA- RXS- S2 TXS- 33 ON J2 34 Figure 7-10 NEW HSDB SWITCH SETTINGS Figure 7-11 J2 TERMINAL BLOCK 2. Verify that the repeater is programmed for "Stand Alone" mode in Setup Parameters-F4 (see Section 4.3.1). 3. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode. Verify by the MPC front panel indicators that no HSDB alarms have occurred (Alarm Number 10) see Table 1-2. Handshake Test 1. Program an LTR portable or mobile for the following parameters. Home Repeater - Same as repeater number. Area - Same as repeater’s area bit. Home Repeater’s Channel Number Sameas repeater’s channel number. Group 1 Encode/Decode - 1 2. The repeater is now in Normal Operation mode. 3. Key the radio several times on the programmed System/Group. Access should occur every time. (Proper Tx/Rx antenna connections are assumed.) August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 7-16 J105 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES WATCH DOG S101 ON RNT RS-232 RESET P101 S102 SEC AUDIO TO RNT U149 TX RX NET SPEAKER 3 TXS+ 4 TXS- VOTER AUDIO 25 NOISE LEVEL P100 RX WB AUDIO 27 13 MAIN AUDIO TO RNT VOTER AUDIO LEVEL RX VOICE LEVEL TX VOICE LEVEL R305 R233 RX VOICE 31 TX VOICE 32 R237 J101 J104 RX DATA LEVEL J102 R235 SPEAKER/MIC RX AUDIO ADJUST R234 LOCAL MIC 17 MAIN AUDIO FROM RNT R236 ON/OFF/VOL R238 LOCAL SPKR R243 U151 ON MAIN AUDIO TO RNT R100 TX DATA LEVEL SECONDARY AUDIO TO RNT S100 R239 EXTERNAL MODEM 2-3/4-5 NORMAL OPERATION 1-2/3-4 LTR DATA MODEM FSK TO RNT SEC AUDIO FROM RNT 15 TX AUDIO + 16 TX AUDIO - TX VOICE LEVEL R244 TEST POINT J100 R301 MOD LEVEL A D LEVEL R242 R241 J103 R240 GND Figure 7-12 MAC ALIGNMENT POINTS 7-17 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES S3 ON S2 ON 33 12 3 4 12 3 45 67 8 BALANCED RX/TX RESET S1 WATCHDOG J6 12 3 J5 1 2 3 HSDB 11.059 12 MULTI-NET 24 6 P1 J4 EPROM MEMORY 1 3 5 LOADING 1 10 DS1 USED WITH CR3/4 FOR ALARMS CR1 GRN - MPC OPERATIONAL (BLINKING) CR2 YEL - ON = HIGH POWER, OFF = LOW POWER CR5 YEL - ON = LTR, OFF = MULTI-NET CR4 RED CR3 RED 64 USED WITH DS1 FOR ALARMS +5V 7A 1 J1 J2 PROGRAMMING CONNECTOR 3 21 +12V MEMORY SELECT 8B COMPUTER I/O 12 J3 76800 38400 19200 9600 4800 2400 1200 13 14 Figure 7-13 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 7-18 32 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES ALARM 1 S500 ALARM 3 S502 GND S503 GND S501 +5V +15V 33 1 GND ALARM 4 +5V +15V ALARM 2 +5V +15V +5V +15V GND P500 J503 J504 ALARM 3 OUTPUT 1-2 ALARM 2-3 AD LEVEL CR525 +15V (GRN) CR523 +15V ACC (GRN) CR524 -5V (GRN) CR501 +5V (GRN) CR503 CWID (GRN) CR502 HANG (YEL) CR505 SWITCH (YEL) CR504 MOBILE (GRN) CR500 XMIT(RED) ALARM 4 OUTPUT 1-2 ALARM 2-3 AD LEVEL 64 32 17 J500 GROUND J501 +15V TP J502 POWER SUPPLY DC ON/OFF 4 3 2 1 AD LEVEL TP J505 SQUELCH ENABLE OUTPUT - INVERTED - NON-INVERTING - NON-INVERTING (U503 CONTROL) P501 S508 32 16 Figure 7-14 INTERFACE ALARM CARD ALIGNMENT POINTS 7-19 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 ALIGNMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 7-20 SERVICING SECTION 8 SERVICING 8.1 INTRODUCTION 8.2 SYNTHESIZER SERVICING 8.1.1 PERIODIC CHECKS 8.2.1 INTRODUCTION This repeater should be put on a regular maintenance schedule and an accurate performance record maintained. Important checks are receiver sensitivity and transmitter frequency, modulation, and power output. It is recommended that repeater performance be checked regularly even though periodic checks are not specifically required by the FCC. Synthesizer malfunctions can be caused by no VCO output, or the VCO is unlocked. The VCO can be unlocked due to a bad synthesizer chip, an incomplete synthesizer phase-lock loop, or because the synthesizer chip is programmed incorrectly. To make certain that the synthesizer chip is receiving programming data, pins 17, 18 and 19 of the chip should be monitored during programming. Pin 17 (Enable) will go from a high to a low level. Pin 18 (Clock) will go from low to high in narrow pulses. Pin 19 (Data) goes from high to low with wider data pulses. 8.1.2 SURFACE-MOUNTED COMPONENTS A large number of the components used in this repeater are the surface-mounted type. Since these components are relatively small in size and are soldered directly to the PC board, care must be used when they are replaced to prevent damage to the component or PC board. Surface-mounted components should not be reused since they may be damaged by the unsoldering process. For more information on replacing surface-mounted components, refer to the Surface-Mounted Device Handbook, Part No. 0010576-002. When the VCO is locked, the lock detect line of the synthesizer pin 2 is high with very narrow negative-going pulses. These pulses become wider when the VCO is out of lock. When this unlock condition exists either in the Exciter VCO or the Receiver VCO, it is relayed by the RF Interface board and is detected by the MPC via the RF Data lines. The MPC then does not allow the transmitter to key and the receiver cannot unsquelch. 8.1.3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS When the VCO is unlocked, the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector are not in phase (refer to Sections 6.1.6 and 6.2.1). The phase detector in the synthesizer then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the high or low end of its operating range (Tx VCO 0 or 9V, Rx VCO 0 or 18V). This in turn causes the VCO to oscillate at the high or low end of its range. Schematic diagrams and component layouts of the PC boards used in this repeater are located in Section 10. A component locator guide is also provided for both the schematic and board layouts to aid in component location. 8.1.4 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST As shown in Figures 6-2 and 6-4, a loop is formed by the VCO, buffer, frequency input (FIN) and the phase detector output (PD OUT). Therefore, if any of these components begin to malfunction, improper signals appear throughout the loop. However, correct operation of the counters can still be verified by measuring the input and output frequencies to check the divide number. A replacement parts list containing all the parts used in this repeater is located in Section 9. Parts are listed alpha numerically according to designator. For information on ordering parts, refer to Section 1.9. 8.1.5 TCXO MODULES NOT SERVICEABLE Transmit or Receive TCXOs are not field serviceable because if a part is changed, a factory recalibration must be performed to ensure that it stays within its ±2.5 PPM tolerance. Proceed as follows to check the input and output signal of the synthesizer modules to determine if they are operating properly. 8-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SERVICING 8.2.2 TCXO MODULE Modulus Control Signal Check the signal at TCXO, pin 5. It should be 17.5 MHz for Y201 and Y401 at a level of approximately 3V P-P. If the TCXO is defective, it is not serviceable and must be replaced with a new unit as described in Section 8.1.5. 1. The frequency of the modulus control signal on TEST 1, pin 9 should be equal to the N counter output frequency (either in or out of lock). When the VCO is in lock, this frequency should be 6.25 kHz. 2. The duty cycle of the modulus control signal determines the divide number of the prescaler. The duty cycle (T1 ÷ T2) should be as follows: Measure the signal at pin 20 (Ref In) of the synthesizer chip. It will be approximately 1V P-P. If the signal is low here, the TCXO buffer circuit may be defective. T1 ÷ T2 = A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No T2 = 160 µs when locked. 8.2.3 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR (VCO) Check for VCO output signal with a high impedance RF voltmeter. If there is no output signal, or if the frequency is greatly off, the VCO is defective. 0V Next, monitor the signal level at pin 11 (F In) of the synthesizer chip. If the signal is less than 100 mV P-P, the VCO buffer is defective. T1 T2 10us/DIV 2V/DIV Lock Detector Figure 8-2 MODULUS CONTROL WAVEFORM When the VCO is locked on frequency, the waveform at pin 2 (Lock Det) should be as follows. When the VCO is unlocked, the negative-going pulses should be much wider than those shown in Figure 8-1. If the lock detect circuit is operating properly, check prescaler input pin 11 (F In). If the modulus control signal is not correct, the synthesizer may be defective or the logic may not be programming the correct divide number. The operation of the N and A counters can be observed by monitoring pins 16 and 19. Pin 16 (fV) equals fin ÷ (64N+A) = 6.25 kHz if the synthesizer is locked. Pin 9 is the modulus control signal. 8.2.4 INTERNAL PRESCALER Checking Prescaler Divide Number The prescaler divide number can be checked by measuring the input and output frequencies. The prescaler divide number can be calculated as follows. (A and N counter divide numbers are calculated as described in Section 8.2.5.) 0V 50ns 80us 10us/DIV 2V/DIV Prescaler Divide Number = 64 + (A Cntr Div No ÷ N Cntr Div No) Figure 8-1 LOCK DETECT WAVEFORM August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 8-2 SERVICING Example: 150.250 MHz (receive) 8.3 RECEIVER SERVICING Prescaler Div No = 64 + (40 ÷ 507) = 64.106666 To isolate a receiver problem to a defective section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in Section 6.1.2 and on the schematic diagram (Section 10). If that does not indicate the problem, perform the performance tests in Section 7.1 to isolate the problem. If the synthesizer is out of lock, the receiver is also nonfunctional because the first injection and IF signals will be incorrect. Measure the prescaler input frequency at fin, pin 11. Then measure the output frequency at TEST 2, pin 13 and calculate the divide number. If the VCO is not locked on frequency, the divide number should still be correct. The measured frequencies may not be exactly as calculated due to counter accuracy and resolution limitations. 8.4 TRANSMITTER SERVICING 8.2.5 CALCULATING "N " AND "A " COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS 6.25 kHz (64) ÷ 1 MHz = 0.4 To isolate a transmitter problem to a defective section, start by checking the DC voltages shown in Sections 7.2.2 and on the schematic diagram (Section 10). If that does not indicate the problem, perform the performance tests in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 to isolate the problem. If the synthesizer is out of lock, the exciter is also nonfunctional because the software will not allow the repeater to transmit. EXAMPLE: 150.025 MHz (receive) 8.5 POWER SUPPLY SERVICING VCO freq = 150.025 + 52.95 = 202.975 MHz N Cntr Div No = 202.975 ÷ 0.4 = 507.4375 Integer (whole no.) of 507.4375 = 507 The power supply is a switch mode type with very high voltages. It is recommended that the power supply be returned to the factory for servicing (see Section 1.8). Customers that desire to do their own repairs can obtain a service manual for the power supply, Part No. 004-2000-810. "N" Counter N Counter Divide Number = Integer (VCO Freq. (MHz) ÷ 0.4) EXAMPLE: 150.250 MHz (transmit) N Cntr Div No = 150.250 ÷ 0.4 = 375.625 Integer (whole no.) of 375.625 = 375 "A" Counter A Counter Divide Number = (VCO freq (MHz) ÷ .00625) - (N Cntr Div No x 64) EXAMPLE: 150.025 MHz (receive) A Cntr Div No = (202.975 ÷ .00625) - (507 x 64) = 32,476 - 32,448 = 28 EXAMPLE: 150.250 MHz (transmit) A Cntr Div No = (150.250 ÷ .00625) - (375 x 64) = 24,040 - 24,000 = 40 8-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SERVICING AC FAIL +28V GND +5V 10 11 +15V 12 -5V GND GND +15V THERMAL SENSE ON/OFF Figure 8-3 POWER SUPPLY REAR VIEW B- B+ TEMP REVERSE BATTERY CHARGER ACTIVE SWITCH CHARGER ON EARTH GROUND BATTERY FAULT LINE NEUTRAL Figure 8-4 POWER SUPPLY FRONT VIEW August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 8-4 SERVICING Standby Battery Jack Example: 15 pF capacitor This provides a connection point for a +24V DC standby battery. Current is drawn from the battery only when the repeater enable line is on and AC has failed, or no AC is connected. A trickle charger can be switched in to charge the battery when AC returns. The charger switch is removed when a separate battery charger is used (see Figure 8-4). The standby battery connection to the power supply is factory or field installable. American - Single Black "E" Japanese -"E1" XX = NPO XX = N150 XX = N220 NOTE: A small amount (<30 mA) of current is drawn from the batteries with the repeater off. If the repeater is going to be turned off for more than one week (with good batteries connected) the fuse should be removed from the DC cable harness. XX = N330 XX = N470 XX = N750 The Japanese EIA Standard may also utilize a bar to indicate the temperature coefficient. Example: A2 - 100 pF NPO |XX = X7R 8.6.2 TANTALUM CHIP CAPACITORS (510-26XX-XXX) 8.5.1 VOLTAGE CHECKS Tantalum chip capacitor identification varies with vendor and physical size. The positive (+) end is usually indicated by a colored board or beveled edge. The value and voltage may be indicated by printing on the capacitor or by using a special code. Secondary voltages can be checked at the power supply connector with the power supply removed from the Repeater. First the on/off line must be grounded, jumper pin 5 to ground, then check the supply voltages as shown (see Figure 8-3). If voltages are absent the supply must be sent to the E.F. Johnson Company. 8.6.3 CHIP INDUCTORS (542-9000-XXX) Three colored dots are used to indicate the value of chip inductors. The two dots on the left side indicate the first and second digits of the value in nanoHenries, and the single dot on the right side indicates the multiplier (see Table 8-2). 8.6 CHIP COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION 8.6.1 CERAMIC CHIP CAPACITORS (510-36XXXXX) Ceramic chip capacitors are identified using either an American or Japanese EIA standard. The values for both standards are shown in Table 8-1. Example: Dots - Brown-Black-Red American EIA Standard The last three digits of the part number are also the value and multiplier. The multiplier digits are shown in Table 8-2. 10 nH x 100 = 1000 nH (1.0 µH) Uses a single letter or number to indicate the value, and the color of this letter or number to indicate the multiplier. 8.6.4 CHIP RESISTORS Japanese EIA Standard The value of chip resistors is indicated by a number printed on the resistor. A 3-digit number is used to identify ±5% and ±10% resistors, and a 4-digit number is used to identify ±1% resistors. Uses a letter to indicate the value followed by a number to indicate the multiplier. 8-5 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SERVICING The 3-digit number used to identify ±5% and ±10% resistors corresponds to the last 3-digits of the E.F. Johnson part number. This number is derived as shown. Table 8-1 CERAMIC CHIP CAP IDENTIFICATION Example: 273 339 27k ohm 3.3 ohm American EIA Standard Japanese EIA Standard First Letter/ Number Value (pF) First Letter/ Number Value (pF) 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 20 22 24 27 30 33 36 39 43 47 51 56 62 68 75 82 91 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.1 5.6 6.2 6.8 7.5 8.2 9.1 Color Multiplier Second Number Multiplier Some resistors with a ±1% tolerance are identified by a 4-digit number and others may not have a marking. When identified with a 4-digit number, the first three digits are the value and the fourth is the multiplier. Example: 5761 5.76k ohm Value in ohms Multiplier 0=0 1 = 10 2 = 100 3 = 1k 4 = 10k 5 = 100k 6 = 1M 7 = 10M Orange Black Green Blue Violet Red 8 = 0.01 9 = 0.1 Figure 8-5 3-DIGIT RESISTOR August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 8-6 0.1 10 100 1000 10,000 10 100 1000 10,000 100,000 SERVICING Table 8-2 CHIP INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION Color Black Brown Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Violet Gray White 1st Digit 2nd Digit Multiplier (Last PN Digit) 1 (7) 10 (8) 100 (9) 1000 (0) 10,000 (1) 100,000 (2) ------0.1 (6) 8.6.5 CHIP TRANSISTORS AND DIODES Surface mounted transistors and diodes are identified by a special number that is shown in a table on Section 10. 8.7 GRAFOIL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE When replacing a device that uses Grafoil for the thermal interface, the Grafoil must be replaced. The old Grafoil must be completely removed from the heatsink. To avoid scuffing the heatsink a plastic scraper (e.g. tuning tool) should be used to remove the old Grafoil. 8-7 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SERVICING August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 8-8 PARTS LIST SECTION 9 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER VIKING VX VHF LTR REPEATER PART NO. 242-2011-213 (132-150 MHz) PART NO. 242-2031-213(150-178 MHz) C 010 C 011 C 012 C 013 A 003 132-150 MHz 110W 12.5/25 023-2011-932 150-178 MHz 110W 12.5/25 023-2031-932 A 006 132-150 MHz Rx/Tx module 023-2011-836 150-178 MHz Rx/Tx module 023-2031-836 A 010 2000 series 800W power supply023-2000-800 PA001 PA002 PA003 PA004 Main Processor Card assem** Main Audio Card assem** Interface Alarm Card assem** Repeater enclosure assembly W 013 AC power cord 6’7" 16 AWG J 001 J 002 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 016-2228-015 2-pin lock receptacle #22 2-pin lock receptacle #22 515-9032-232 515-9032-232 017-2210-032 023-2000-310 023-2000-320 023-2000-350 023-2000-200 PA001 110W PA mechanical assem PA008 RF Interface board assembly PA009 110W 132-150 MHz PA 110W 150-178 MHz PA 023-2004-732 023-2008-110 023-2061-520 023-2081-520 R 668 50 ohm 250W flange mount 569-5001-003 597-1001-013 REPEATER ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY PART NO. 023-2000-200 A 004 A 005 A 006 A 007 A 008 A 009 A 010 A 011 110W VHF LTR REPEATER PART NO. 023-2011-932 (132-150 MHz) PART NO. 023-2031-932 (150-178 MHz) C 001 C 002 C 003 C 004 C 005 C 006 C 007 C 008 C 009 PART NUMBER HW003 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut NPB 560-9079-028 HW004 5/8 x 0.02 lockwasher int CPS 596-9119-028 **Requires Application Engineering authorization to purchase. A 002 132-150 MHz circulator 150-178 MHz circulator A 004 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon A 005 PA - Rx/Tx 20-cond ribbon A 008 7.25" cable N-BNC A 009 PA RF input coax assembly 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru 1000 pF ±20% 1kV feedthru EP500 Jumper/RF power detector HW001 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012 MP033 PA hold down bracket DESCRIPTION 585-0590-008 585-0590-009 023-2000-190 023-2000-190 597-3003-292 597-3002-031 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 510-3149-102 9-1 Shelf power harness assembly High speed data bus harness Input/Output harness assem Alarm harness assembly RF input harness assembly Controller backplane card External connector board Power supply filter board 023-2000-165 023-2000-170 023-2000-175 023-2000-180 023-2000-185 023-2000-210 023-2000-220 023-2000-250 CH017 Chassis 017-2210-080 EP001 EP002 EP010 EP011 Ferrite bead Ferrite bead 3/8" heat shrink tubing 3/8" heat shrink tubing 517-2002-008 517-2002-009 042-0241-556 042-0241-556 HW013 HW014 HW016 HW017 HW018 6-32 machine panhead philips 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 8-32 panhead philips ZPS 10-32 machine panhead phil 6-19 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-014 575-1606-012 575-1608-012 575-1610-016 575-5606-008 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER HW019 HW020 HW021 HW022 HW023 HW024 HW025 HW026 HW027 HW029 HW030 HW031 HW032 HW033 HW036 6-32 machine flathead philips 6-32 x 0.094 nut 8-32 socket head shield screw 8 x 0.032 flat washer NPB #10 flat washer NPB 1/2" cable clamp Ratcheting flat wire Floating connector shield Floating connector cushion Speed nut 0.093 stud 4-40 shield screw Lens, adhesive 6-32 machine panhead philips 6 x 0.018 lockwasher High vinyl foot 575-8206-016 560-1106-010 575-9078-106 596-2408-012 596-1410-016 572-0001-007 572-0011-005 018-1007-028 018-1132-150 537-0002-004 575-9078-105 574-3002-115 575-1606-024 596-1106-009 574-1004-003 J 010 J 011 J 012 Banana jack assembly .166 Banana jack assembly .166 Banana jack assembly .166 108-2302-621 108-2303-621 108-2301-621 MP001 MP012 MP013 MP015 MP017 MP018 MP019 MP020 MP021 MP022 MP024 MP025 MP026 MP028 MP029 MP030 MP031 MP032 PA floating connector bracket 8-32 x 1.15 spacer 0.375 Guide pin shield Chassis top cover Door lock rod Mounting ears Door lock cam Front door lens PA slide Front door Slide lock cam Card guide 4.5" PA conn floating plate Flexible grommet Flexible grommet Spacer Spacer Dowel pin guide 017-2210-099 013-1723-221 013-1723-220 017-2210-070 013-1723-225 017-2210-085 017-2210-110 032-0758-025 032-0758-015 032-0758-020 537-9007-012 574-9015-006 017-2226-020 574-0001-025 574-0001-025 013-1723-228 013-1723-229 013-1723-230 NP001 Nameplate E.F. Johnson SYMBOL NUMBER MP253 Transceiver deck cover EP252 0.093 OD RF shield gasket 574-3002-036 F 001 4 Amp 250V submin fuse F 002 4 Amp 250V submin fuse F 003 1 Amp 250V submin fuse 534-0017-020 534-0017-020 534-0017-014 FH001 Fuse holder FH002 Fuse holder FH003 Fuse holder 534-0017-001 534-0017-001 534-0017-001 HW012 Polarizing key box cont 515-7109-010 J 001 J 002 515-9031-400 515-9031-400 34 pin latch ejection header 34 pin latch ejection header MP001 Round swage spacer 0.5" MP002 Round swage spacer 0.75" 312-2483-216 312-2483-224 P 001 P 002 P 003 P 004 P 005 P 006 P 007 P 008 P 009 P 010 P 011 P 012 P 013 P 014 P 015 P 016 P 017 P 018 515-7082-201 515-7082-200 515-7082-201 515-7082-200 515-7082-201 515-7082-200 515-7082-201 515-7082-200 515-7082-200 515-9031-397 515-9031-205 515-7082-201 515-7082-200 515-7082-201 515-7082-200 515-7082-201 515-7082-200 515-7082-201 64-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 64-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 64-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 64-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 26-pin locking straight header 6-pin friction lock conn 64-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 64-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 64-pin DIN female straight 32-pin DIN female straight 64-pin DIN female straight PC001 PC board August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 015-0902-015 CONTROLLER BACKPLANE CARD PART NO. 023-2000-210 TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL PART NO. 023-2000-205 015-0902-010 PART NUMBER HW272 6-32 pan torx ZPS 575-0006-010 HW273 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-016 559-5861-163 CH252 Transceiver housing DESCRIPTION 9-2 035-2000-210 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SYMBOL NUMBER EXTERNAL CONNECTOR BOARD PART NO. 023-2000-220 HW001 6-32 ss pem fastener HW002 Polarizing key box cnt 560-9106-010 515-7109-010 J 001 J 002 J 003 515-7110-426 515-7110-434 515-9031-400 26-pos terminal block PC mt 34-pos terminal block PC mt 34-pos latch ejection header NP001 External connector label P 001 559-0069-060 PART NUMBER C 119 C 120 C 125 C 126 C 130 C 132 C 135 C 138 C 141 C 143 C 149 C 150 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-103 510-3605-183 510-3606-104 510-3602-102 510-3602-102 510-3602-102 510-3602-102 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3602-102 CR101 CR103 CR104 CR107 CR108 CR109 CR110 CR111 Switching SOT-23 3.9V zener SOT-23 4.7V zener SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 Dual switching common-cath 523-1504-002 523-2016-399 523-2016-479 523-2016-519 523-2016-519 523-2016-519 523-2016-519 523-1504-022 EP101 EP102 EP103 EP104 EP105 Terminal lug 2104-06 Terminal lug 2104-06 Terminal lug 2104-06 Terminal lug 2104-06 Terminal lug 2104-06 586-0005-106 586-0005-106 586-0005-106 586-0005-106 586-0005-106 F 101 2A 250V AC sub-min F 102 2A 250V AC sub-min 534-0017-017 534-0017-017 FH101 Fuse holder PC mount FH102 Fuse holder PC mount 534-1017-001 534-1017-001 26-pin locking straight header 515-9031-397 PC001 PC board 035-2000-220 POWER SUPPLY FILTER BOARD PART NO. 023-2000-250 C 001 1000 µF 50V axial low temp C 002 1000 µF 50V axial low temp C 003 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-4350-102 510-4350-102 510-4350-102 EP020 Ferrite bead EP021 Ferrite bead 517-2002-007 517-2002-007 PC001 PC board 035-2000-240 RF INTERFACE BOARD PART NO. 023-2008-110 C 101 C 102 C 103 C 104 C 105 C 107 C 108 C 109 C 110 C 111 C 112 C 113 C 114 C 115 C 116 C 117 DESCRIPTION .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD 4.7 µF 16V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 39 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 2.2 µF 20V tantalum SMD .018 µF ±10% X7R 0805 chip .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 1000 µF 50V axial low temp 510-3606-104 510-2626-229 510-2625-479 510-3606-104 510-3602-390 510-2626-229 510-3605-183 510-3602-102 510-3606-104 510-3606-473 510-2628-109 510-3606-473 510-2628-109 510-3606-473 510-3606-103 510-4350-102 HW105 Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010 HW106 Polarizing key box cnt 515-7109-010 HW247 6-32 machine panhead philips 575-1606-012 J 101 J 102 J 103 J 104 36-pin right angle radial 20-pin straight low profile 20-pin straight low profile 4-pin right angle header L 101 3 µH filter choke PC mount 515-0511-001 515-9031-376 515-9031-376 515-9035-004 542-5007-031 MP101 PA connector mounting shield 032-0758-028 9-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER P 101 P 102 P 103 P 104 P 105 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER Banana plug panel mount Banana plug panel mount Banana plug panel mount Banana plug panel mount Banana plug panel mount 108-0753-001 108-0753-001 108-0753-001 108-0753-001 108-0753-001 PC100 PC board 035-2008-110 Q 101 Q 102 Q 103 Q 104 Q 105 Q 106 Q 107 Q 108 Si PNP low noise SOT-23 Si NPN SOT-23 PNP D-pak power Si NPN low noise SOT-23 Si NPN amp SOT-23 Si NPN SOT-23 PNP D-pak power Si NPN gen purp sw/amp 576-0003-657 576-0003-600 576-0002-603 576-0003-657 576-0003-658 576-0003-600 576-0002-603 576-0001-300 R 045 R 046 R 048 R 049 R 050 R 051 R 052 R 053 R 054 R 055 R 056 R 057 R 059 R 061 R 063 R 064 R 065 R 066 R 073 R 074 R 075 R 076 R 078 R 079 R 080 R 081 R 082 R 083 R 084 R 085 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.99k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 5k ohm single turn trimmer 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-101 569-0115-101 569-0115-752 569-0115-152 569-0111-368 569-0115-101 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-272 569-0115-474 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-433 569-0115-103 569-0115-433 569-0115-103 569-0115-433 569-0115-103 569-0115-102 569-0115-102 562-0112-502 569-0115-274 569-0111-301 569-0111-301 569-0115-471 569-0115-274 569-0111-301 569-0111-301 569-0115-471 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SYMBOL NUMBER R 086 R 087 R 088 R 089 R 090 R 091 R 092 R 093 R 094 R 095 R 100 R 101 R 102 R 103 R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 R 109 R 110 R 111 R 112 R 113 R 114 R 115 R 116 R 117 R 118 R 119 R 120 R 121 R 122 R 123 R 124 R 125 R 126 R 127 R 128 R 129 R 130 R 131 R 132 R 133 R 134 R 135 R 136 9-4 DESCRIPTION 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 560 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD PART NUMBER 569-0115-274 569-0111-301 569-0111-301 569-0115-471 569-0115-274 569-0111-301 569-0111-301 569-0115-471 569-0115-512 569-0115-102 569-0115-101 569-0115-102 569-0115-272 569-0115-274 569-0115-274 569-0115-272 569-0115-103 569-0115-561 569-0115-272 569-0115-102 569-0115-512 569-0115-331 569-0115-102 569-0115-182 569-0115-182 569-0115-471 569-0115-471 569-0115-271 569-0111-430 569-0111-430 569-0111-401 569-0111-430 569-0111-401 569-0111-430 569-0111-401 569-0111-430 569-0111-401 569-0111-430 569-0111-401 569-0111-430 569-0111-401 569-0111-430 569-0111-401 569-0111-430 569-0111-430 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER R 137 R 138 R 139 R 140 R 141 R 142 R 143 R 144 R 145 R 146 R 147 R 148 R 149 R 151 R 152 R 153 R 154 R 155 R 156 R 157 R 158 R 159 R 160 R 161 R 162 R 163 R 164 R 165 R 166 R 167 R 168 R 169 R 170 R 171 R 172 R 173 R 174 R 175 R 176 R 177 R 178 R 179 R 180 R 181 R 182 R 183 R 184 DESCRIPTION 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 511 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0115-223 569-0111-301 569-0115-103 569-0115-274 569-0111-301 569-0111-269 569-0115-102 569-0115-332 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-220 569-0115-220 569-0115-220 569-0115-220 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER R 185 R 186 R 187 R 188 R 189 R 190 R 191 R 192 R 193 R 194 R 197 R 198 R 199 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-223 569-0115-103 569-0115-153 569-0115-220 569-0115-220 569-0115-220 569-0115-220 569-0115-223 569-0115-103 569-0115-153 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 U 101 U 102 U 103 U 104 U 105 U 106 U 107 U 108 U 109 U 110 U 111 U 112 +5V regulator 78L05 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 8-bit shift register MC14094 8-chan mux 4051 8-chan mux 4051 8-chan mux 4051 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 Quad op amp SOIC LM224 Hex non-inv buffer 4050B Dual op amp SO-8 LM2904 Quad op amp SOIC LM224 544-2603-039 544-2019-004 544-3016-094 544-3016-051 544-3016-051 544-3016-051 544-2019-004 544-2019-004 544-2020-014 544-3016-050 544-2019-004 544-2020-014 REPEATER RX/EX MODULE PART NO. 023-2011-836 (132-150 MHz) PART NO. 023-2031-836 (150-178 MHz) A 201 A 203 RF input coax for Rx Receiver board top shield 023-2000-161 023-2000-199 HW001 HW002 HW205 HW249 HW250 HW404 5/8-24 x 0.094 hex nut 5/8 x 0.02 int lockwasher CPS Polarizing key box connector 10-32 machine panhead ZPS #10 flat washer ZPS Polarizing key box connector 560-9079-028 596-9119-028 515-7109-010 575-1610-020 596-1410-016 515-7109-010 J 201 J 401 20-pin right angle header 20-pin right angle header 515-9031-375 515-9031-375 MP200 Transceiver pad MP204 Transceiver bottom shield 9-5 017-2210-105 017-2210-101 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PA002 Transceiver mechanical PA004 132-150 MHz Receiver 150-178 MHz Receiver PA005 132-150 MHz Exciter 150-178 MHz Exciter SYMBOL NUMBER 023-2000-205 585-2061-270 585-2081-270 585-2061-400 585-2081-400 R 109 560 ohm 1/8W chip R 110 100 ohm 1/8W chip R 112 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 100 pF 50V ceramic chip 2 pF 50V ceramic chip 5 pF 50V ceramic chip 7 pF 50V ceramic chip 56 pF 50V ceramic chip 56 pf 50V ceramic chip 10 pf 50V ceramic chip 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip .1 µF ceramic chip 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip 47 pF 50V ceramic chip 10 pf 50V ceramic chip 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip 15 pf 50V ceramic chip 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip 1000 pf 50V ceramic chip 22 µF 25V electrolytic D 101 Varactor L 101 L 102 L 103 L 104 10 µH inductor 3.5 turn inductor 1 µH inductor .1 µH inductor Q 101 Q 102 Q 103 Q 104 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 R 101 R 102 R 103 R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 10k ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm 1/8W chip 470 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 4.7K ohm 1/8W chip August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PART NUMBER ERJ-6GMYJ561 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ332 12.5/25 kHz RECEIVER PART NO. 585-2061-270 (132-150 MHz) PART NO. 585-2081-270 (150-178 MHz) RECEIVE VCO 132-150 MHz A401 C 101 C 102 C 103 C 104 C 105 C 106 C 107 C 108 C 109 C 110 C 111 C 112 C 113 C 114 C 115 C 116 C 118 DESCRIPTION A 201 Cable assembly A 401 VCO Unit GRM40CH101K50 GRM40CK020D50 GRM40CH050C50 GRM40CH070C50 GRM40CH560J50 GRM40CH560J50 GRM40CH100J50 GRM40B102K50 GRM40F104Z50 GRM40B102K50 GRM40CH470J50 GRM40CH100J50 GRM40B102K50 GRM40CH150J50 GRM40B102K50 GRM40B102K50 C 101 C 102 C 103 C 104 C 105 C 106 C 107 C 108 C 109 C 130 C 131 C 132 C 133 C 134 C 135 C 136 C 137 C 139 C 140 C 144 C 145 C 146 C 147 C 148 C 149 C 150 C 151 C 152 C 153 C 154 C 155 C 156 C 157 C 158 C 159 C 160 HVU202A ELJ-FC100K ELJ-FC1ROM LQN21AR10K 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC2712 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ223 ERJ-6GMYJ471 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ472 9-6 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470J50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 15 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 22 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH220J50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER C 161 C 162 C 163 C 164 C 165 C 166 C 169 C 201 C 202 C 203 C 205 C 206 C 207 C 208 C 109 C 210 C 211 C 212 C 213 C 214 C 215 C 216 C 217 C 218 C 219 C 220 C 221 C 222 C 223 C 225 C 226 C 227 C 228 C 236 C 237 C 238 C 240 C 241 C 242 C 243 C 244 C 245 C 246 C 247 C 248 C 250 C 251 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 15 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH150J50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CK010D50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 4 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH040C50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 27 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH270J50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 8 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH080C50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50 39 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50 C 252 C 253 C 254 C 255 C 256 C 257 C 258 C 261 C 262 C 263 C 265 C 266 C 267 C 268 C 269 C 270 C 271 C 275 C 276 C 277 C 278 C 280 C 281 C 282 C 283 C 284 C 301 C 302 C 303 C 304 C 306 C 307 C 308 C 309 C 310 C 311 C 312 C 313 C 314 C 315 C 316 C 317 C 318 C 351 C 401 C 402 C 403 9-7 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER 4 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH040C50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 27 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH270J50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B221K50 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 120 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B121K50 330 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B331K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C 404 C 405 C 406 C 407 C 408 C 409 C 410 C 411 C 412 C 413 C 415 C 432 C 433 C 434 C 435 C 436 C 437 C 439 C 440 C 441 C 443 C 444 C 445 C 446 C 447 C 450 C 451 C 452 C 454 C 455 C 456 C 457 C 458 C 459 C 460 C 461 C 462 C 463 C 464 820 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B821K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 12 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH120J50 1 µF 16V tantalum chip SVA1C105M 1 µF 50V poly film 553M5002-105K .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100C50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M CR131 CR132 CR133 CR401 CR402 5.1V zener 5.1V zener Diode chip 5.1V zener Si diode chip CV101 Variable capacitor August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SYMBOL NUMBER RD5.1ML B2 RD5.1ML B2 HSM107S RD5.1ML B2 HSM123 ECV-1ZW04X53T 9-8 DESCRIPTION CV102 CV103 CV104 CV105 CV106 CV151 CV152 CV201 CV202 CV211 CV212 Variable capacitor Variable capacitor Variable capacitor Variable capacitor Variable capacitor Variable capacitor Variable capacitor 5 pF variable capacitor 5 pF variable capacitor 5 pF variable capacitor 5 pF variable capacitor J 201 Connector L 101 L 102 L 103 L 108 L 109 L 110 L 130 L 131 L 132 L 133 L 134 L 135 L 136 L 137 L 138 L 139 L 151 L 152 L 201 L 202 L 203 L 204 L 205 L 206 L 211 L 212 L 213 L 214 L 215 L 216 L 222 L 223 L 224 Helical coil Helical coil Helical coil Helical coil Helical coil Helical coil 22 nH SMD .22 µH SMD 1 µH SMD 22 nH SMD .22 µH SMD 47 nH SMD 47 nH SMD 47 nH SMD .22 µH SMD 22 nH SMD Helical coil Helical coil Variable inductor .68 µH SMD Variable inductor Variable inductor .68 µH SMD Variable inductor Variable inductor .68 µH SMD Variable inductor Variable inductor .68 µH SMD Variable inductor .1 µH SMD .1 µH SMD .1 µH SMD PART NUMBER ECV-1ZW04X53T ECV-1ZW04X53T ECV-1ZW04X53T ECV-1ZW04X53T ECV-1ZW04X53T ECV-1ZW04X53T ECV-1ZW04X53T 2520-5002UB KQ1008TE22NK KQ1008TER22K ELJ-FC1ROM KQ1008TE22NK KQ1008TER22K KQ1008TE47NK KQ1008TE47NK KQ1008TE47NK KQ1008TER22K KQ1008TE22NK LV5015 LQH3NR68M LV5015 LV5015 LQH3NR68M LV5015 LV5015 LQH3NR68M LV5015 LV5015 LQH3NR68M LV5015 KQ1008TER10K KQ1008TER10K KQ1008TER10K PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER L 401 L 402 L 403 L 404 L 405 .1 µH SMD 1 µH SMD .1 µH SMD .22 µH SMD .22 µH SMD KQ1008TER10K ELJ-FC1ROM KQ1008TER10K KQ1008TER22K KQ1008TER22K Q 131 Q 132 Q 133 Q 134 Q 201 Q 202 Q 203 Q 204 Q 401 Q 402 Q 403 Q 404 Q 405 Q 406 Q 407 Q 408 Q 409 Q 410 Q 411 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-89 NPN SOT-89 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 PNP SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 PNP SOT-23 PNP SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC3357 2SC3357 2SC2351 2SC2351 2SC2714 2SC2714 2SC2714 2SC2714 2SC2714 2SC2714 2SA1162 2SC2712 2SA1162 2SA1162 2SC2712 2SC3356 2SC3356 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 R 130 R 131 R 132 R 133 R 134 R 135 R 136 R 137 R 139 R 140 R 141 R 142 R 143 R 144 R 145 R 146 R 147 200 ohm 1/2W chip 200 ohm 1/2W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 10 ohm 1/8W chip 33 ohm 1/8W chip 330 ohm 1/8W chip 330 ohm 1/8W chip 18 ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 390 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 330 ohm 1/8W chip SYMBOL NUMBER R 148 R 149 R 150 R 151 R 152 R 153 R 154 R 157 R 158 R 159 R 160 R 161 R 201 R 202 R 203 R 204 R 205 R 206 R 207 R 208 R 211 R 212 R 213 R 214 R 215 R 217 R 218 R 228 R 233 R 234 R 235 R 236 R 237 R 239 R 240 R 243 R 244 R 245 R 246 R 247 R 249 R 250 R 254 R 255 R 256 R 257 R 258 MCR50 EZH J 201 MCR50 EZH J 201 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ122 ERJ-6GMYJ152 ERJ-6GMYJ152 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ100 ERJ-6GMYJ330 ERJ-6GMYJ331 ERJ-6GMYJ331 ERJ-6GMYJ180 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ391 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ331 9-9 DESCRIPTION 330 ohm 1/8W chip 18 ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 68 ohm 1/8W chip 68 ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 47k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip 680 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 560 ohm 1/8W chip 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip 47k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 5.1k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip 680 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 560 ohm 1/8W chip 47k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 5.1k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 1.8k ohm 1/8W chip 680 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip PART NUMBER ERJ-6GMYJ331 ERJ-6GMYJ180 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYJ152 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYJ680 ERJ-6GMYJ680 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ473 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ182 ERJ-6GMYJ681 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ561 ERJ-6GMYJ182 ERJ-6GMYJ473 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ512 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ223 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ182 ERJ-6GMYJ182 ERJ-6GMYJ681 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ561 ERJ-6GMYJ473 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ512 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ223 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ182 ERJ-6GMYJ681 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ103 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION R 259 R 260 R 261 R 262 R 401 R 402 R 403 R 404 R 406 R 407 R 408 R 409 R 410 R 411 R 412 R 413 R 414 R 423 R 424 R 426 R 427 R 428 R 429 R 430 R 431 R 432 R 433 R 434 R 435 R 436 R 437 R 438 R 439 R 440 R 441 R 442 R 443 R 444 R 445 R 446 R 447 R 448 R 449 1k ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 10 ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 4.99k ohm 1/8W chip 4.99k ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 68k ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 4.3k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 820 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 47k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 33k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 8.2k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 33k ohm 1/8W chip 10 ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 4.7k ohm 1/8W chip 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 33 ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip RV201 RV203 RV211 RV213 4.7k ohm variable chip 4.7k ohm variable chip 4.7k ohm variable chip 4.7k ohm variable chip August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYJ100 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYF4991 ERJ-6GMYF4991 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ272 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYJ683 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ432 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ821 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ473 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ333 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ822 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ333 ERJ-6GMYJ100 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ472 ERJ-6GMYJ152 ERJ-6GMYJ122 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ330 ERJ-6GMYJ102 U 101 U 102 U 103 U 201 U 202 U 203 U 204 U 301 U 302 U 303 U 304 U 401 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION Mixer IC Op Amp MMIC IC IC Op Amp IC IC Op Amp IC 6V regulator IC 12V regulator IC 12V regulator IC 12V regulator IC LRMS-1H NJM 2904M ERA 5SM MC3371D NJM2904M MC3371D NJM2904M NJM78L06 NJM78L12 NJM78L12 NJM78L12 MC145191 Y 201 17.5 MHz TCXO Z 201 Z 202 Z 204 Z 205 Z 206 Z 211 Z 212 Z 214 Z 215 Z 216 52.95 MHz crystal filter 52.95 MHz crystal filter 450 kHz ceramic filter 450 kHz ceramic filter 450 kHz variable coil 52.95 MHz crystal filter 52.95 MHz crystal filter 450 kHz ceramic filter 450 kHz ceramic filter 450 kHz variable coil 532-0009-009 532-0009-009 SFG4560D SFG4560D IF0342 532-0009-009 532-0009-009 SFG4560D SFG4560D IF0342 TRANSMIT VCO 132-178 MHz A 007 VCO unit C 101 C 102 C 103 C 104 C 105 C 106 C 107 C 108 C 109 C 110 C 111 C 112 C 113 C 114 C 115 C 116 C 117 MVR32HXBRN472 MVR32HXBRN472 MVR32HXBRN472 MVR32HXBRN472 9-10 100 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH101K50 7 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH070C50 100 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH101K50 2 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CK020D50 0.5 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CK020D50 15 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH150J50 56 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH560J50 56 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH560J50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50 0.1 µF 50V ceramic chipGRM40F104Z50 10 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH100J50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50 10 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH100J50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50 47 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH470J50 15 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40CH150J50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chipGRM40B102K50 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER C 118 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 D 101 Detector D 102 Detector L 101 L 102 L 103 L 104 10 µH 3.5T 1 µF 0.1 µH Q 101 Q 102 Q 103 Q 104 NPN oscillator SOT-23 NPN buffer SOT-23 NPN buffer SOT-23 NPN active filter SOT-23 R 101 R 102 R 103 R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 R 109 R 110 R 111 R 112 47k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip 470 ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip C 429 C 431 C 432 C 433 C 434 C 443 C 444 C 446 C 452 C 453 C 456 C 457 C 461 C 462 C 463 C 464 C 465 C 466 C 467 C 469 C 470 C 471 C 472 C 474 C 475 C 476 C 479 C 480 C 481 C 482 C 483 C 484 C 485 C 496 C 498 C 499 C 504 C 505 C 506 C 507 C 508 C 509 C 510 C 513 C 514 C 515 C 516 HVU202A HVU202A ELJ-FC100K ELJ-FC1ROM LQN21AR10K 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC2712 ERJ-6GMYJ473 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ223 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ272 ERJ-6GMYJ471 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ332 EXCITER PART NO. 585-2061-400 (132-150 MHz) PART NO. 585-2081-400 (150-178 MHz) C 401 C 409 C 410 C 416 C 417 C 418 C 419 C 420 C 421 C 422 C 423 C 424 C 425 C 426 C 428 .047 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B473K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 6 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH060C50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 9-11 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 220 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH221K50 47 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH470K50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50 820 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH821J50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 10 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D106M .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 1 µF 20V tantalum chip SVB1D105M 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 10 µF 20V tantalum chip SVB1D106M 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50 18 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH180J50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 470 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH471K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 20 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH200J50 20 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH200J50 .022 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B223K50 100 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH101K50 .01 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40B103K50 3 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH030C50 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER C 517 C 518 C 519 C 520 C 521 C 522 C 523 C 524 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SYMBOL NUMBER 5 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH050C50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D475M 1 µF 50V poly ester film 553M5002-105K .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50 2.2 µF 20V tantalum chip SVC1D225M 10 pF 50V ceramic chip GRM40CH100J50 .1 µF 50V ceramic chip GRM40F104Z50 CR401 9.1V zener CR402 5.1V zener CR403 5.1V zener RD9.1ML RD5.1ML B2 RD5.1ML B2 J 401 J 402 Connector Connector SMB PCB mount 2520-5002UB L 402 L 403 L 405 L 406 L 410 L 411 L 412 L 413 L 413 .1 µH 22 nH .1 µH .1 µH 47 nH .1 µH 47 nH 22 nH 22 nH Q 403 Q 404 Q 405 Q 406 Q 407 Q 410 Q 411 Q 412 Q 413 Q 414 Q 415 Q 416 Q 417 NPN TCXO buffer SOT-23 NPN TCXO buffer SOT-23 PNP Switch SOT-23 NPN VCO buffer SOT-23 NPN VCO buffer SOT-23 NPN buffer SOT-23 NPN buffer SOT-23 NPN amplifier SOT-89 NPN amplifier SOT-89 NPN SOT-23 PNP SOT-23 PNP SOT-23 NPN SOT-23 R 402 R 403 R 404 R 405 R 414 R 415 R 416 R 417 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 12k ohm 1/8W chip 5k ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 R 419 R 422 R 424 R 426 R 427 R 428 R 429 R 430 R 431 R 432 R 433 R 434 R 435 R 436 R 437 R 438 R 439 R 440 R 441 R 444 R 445 R 447 R 448 R 449 R 450 R 451 R 452 R 453 R 454 R 455 R 456 R 457 R 458 R 459 R 460 R 461 R 462 R 463 R 465 R 466 R 467 R 468 R 476 R 477 R 478 R 479 R 480 R 481 KQE1008TER10K KQE1008TE22NK KQE1008TER10K KQE1008TER10K KQE100847NK KQE1008TER10K KQE100847NK KQE1008TE22NK KQE1008TE22NK 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SB624 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC3356 2SC3357 2SC3357 2SC2712 2SA1162 2SA1162 2SC2712 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ123 ERJ-6GMYJ502 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYJ103 9-12 DESCRIPTION 12k ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 0 ohm 1/8W chip 62k ohm 1/8W chip 10 ohm 1/8W chip 5k ohm 1/8W chip 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 270 ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 470 ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 47k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 82k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10 ohm 1/8W chip 2.7k ohm 1/8W chip 100 ohm 1/8W chip 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 470 ohm 1/8W chip 39 ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 39 ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 56 ohm 1/8W chip 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip 68 ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 1.5k ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 330 ohm 1/8W chip 6.8k ohm 1/8W chip 1.2k ohm 1/8W chip PART NUMBER ERJ-6GMYJ123 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ0R0 ERJ-6GMYJ633 ERJ-6GMYJ100 ERJ-6GMYJ502 ERJ-6GMYJ272 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ271 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ471 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ473 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ823 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ100 ERJ-6GMYJ272 ERJ-6GMYJ101 ERJ-6GMYJ152 ERJ-6GMYJ122 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ471 ERJ-6GMYJ390 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ390 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ560 ERJ-6GMYJ122 ERJ-6GMYJ152 ERJ-6GMYJ122 ERJ-6GMYJ680 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ152 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ331 ERJ-6GMYJ682 ERJ-6GMYJ122 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER R 486 R 489 R 494 R 495 R 496 R 497 R 498 R 499 R 500 R 501 DESCRIPTION 12k ohm 1/8W chip 330 ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 33k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip 100k ohm 1/8W chip 8.2k ohm 1/8W chip 3.3k ohm 1/8W chip 1k ohm 1/8W chip RV101 47k variable chip RV401 47k variable chip U 402 U 403 U 404 U 405 U 406 U 407 IC mod amp/buffer IC synthesizer IC mod amp/buffer +5V regulator +12V regulator IC voltage reference PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER ERJ-6GMYJ123 ERJ-6GMYJ331 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ333 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ102 ERJ-6GMYJ104 ERJ-6GMYJ822 ERJ-6GMYJ332 ERJ-6GMYJ102 C 527 .1 µF ceramic chip C 529 .001 µF ceramic chip C 532 .001 µF ceramic chip C 533 .001 µF ceramic chip C 534 24 pF ceramic chip C 535 24 pF ceramic chip C 536 24 pF ceramic chip C 537 24 pF ceramic chip C 538 .1 µF ceramic chip C 539 .01 µF ceramic chip C 540 .1 µF ceramic chip C 542 .01 µF ceramic chip C 543 .1 µF ceramic chip C 544 .01 µF ceramic chip C 545 4.7 µF electrlytc chip C 546 .01 µF ceramic chip C 547 .01 µF ceramic chip C 548 4.7 µF electrlytc chip C 549 .01 µF ceramic chip C 550 .01 µF ceramic chip C 551 .001 µF ceramic chip C 552 .001 µF ceramic chip C 553 .001 µF ceramic chip C 554 .01 µF ceramic chip C 555 .01 µF ceramic chip C 556 .01 µF ceramic chip C 557 4.7 µF electrlytc chip C 558 .01 µF ceramic chip C 559 .01 µF ceramic chip C 560 .001 µF ceramic chip C 561 .001 µF ceramic chip C 562 .001 µF ceramic chip C 563 .01 µF ceramic chip C 564 100 pF mica chip C 565 100 pF mica chip C 565A 100 pF mica chip C 566 100 pF mica chip C 569 240 pF mica chip C 570 240 pF mica chip C 573 .01 µF ceramic chip C 574 .01 µF ceramic chip C 575 .01 µF ceramic chip C 576 1 µF ceramic chip C 577 39 pF ceramic chip C 578 .001 µF ceramic chip C 579 .01 µF ceramic chip C 580 4.7 µF electrlytc chip MVR32HXBRN473 MVR32HXBRN473 NJM2904 MC14519F NJM2904 NJM78L05 NJM78L12 NJM2904M Y 401 17.5 MHz TCXO 110 WATT POWER AMPLIFIER PART NO. 585-2061-520 (132-150 MHz) PART NO. 585-2081-520 (150-178 MHz) C 501 C 502 C 503 C 506 C 507 C 508 C 510 C 512 C 513 C 514 C 516 C 517 C 519 C 520 C 521 C 522 C 523 C 524 C 525 C 526 DESCRIPTION .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT 39 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH390J50PT 6 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH060D50PT .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM50B103K50PT 1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B105K16PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT 10 pF ceramic chip GRM40CH100D50PT 3 pF ceramic chip GRM40CK030C50PT .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT 4.7 µF electrlytc chip UWX1H4R7MCR1GB .001 µF ceramic chip GRM40B102K50PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT 9-13 PART NUMBER GRM40B104K25PT GRM40B102K50PT GRM40B102K50PT GRM40B102K50PT GRM40CH240J50PT GRM40CH240J50PT GRM40CH240J50PT GRM40CH240J50PT GRM40B104K25PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B104K25PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B104K25PT GRM40B103K50PT UWX1H4R7MCR1GB GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B103K50PT UWX1H4R7MCR1GB GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM50B102K50PT GRM50B102K50PT GRM50B102K50PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B103K50PT UWX1H4R7MCR1GB GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM50B102K50PT GRM50B102K50PT GRM50B102K50PT GRM40B103K50PT UC232A1000J UC232A1000J UC232A1000J UC232A1000J UC232A2400J UC232A2400J GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B103K50PT GRM40B105K16PT GRM40CH390J50PT GRM50B102K50PT GRM50B103K50PT UWX1H4R7MCR1GB August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER C 581 C 582 C 583 C 584 C 591 C 592 C 593 C 594 C 598 C 599 C 600 C 601 C 602 C 603 C 604 C 605 C 606 C 607 C 608 C 609 C 610 C 611 C 612 C 613 C 614 C 615 C 616 C 617 C 618 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT 33 µF electrolytic chip UWX1E330MCR1GB .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT .1 µF ceramic chip GRM40B104K25PT .01 µF ceramic chip GRM40B103K50PT .001 µF ceramic chip GRM50B102K50PT 33 pF mica chip UC232H0330J 33 pF mica chip UC232H0330J 33 µF electrolytic chip UWX1E330MCR1GB 45 pF trimmer CV01C450 45 pF trimmer CV01C450 91 pF ceramic chip GRM40B910J50PT 91 pF ceramic chip GRM40B910J50PT 68 pF ceramic chip GRM40B680J50PT 68 pF ceramic chip GRM40B680J50PT 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J 68 pF mica chip UC232A0680J 68 pF mica chip UC232A0680J 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J 120 pF mica chip UC232A1200J 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J 33 pF mica chip UC232A0330J 20 pF mica chip UC232A0200J 20 pF mica chip UC232A0200J CR501 6.2V zener CR502 6.2V zener Q 501 Pre-driver Q 502 Final amplifier Q 503 Final amplifier R 501 82 ohm chip R 502 82 ohm chip R 503 Zero ohm chip R 503A 82 ohm chip R 504 100 ohm chip R 505 1k ohm chip R 506 3.9k ohm chip R 507 47 ohm chip R 509 200 ohm chip R 510 0.03 ohm power chip August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 R 511 R 512 R 513 R 514 R 515 R 516 R 517 R 518 R 519 R 520 R 521 R 522 R 523 R 524 R 525 R 526 R 527 R 528 R 529 R 530 R 531 R 532 R 533 R 534 R 536 R 537 R 538 R 539 R 540 R 541 R 542 R 543 R 544 RF6.2MB2 RF6.2MB2 2SK2973 MRF275L MRF275L DESCRIPTION 200 ohm chip 2k ohm chip 2k ohm chip 200 ohm chip 200 ohm chip 0.03 ohm power chip 4.7k ohm chip 5k variable chip 2.2k ohm chip 4.7k ohm chip 10k ohm chip 80k chip thermistor 2k ohm chip 200 ohm chip 200 ohm chip 0.03 ohm power chip 4.7k ohm chip 5k variable chip 2.2k ohm chip 4.7k ohm chip 10k ohm chip 80k chip thermistor 240 ohm chip 56 ohm chip 75 ohm chip 100k ohm 1% chip 301k ohm 1% chip 470 ohm chip 2.2 ohm chip 2.2 ohm chip 2.2 ohm chip 2.2 ohm chip 2.2 ohm chip U 501 Driver (132-150 MHz) Driver (150-178 MHz) U 502 +8V regulator U 503 Current sensor U 504 Current sensor U 505 +5V regulator U 507 Temperature sensor U 508 DC amplifier U 509 current sensor TDR6G-820-J TDR6G-820-J TDR6G-0R00-J TDR6G-820-J TDR6G-101-J TDR6G-102-J TDR6G-392-J TDR6G-470-J TDR6G-201-J R030 9-14 PART NUMBER TDR6G-201-J TDR6G-202-J TDR6G-202-J TDR6G-201-J TDR6G-201-J R030 TDR6G-472-J TDR6G-222-J TDR6G-472-J 3216 TDR6G-202-J TDR6G-201-J TDR6G-201-J R030 TDR6G-472-J TDR6G-222-J TDR6G-472-J 3216 TDR6G-241-J TDR6G-560-J TDR6G-750-J TDR6G-104-F 3013 TDR6G-471-J ERJ1WY2R2H ERJ1WY2R2H ERJ1WY2R2H ERJBG2R2 ERJBG2R2 M57719L M57719L TA78L08F MAX472ESA MAX472ESA 78L05 LM35D NJM2904M MAX472ESA PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION SYMBOL NUMBER LOW-PASS FILTER PART NO. 023-2004-600 A 620 Low pass filter assembly MP600 LPF mounting plate L 652 8T L 653 8T L 654 8T 023-2004-620 R 601 R 603 R 604 R 605 R 606 R 607 R 608 R 610 R 612 R 613 R 615 R 616 R 651 R 653 R 654 R 655 R 656 R 657 R 658 R 659 R 660 R 662 R 663 R 664 R 665 R 666 R 667 R 669 017-2222-264 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECTOR C 601 C 602 C 603 C 604 C 605 C 606 C 607 C 608 C 609 C 610 C 611 C 612 C 613 C 614 C 651 C 652 C 653 C 654 C 655 C 656 C 657 C 658 C 659 C 660 C 661 C 662 C 663 C 664 C 665 C 666 C 667 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 5 pF 50V chip GRM40CH050C50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M 1000 pF 50V chip GRM40B102K50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M 68 pF 50V chip GRM40CH680J50 4.7 µF 20V tantalum SMD SVC1D475M CR601 Veri-cap diode CR651 Vari-cap diode PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 51 ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 51 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 470 ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm 1/8W chip 51 ohm 1/8W chip 51 ohm 1/8W chip 51 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 150 ohm 1/8W chip 10k ohm 1/8W chip 7.5k ohm 1/8W chip 12k ohm 1/8W chip 470 ohm 1/8W chip 220 ohm 1/8W chip 47 ohm 1/8W chip 22k ohm 1/8W chip ERJ-6GMYJ510 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ510 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ223 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ471 ERJ-6GMYJ223 ERJ-6GMYJ510 ERJ-6GMYJ510 ERJ-6GMYJ510 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ223 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ151 ERJ-6GMYJ103 ERJ-6GMYJ752 ERJ-6GMYJ123 ERJ-6GMYJ471 ERJ-6GMYJ221 ERJ-6GMYJ470 ERJ-6GMYJ223 RV601 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXB4RN472 RV651 4.7k ohm variable chip MVR32HXB4RN472 U 601 DC amplifier SO-8 U 651 DC amplifier SO-8 U 652 +5V regulator 78L05 NJM2904M NJM2904M NJM78L05 POWER AMPLIFIER MECHANICAL PART NO. 023-2004-732 1SS306 1SS306 B 252 L 602 8T L 603 8T 24V DC fan 3.14" sq x 1.26" EP200 6-14 ground lug 9-15 529-2002-027 586-0007-070 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER HW251 HW253 HW254 HW255 HW256 HW257 HW258 HW259 HW260 HW261 HW262 HW265 HW266 HW268 HW269 HW270 HW300 HW777 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-008 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-012 1/8" cable clamp 572-0001-001 6-32 pan torx ZPS 575-0006-010 4-40 panhead philips ZPS 575-1604-010 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-010 6-32 panhead philips ZPS 575-1606-016 6-19 panhead philips ZPS 575-5606-008 6 x 0.018 lockwasher int ZPS 596-1206-010 0.26 x 0.54 grafoil flgres 018-1007-030 0.42 x 0.995 grafoil mrf 018-1007-032 Grafoil M67709 018-1007-105 Grafoil isolator 018-1007-041 10-32 HHSL Sems scr ZPS 575-9810-012 0.062 x 0.85 x 5.65 poron stp 574-3002-110 8-32 panhead CPS philips 575-0608-008 Solder ground terminal 017-2210-213 Self mount wire tie 574-9008-025 MP240 MP254 MP256 MP257 MP258 MP262 MP268 MP270 PA coax ground tab M PA plate align dowel pin PA shield, left PA shield, top PA shield, right, 1 fan Low-pass filter shield M PA stop PA shield SYMBOL NUMBER C 115 C 116 C 117 C 118 C 119 C 120 C 121 C 122 C 123 C 124 C 125 C 126 C 127 C 128 C 129 C 131 C 132 C 133 C 134 C 135 C 136 C 137 C 138 C 139 C 140 C 141 C 142 C 143 C 144 C 145 C 146 C 147 C 148 C 149 C 150 C 152 C 153 C 154 C 156 C 159 C 160 C 161 C 162 C 163 C 164 C 165 C 166 C 167 017-2210-038 013-1723-216 017-2210-121 017-2210-022 017-2210-023 017-2210-209 013-1723-222 017-2210-207 800W POWER SUPPLY MAIN BOARD PART NO. 023-2000-810 A 002 A 802 A 803 Pin feed EPROM blank label Wireharness Thermal sensor board assem 559-1154-004 023-2000-803 023-2000-840 C 101 C 102 C 103 C 104 C 105 C 106 C 107 C 108 C 109 C 110 C 111 C 113 C 114 220 µF 25V aluminum radial .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 220 nF ±10% X7R 1210 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 1500 µF 35Valuminum elect 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 330 µF 450V aluminum 330 µF 450V aluminum .0047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-4225-221 510-3609-103 510-3606-224 510-2628-109 510-2628-109 510-4075-152 510-4075-152 510-3602-471 510-3609-104 510-4574-331 510-4574-331 510-3609-472 510-3609-104 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 9-16 DESCRIPTION .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .47 µF 16V tantalum SMD 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .0027 µF ±5% X7R 1206 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .0022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1 nF 600V AC double m 2700 µF 35V aluminum 2700 µF 35V aluminum 2700 µF 35V aluminum .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R chip .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 2700 µF 35V aluminum .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 1500 µF 35V aluminum 1500 µF 35V aluminum .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 PART NUMBER 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-2625-478 510-3602-271 510-2628-109 510-3602-271 510-3609-272 510-3602-471 510-2628-109 510-3609-104 510-3609-222 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-2635-689 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-2628-109 510-2628-109 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-2625-229 510-2625-229 510-3602-102 510-2635-689 510-2635-689 510-3609-104 510-1023-102 510-4075-272 510-4075-272 510-4075-272 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-2628-109 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-2635-689 510-2633-150 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-4075-272 510-3602-102 510-4075-152 510-4075-152 510-3609-103 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER C 168 C 169 C 170 C 172 C 173 C 174 C 175 C 176 C 178 C 180 C 181 C 182 C 183 C 184 C 185 C 186 C 187 C 188 C 189 C 190 C 192 C 193 C 194 C 195 C 196 C 197 C 198 C 199 C 200 C 201 C 202 C 203 C 204 C 205 C 207 C 208 C 209 C 210 C 211 C 212 C 213 C 214 C 215 C 216 C 217 C 218 C 219 C 220 C 221 DESCRIPTION .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1500 µF 35V aluminum .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 270 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 1500 µF 35V aluminum 1500 µF 35V aluminum 1500 µF 35V aluminum .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .22 µF ±10% X7R 1210 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1500 µF 35V aluminum 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1500 µF 35V aluminum 2200 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 510-3609-103 510-4075-152 510-3609-103 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-3602-222 510-3606-224 510-3602-102 510-2628-109 510-2635-689 510-3609-103 510-3602-471 510-3602-271 510-3609-104 510-3602-102 510-4075-152 510-4075-152 510-4075-152 510-3609-103 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-3602-222 510-3606-224 510-3609-103 510-3602-102 510-2625-229 510-2628-109 510-2635-689 510-2635-689 510-3609-103 510-3602-471 510-3602-471 510-3609-473 510-4075-152 510-3602-222 510-3609-104 510-4075-152 510-3602-222 510-3609-103 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 9-17 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C 222 C 223 C 224 C 225 C 227 C 228 C 229 C 230 C 232 C 233 C 234 C 235 C 236 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 2.2 µF 16V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-2625-229 510-3609-104 510-2628-109 510-2635-689 510-3609-104 510-3602-102 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 CR101 CR102 CR103 CR104 CR105 CR106 CR107 CR108 CR110 CR111 CR112 CR113 CR114 CR115 CR116 CR117 CR118 CR119 CR120 CR121 CR122 CR123 CR124 CR125 CR126 CR127 CR128 CR129 CR130 CR131 CR132 CR133 CR134 CR135 Switching diode SOT-23 Switching diode SOT-23 3A ultra-fast diode 18V zener ±5% SMD 1A Schottky diode 1A Schottky diode Switching diode SOT-23 Switching diode SOT-23 Switching diode SOT-23 Switching diode SOT-23 Switch diode SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 1A Schottky diode 1A Schottky diode 1A Schottky diode 18V zener SOT-23 3A ultra-fast diode 3A ultra-fast diode 18V zener SOT-23 Ultra-fast rectifier Switch diode SOT-23 1A Schottky diode 1A Schottky diode 1A Schottky diode Schottkey diode 20A Switch diode SOT-23 Ultra-fast rectifier 25A 400V SCR TO-220 1A Schottky diode 1A Schottky diode Schottkey diode 20A Switch diode SOT-23 1A Schottky diode 25A 400V SCR TO-220 523-1504-002 523-1504-002 523-1507-004 523-2026-180 523-0519-031 523-0519-031 523-1504-017 523-1504-017 523-1504-002 523-1504-002 523-1504-017 523-2016-519 523-0519-031 523-0519-031 523-0519-031 523-2016-180 523-1507-004 523-1507-004 523-2016-180 523-0019-024 523-1504-017 523-0519-031 523-0519-031 523-0519-031 523-0519-030 523-1504-017 523-0019-024 523-3021-001 523-0519-031 523-0519-031 523-0519-030 523-1504-017 523-0519-031 523-3021-001 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER CR136 CR137 CR138 CR139 CR140 CR141 CR142 CR143 CR145 CR148 3A ultra-fast diode Switching diode SOT-23 Switching diode SOT-23 Dual switching common cath 4.7V zener SOT-23 25A 400V SCR TO-220 Switch diode SOT-23 Switch diode SOT-23 8A 600V ultrafast diode 13V 1W zener SMT 523-1507-004 523-1504-002 523-1504-002 523-1504-022 523-2016-479 523-3021-001 523-1504-017 523-1504-017 523-0019-026 523-2026-130 EP100 EP101 EP103 EP104 EP105 EP106 EP110 EP111 EP112 Ferrite bead 0.25” spade lug 0.25” spade lug 0.25” spade lug 0.25” spade lug 0.25” spade lug 0.25” spade lug 0.25” spade lug 0.25” spade lug 517-2002-008 586-3502-021 586-3502-021 586-3502-021 586-3502-021 586-3502-021 586-3502-021 586-3502-021 586-3502-021 F 102 10A 250V fastblow AGC fuse 534-0003-036 FH102 Fuse clip 534-1007-001 HW100 HW101 HW102 HW104 HW105 HW106 HW107 HW108 HW109 HW110 HW111 HW112 HW113 HW114 HW115 HW120 Cam5 x 3.795 sil-pad 0.89 x 1.37 sil-pad 1.06 x 4.73 sil-pad 0.83 x 5 Teflon spacer 0.83” Teflon spacer 1.28” Teflon spacer 4-40 3/8” hex socket CPS 6-32 3/8” socket hoodcap 6-32 machine panhead ZPS #4 x 0.046 shoulder washer #4 x 0.040 flat washer NPB #6 x 0.028 flat washer NPB #4 shakeproof washer #6 x 0.018 int lockwasher #4 spring washer TO-220 clamp 018-1007-051 018-1007-052 018-1007-053 018-1007-056 018-1007-057 018-1007-058 575-9076-122 575-9076-112 575-1606-012 596-4504-008 596-2404-008 596-2406-010 596-1104-008 596-1106-009 596-9604-009 537-9055-051 J 101 J 102 2-pin friction header 2-pin friction header 515-9031-201 515-9031-201 L 101 15 µH 30A DC inductor 542-5010-005 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SYMBOL NUMBER 9-18 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER L 102 L 103 L 104 L 105 L 107 20 µH 8A DC inductor 7.5 µH 8A DC inductor 10 µH 5A DC inductor 100 µH 1A DC inductor 300 µH 17A DC inductor 542-5010-006 542-5010-008 542-5010-007 542-5010-012 542-5010-004 MP100 MP101 MP102 MP105 5.7” heat sink 2.9” heat sink 5.7” heat sink TO-202 spacer 014-0771-130 014-0771-131 014-0771-133 017-2210-162 PC001 PC board 035-2000-810 Q 101 Q 102 Q 103 Q 104 Q 105 Q 106 Q 107 Q 108 Q 110 Q 111 Q 112 Q 114 Q 115 Q 116 Q 117 Q 118 Q 120 Q 121 Q 122 Q 123 Q 124 Q 125 Q 126 Q 127 Q 128 Q 129 Q 130 Q 131 Q 132 Q 133 Q 138 30A 500V N-chnl pwr module PNP switching Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 PNP high current SOT-223 PNP switching Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 PNP high current SOT-223 NPN high current SOT-223 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 PNP switching PNP high current SOT-223 14A 500V N-MOSFET PNP high current SOT-223 14A 500V N-MOSFET Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 PNP 6A SMD MJD42C PNP high current SOT-223 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 PNP high current SOT-223 20A 200V N-MOSFET PNP switching Si NPN amp/sw SOT-23 PNP switching PNP high current SOT-223 N-Chnl E-MOSFET SOT-23 PNP high current SOT-223 20A 200V N-MOSFET PNP switching PNP switching 576-0006-354 576-0003-612 576-0003-600 576-0006-026 576-0003-612 576-0003-600 576-0006-026 576-0006-027 576-0003-600 576-0003-600 576-0003-600 576-0003-612 576-0006-026 576-0006-351 576-0006-026 576-0006-351 576-0003-600 576-0002-603 576-0006-026 576-0006-110 576-0006-026 576-0006-352 576-0003-612 576-0003-600 576-0003-612 576-0006-026 576-0006-110 576-0006-026 576-0006-352 576-0003-612 576-0003-612 R 101 R 102 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-334 569-0115-334 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER R 103 R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 R 109 R 110 R 111 R 112 R 113 R 114 R 115 R 116 R 117 R 118 R 119 R 120 R 121 R 122 R 123 R 124 R 125 R 126 R 127 R 128 R 129 R 130 R 131 R 132 R 133 R 134 R 135 R 136 R 137 R 138 R 139 R 140 R 141 R 142 R 143 R 144 R 146 R 148 R 149 R 150 R 151 DESCRIPTION 240k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 0.03 ohm 55W low ind wire 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 24.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 13 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.27k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 13k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 560k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 569-0115-244 569-0115-104 569-0115-334 569-0115-334 569-0115-334 569-0175-203 569-0175-203 569-0175-203 569-0115-221 569-0115-100 569-4151-307 569-4151-307 569-0115-472 569-0115-363 569-0115-331 569-0111-426 569-0111-438 569-0175-203 569-0111-501 569-0111-501 569-0111-501 569-0111-501 569-0115-130 562-0115-100 569-0111-311 569-0175-510 569-0115-363 569-0115-104 569-0115-363 569-0115-103 569-0115-104 569-0115-203 569-0111-412 569-0115-104 569-0115-105 569-0111-335 569-0111-335 569-0111-418 569-0115-103 569-0115-564 569-0115-302 569-0111-440 569-0115-101 569-0115-472 569-0115-102 569-0115-202 569-0175-203 R 152 R 153 R 154 R 155 R 156 R 157 R 158 R 159 R 160 R 161 R 162 R 163 R 164 R 165 R 166 R 167 R 168 R 169 R 170 R 171 R 172 R 173 R 174 R 175 R 176 R 178 R 179 R 180 R 181 R 182 R 183 R 184 R 185 R 186 R 187 R 188 R 189 R 190 R 191 R 192 R 193 R 194 R 195 R 196 R 197 R 198 R 199 9-19 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 16.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm trim pot 1.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 357k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 95.3k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 6.81k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 8.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472 569-0115-101 569-0115-103 569-0115-363 569-0115-102 569-0115-203 569-0115-153 569-0115-200 569-0115-471 569-0115-200 569-0115-001 569-0115-200 569-0115-471 569-0115-200 569-0175-100 569-0175-100 569-0175-100 569-0115-102 569-0115-821 569-0115-821 569-0115-104 569-0111-423 562-0110-102 569-0115-182 569-0115-101 569-0115-202 569-0115-472 569-0115-752 569-0115-102 569-0115-750 569-0111-495 569-0111-554 569-0115-102 569-0115-103 569-0111-495 569-0111-401 569-0111-381 569-0115-102 569-0115-332 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-822 569-0115-103 569-0115-180 569-0115-180 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER R 200 R 201 R 202 R 203 R 204 R 205 R 206 R 207 R 208 R 209 R 210 R 211 R 212 R 213 R 214 R 215 R 216 R 217 R 218 R 219 R 220 R 221 R 222 R 223 R 224 R 225 R 226 R 227 R 228 R 229 R 230 R 231 R 232 R 233 R 234 R 235 R 236 R 237 R 238 R 240 R 241 R 242 R 243 R 244 R 245 R 246 R 247 DESCRIPTION 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 12.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 2.26k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm single turn trimmer 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 569-0115-180 569-0115-181 569-0115-203 569-0115-202 569-0175-202 569-0115-100 569-0115-100 569-0115-181 569-0115-510 569-0115-821 569-0115-821 569-0111-410 569-0111-335 569-0115-201 569-0115-102 569-0115-622 562-0112-102 569-0115-122 569-0115-472 569-0115-471 569-0111-330 569-0115-363 569-0115-001 569-0115-133 569-0115-001 569-0115-680 569-0115-240 569-0115-181 569-0111-330 569-0115-821 569-0115-101 569-0175-510 569-0115-821 569-0115-332 569-0115-102 569-0115-180 569-0115-180 569-0115-180 569-0115-181 569-0115-202 569-0175-202 569-0115-100 569-0115-100 569-0115-181 569-0115-510 569-0115-201 569-0115-360 R 249 R 250 R 251 R 252 R 253 R 254 R 255 R 256 R 257 R 258 R 259 R 260 R 261 R 262 R 263 R 264 R 265 R 266 R 267 R 268 R 269 R 270 R 271 R 272 R 273 R 274 R 275 R 276 R 277 R 278 R 279 R 280 R 281 R 284 R 285 R 286 R 287 R 302 R 303 R 306 R 307 R 308 R 309 R 311 R 312 R 313 R 314 R 315 9-20 DESCRIPTION 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm single turn trimmer 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 13k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 68 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 24 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 430 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 360 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 2.49k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 820 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD PART NUMBER 569-0111-352 569-0111-339 569-0115-201 569-0115-102 569-0115-472 562-0112-102 569-0115-432 569-0111-330 569-0115-103 569-0115-363 569-0115-133 569-0115-680 569-0115-240 569-0111-446 569-0111-339 569-0111-330 569-0115-332 569-0115-102 569-0115-431 569-0115-472 569-0115-361 569-0115-333 569-0115-332 569-0175-510 569-0115-102 569-0115-102 569-0115-203 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-750 569-0115-471 569-0111-352 569-0111-339 569-0115-102 569-0115-201 569-0115-203 569-0115-201 569-0115-203 569-0115-001 569-0115-001 569-0115-001 569-0111-501 569-0111-501 569-0111-501 569-0111-501 569-0115-821 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER RT101 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor RT102 8A 2.5 ohm NTC thermistor T 101 T 103 T 104 T 105 T 106 T 107 U 102 U 104 U 105 U 106 U 107 U 108 U 109 U 110 U 111 U 112 U 113 U 114 U 115 U 116 U 117 U 118 U 119 U 120 U 121 U 122 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 0.5 line freq. bias transformer 1:200 current transformer 1:200 current transformer 100:1 current transformer 1:1 transformer 4.5:1 switch mode transformer SYMBOL NUMBER 569-3014-001 569-3014-001 592-3041-004 592-3041-002 592-3041-002 592-3041-005 592-3041-003 592-3041-001 PFC/PWN combo SOIC 544-2002-035 Quad 2-in AND SOIC HC08 544-3766-008 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039 5V regulator LM78L05ABD 544-2603-039 Opto-isolator surface mt 544-9022-001 Opto-isolator 544-2010-005 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097 Quad op amp LMC660 SOIC 544-2020-020 Adj volt reg full temp LM317T 544-2003-094 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034 PWM current mode ML4823 544-2002-034 5V 3A regulator power supply 544-2003-098 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097 Programmable TL431AID 544-2003-097 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006 Programmable volt TL431AID 544-2003-097 Opto-isolator SOIC-8 544-2010-006 .22 µF 275V AC ±2% .0022 µF ±2% Y2 .0022 µF ±2% Y2 1 µF 275V X2 class capacitor 523-4004-025 EP006 1/2” tubing 042-0241-557 F 001 534-0003-045 15A 250V ceramic body 534-1007-001 HW001 HW002 HW003 HW004 HW005 HW007 #10 shakeproof washer 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 9/16” ID rubber grommet 10-32 machine panhead ZPS #4 shakeproof washer Heatsink Grafoil TO-15 596-1110-012 575-1604-016 574-0002-004 575-1610-016 596-1104-008 018-1007-055 J 001 AC power cord connector 515-0028-008 L 001 L 002 1 µH 10A coil 4.2 µH 10A coil 542-5010-010 542-5010-009 MP001 Filter bracket 017-2210-167 PC001 PC board 035-2000-820 R 001 569-0513-105 1M ohm ±5% 1/4W CF RV001 Metal oxide varistor RV002 Metal oxide varistor 569-3503-001 569-3503-001 W 001 W 002 W 003 W 004 W 005 023-2000-825 023-2000-826 023-2000-827 023-2000-828 023-2000-829 C 101 C 103 C 104 C 105 C 106 C 107 C 109 C 110 C 111 C 112 C 113 C 114 C 115 C 118 510-1024-224 510-1022-222 510-1022-222 510-1024-105 CR001 600V 35A rectifier bridge FH001 Fuse clip Wire 1 assembly Wire 2 assembly Wire 3 assembly Wire 4 assembly Wire 5 assembly BATTERY BACK-UP PART NO. 023-2000-830 AC FILTER BOARD PART NO. 023-2000-820 C 001 C 003 C 004 C 005 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 9-21 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 6.8 µF 35V tantalum SMD 1000 µF 50Valuminum elect .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1 µF ±10% 100V polyester 510-3606-103 510-2635-689 510-3609-104 510-4076-102 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-2635-689 510-4076-102 510-3609-104 510-2628-109 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-1031-105 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C 119 C 124 C 125 C 126 C 127 C 128 C 129 C 130 C 131 C 132 C 133 C 134 220 µF 25V aluminum radial 1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±10% X7R 1206 510-4225-221 510-2628-109 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-103 510-3606-104 510-3606-103 510-3606-104 510-3606-103 510-3606-104 510-3606-103 K 101 Single pole 24V relay 567-0031-001 L 101 70 µH 3A Toroid inductor 542-5010-014 PC001 PC board 035-2000-830 CR101 CR102 CR103 CR104 CR105 CR109 CR111 CR113 CR114 CR115 CR116 CR117 CR118 Red LED right angle PC mt 3A ultra-fast diode 12V zener diode 18V ±5% zener SMT Red LED right angle PC mt 8A 600V ultra-fast diode Green LED rt angle PC mt Switching diode SOT-23 3A ultra-fast diode Switching diode SOT-23 3A ultra-fast diode 13V 1W zener SMT 18V ±5% zener SMT 549-4001-035 523-1507-004 523-2016-120 523-2026-180 549-4001-035 523-0019-026 549-4001-037 523-1504-002 523-1507-004 523-1504-002 523-1507-004 523-2026-130 523-2026-180 Q 101 Q 102 Q 103 Q 104 Q 105 PNP high current SOT-223 PNP high current SOT-223 N-channel E-MOSFET PNP TO-220 ISO PNP high current SOT-223 576-0006-026 576-0006-026 576-0006-110 576-0002-057 576-0006-026 EP100 EP101 EP102 EP103 Heat sink insulator TO-220 Copper terminal lug Copper terminal lug Copper terminal lug 574-5005-060 586-0007-072 586-0007-072 586-0007-071 F 101 4A resettable polyfuse 534-0020-001 HW100 HW101 HW102 HW103 HW104 HW105 HW106 HW107 HW108 HW800 4-40 machine panhead ZPS 6-32 machine panhead ZPS 4 x 0.04 flat washer 6 x 0.018 int lockwasher #4 shakeproof washer 10-32 machine panhead ZPS #10 shakeproof washer 4 x 0.46 shoulder washer 10-32 x 0.375 CPS Speed nut 575-1604-012 575-1606-008 596-2404-008 596-1106-009 596-1104-008 575-1610-012 596-1110-012 596-4504-008 560-1110-012 537-0001-002 J 100 2-pin lock receptacle 515-9032-232 R 101 R 102 R 103 R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 R 109 R 110 R 111 R 112 R 112 R 115 R 116 R 117 R 118 R 119 R 120 R 121 R 122 R 123 R 124 R 125 R 126 R 127 R 128 R 129 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 7.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 470 ohm ±5% 1W 2512 SMD 47 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 62k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 42.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 82.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472 569-0115-331 569-0115-202 569-0115-202 569-0115-202 569-0175-202 569-0115-102 569-0115-202 569-0115-202 569-0115-202 569-0175-510 569-0111-385 569-0111-301 569-0175-471 569-0115-470 569-0115-332 569-0111-403 569-0111-301 569-0111-301 569-0115-623 569-0115-472 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0111-301 569-0111-461 569-0111-489 569-0115-103 569-0115-203 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 MP100 Bracket MP101 Terminal cover 017-2210-169 032-0758-050 NP100 Max input 28.5V Bat/Backup 559-5861-166 NP800 Nameplate holder 015-0900-406 NP801 Nameplate 559-5861-161 9-22 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER R 130 R 136 R 137 R 138 R 139 R 140 R 141 R 142 R 143 R 144 R 145 R 146 R 147 R 148 R 149 R 150 R 151 R 152 R 153 R 154 R 155 R 156 R 157 R 158 R 159 R 160 R 165 33k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 240 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 1k ohm single turn trimmer Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 75 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 300k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 569-0115-333 569-0175-332 569-0175-332 569-0115-241 569-0175-332 562-0112-102 569-0115-001 569-0115-103 569-0175-202 569-0115-153 569-0115-153 569-0115-392 569-0115-103 569-0115-153 569-0115-823 569-0115-103 569-0115-101 569-0115-750 569-0115-104 569-0115-304 569-0115-102 569-0115-103 569-0111-301 569-0111-301 569-0115-184 569-0115-103 569-0175-202 S 101 Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-0006-014 U 101 U 102 U 103 U 104 U 105 U 106 U 107 Quad comparator 2901 Programmable voltage reg Programmable voltage reg Dual op amp SO-8 Dual op amp SO-8 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8 Full temp adjustable LM317T 544-2025-011 544-2003-097 544-2003-097 544-2019-004 544-2019-004 544-2032-003 544-2003-094 W 101 W 102 W 103 W 104 Green wire assembly Red wire assembly Black wire assembly Orange wire assembly 023-2000-836 023-2000-837 023-2000-838 023-2000-839 SYMBOL NUMBER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION THERMAL SENSOR BOARD PART NO. 023-2000-840 A 001 Thermal sensor board assem 023-2000-841 C 001 .1 µF 10% X7R chip 510-3606-104 J 001 J 002 J 003 48 mil edge clip, short 48 mil edge clip, short 48 mil edge clip, short 515-9034-004 515-9034-004 515-9034-004 PC001 Thermal sensor board 035-2000-840 U 001 544-2032-003 Temp sensor LM-35 SO-8 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD PART NO. 023-2000-310 C 001 C 002 C 004 C 005 C 006 C 007 C 008 C 009 C 010 C 011 C 012 C 013 C 014 C 015 C 016 C 017 C 018 C 019 C 020 C 021 C 022 C 023 C 024 C 025 C 026 C 027 C 028 C 029 C 030 9-23 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 10 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD 62 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3602-100 510-3602-200 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3602-100 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3602-200 510-2625-100 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-4425-470 510-4425-470 510-3602-620 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-2625-100 510-2625-100 510-3606-103 510-2625-100 510-2625-100 510-3602-620 510-3606-103 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C 031 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip C 032 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 549-4001-122 549-4001-121 549-4001-120 549-4001-120 549-4001-121 Green LED submin radial Yellow LED submin radial Red LED subminiature radial Red LED subminiature radial Yellow LED submin radial DS001 7-segment display .3" green 549-4002-020 EP001 EP002 EP003 EP004 018-1080-001 018-1080-001 018-1080-001 018-1080-001 Crystal pin insulator Crystal pin insulator Crystal pin insulator Crystal pin insulator HW001 Panel fastener 537-0011-031 J 001 J 002 J 003 J 004 J 005 J 006 8-cond modular jack PC mt 3-pin single inline header 14-pin double row header 6-pin double row header 3-pin single inline header 3-pin single inline header 515-2006-040 515-7100-003 515-7101-407 515-7101-403 515-7100-003 515-7100-003 P 001 P 002 P 003 P 004 P 005 P 006 64-pin DIN male right angle 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket 515-7082-101 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 PC310 PC board 035-2000-310 Q 002 PNP switching SOT-23 Q 003 NPN gen purp SOT-23 576-0003-612 576-0001-300 R 001 R 002 R 003 R 004 R 005 R 006 R 007 R 008 R 009 R 010 10M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SYMBOL NUMBER 9-24 PART NUMBER 1.2k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 150 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-122 569-0115-103 569-0115-151 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-222 569-0115-222 569-0115-222 569-0115-222 569-0115-104 569-0115-103 569-0115-472 569-0115-472 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-472 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-102 569-0115-102 569-0115-103 S 001 Push-button momentary sw S 002 8-pos DIP switch S 003 4-pos DIP switch 583-4005-002 583-5002-008 583-5002-004 U 001 U 002 U 003 U 004 U 005 U 006 U 007 U 008 U 009 U 010 U 011 U 012 U 013 U 014 U 015 U 016 U 017 U 018 544-5001-109 544-3766-004 544-3766-138 544-3766-138 544-3766-154 544-3766-032 544-3766-032 544-3766-573 544-3764-703 544-3764-703 544-2003-032 544-2003-032 544-5010-448 023-9998-289 544-3716-906 544-2023-014 544-2003-085 544-5001-412 R 011 R 012 R 013 R 014 R 015 R 016 R 017 R 018 R 019 R 020 R 021 R 022 R 023 R 024 R 025 R 026 R 027 R 028 R 029 R 030 R 031 R 032 R 033 R 034 569-0115-106 569-0115-222 569-0115-001 569-0115-202 569-0115-151 569-0115-201 569-0115-122 569-0115-122 569-0115-122 569-0115-201 DESCRIPTION 8k x 8 CMOS static RAM Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32 Quad 2-input OR 74HC32 D-latch non-inv 74HC573 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 12V regulator TO-92 78L12 8k ROM masked DIP-40 8052 HSDB Multi-Net software Hex open drain buffer SO-14 Driver/receiver RS232C/v28 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 32 x 8 SCRAM SO-28 CMOS PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION U 019 U 020 U 021 U 022 U 023 U 024 U 025 U 026 U 027 U 028 U 029 Triple line receiver Quad 2-input NAND 74HC00 7-stage binary cntr SOIC 4024 Prog comm intfc 82C51 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 Differential bus xcvr SN65176 MPC boot code BCD 7 latch DIP-16 MC14495 CPU v25 PLCC-84 MPD7032 EEPROM PLCC32R 28C64 Dual inline driver 544-2023-003 544-3766-000 544-3016-024 544-5001-319 544-2023-025 544-2023-025 023-9998-277 544-3014-495 544-5002-016 544-5002-412 544-2023-002 X 001 X 014 X 013 X 024 X 025 X 027 10-pos right angle IC socket 28-pin IC socket 40-pin IC socket 8-pin DIP socket 32-pin IC socket 84-pos PLCC socket 515-5008-270 515-5008-018 515-5008-019 515-5008-011 515-5008-108 515-5020-100 Y 001 Y 002 Y 003 Y 004 10 MHz crystal HC-18 11.059 MHz crystal 2.4576 MHz HC-18U 12 MHz µP crystal 521-0010-000 521-0011-059 521-0002-458 521-0012-000 Z 001 EMI suppression filter Z 002 EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002 532-3003-002 SYMBOL NUMBER C 115 C 116 C 117 C 118 C 119 C 120 C 121 C 122 C 123 C 124 C 125 C 126 C 127 C 128 C 129 C 130 C 131 C 132 C 133 C 134 C 136 C 137 C 138 C 139 C 140 C 141 C 142 C 143 C 144 C 145 C 146 C 147 C 148 C 149 C 150 C 151 C 152 C 153 C 154 C 155 C 156 C 157 C 158 C 159 C 160 C 161 C 162 MAIN AUDIO CARD PART NO. 023-2000-320 A 301 Compandor option 023-2000-940 C 100 C 101 C 102 C 103 C 104 C 105 C 106 C 107 C 108 C 109 C 110 C 111 C 112 C 113 C 114 470 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-471 .0022 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip510-3606-222 .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-102 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-3606-104 100 pF ±2% NPO 1206 510-3616-101 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210 510-3610-333 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-683 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-104 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-223 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 510-3609-103 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101 9-25 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .001 µF ±5% NPO 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .0068 µF ±10% X7R chip 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206 680 pF ±2% NPO 1206 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206 470 pF ±2% NPO 1206 .0047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .047 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .0068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 390 pF ±5% NPO 1206 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206 .01 µF ±2% NPO 1206 4700 pF ±2% NPO 1206 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 510-3602-101 510-3602-102 510-3609-103 510-3609-103 510-3609-104 510-3609-104 510-3609-103 510-3609-223 510-3609-473 510-3606-682 510-3616-681 510-3617-103 510-3616-681 510-3616-332 510-3616-471 510-3616-471 510-3609-472 510-3617-562 510-3616-472 510-3602-200 510-3602-101 510-3602-101 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3609-103 510-3609-223 510-3606-473 510-3609-682 510-3602-391 510-3616-681 510-3617-103 510-3616-472 510-3609-223 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3602-150 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-2625-100 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-3602-200 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER C 163 C 164 C 165 C 166 C 169 C 170 C 171 C 172 C 173 C 174 C 175 C 176 C 177 C 178 C 179 C 180 C 181 C 182 C 183 C 184 C 185 C 186 C 187 C 188 C 189 C 190 C 191 C 192 C 193 C 194 C 195 C 196 C 197 C 198 C 199 C 200 C 201 C 202 C 203 C 204 C 205 C 206 C 207 C 208 C 209 C 210 C 211 DESCRIPTION 20 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .001 µF ±2% NPO 1206 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206 15 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 1 µF tantalum SMD .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 510-3602-200 510-3616-102 510-3602-361 510-3602-150 510-3606-104 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-2625-109 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 C 212 C 213 C 214 C 215 C 216 C 217 C 218 C 219 C 220 C 221 C 222 C 223 C 224 C 225 C 226 C 227 C 228 C 229 C 230 C 231 C 232 C 233 C 234 C 235 C 236 C 237 C 238 C 239 C 240 C 241 C 242 C 247 C 249 C 251 C 254 C 255 C 256 C 257 C 258 C 262 C 263 C 264 C 265 C 266 C 267 C 268 C 269 9-26 DESCRIPTION .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD .001 pF ±2% NPO 1206 .033 µF ±5% X7R 1210 .047 µF ±5% X7R 1206 .068 µF ±5% X7R 1206 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 15 µF 20V tantalum SMD 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD PART NUMBER 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-2625-109 510-3616-102 510-3610-333 510-3609-473 510-3609-683 510-2625-109 510-2626-150 510-2626-150 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-2626-150 510-3606-104 510-2624-470 510-2626-150 510-2624-470 510-2624-470 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-2624-470 510-2624-470 510-2624-470 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C 270 C 271 C 272 C 273 C 276 C 277 C 278 C 279 C 280 C 281 C 282 C 283 C 285 C 286 C 287 C 288 C 289 C 290 C 291 C 292 C 293 C 294 C 296 C 297 C 298 C 299 C 300 C 301 C 302 C 303 C 304 C 305 C 306 C 307 47 µF 10V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .0022 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .0068 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .22 µF ±5% X7R 1210 .022 µF ±5% X7R 1206 820 pF ±2% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 470 µF 25V radial low temp 10 µF tantalum SMD 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 300 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 360 pF ±5% NPO 1206 68 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±5% X7R 1206 10 µF 16V tantalum SMD .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .0056 µF ±2% NPO 1210 .0047 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .0033 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .0039 µF ±2% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1206 chip 10 µF tantalum SMD .1 µF ±10% X7R chip 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 510-2624-470 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3616-222 510-3616-472 510-3617-682 510-3610-224 510-3609-223 510-3616-821 510-3606-104 510-3606-104 510-4064-471 510-2625-100 510-3602-301 510-3602-301 510-3602-301 510-3602-301 510-3609-104 510-3602-361 510-3602-680 510-3609-104 510-2625-100 510-3616-392 510-3616-332 510-3606-103 510-3617-562 510-3616-472 510-3616-332 510-3616-392 510-3606-104 510-2625-100 510-3606-104 510-3602-101 CR100 CR101 CR102 CR103 CR104 CR105 CR106 CR107 CR108 CR109 CR110 CR111 Switching diode SOT-23 Dual switching diode SOT-23 Dual switching diode SOT-23 Dual switching diode SOT-23 Dual switching diode SOT-23 Dual switching diode SOT-23 Switching diode SOT-23 4.3V zener SOT-23 UHF/VHF band switch SOT UHF/VHF band switch SOT UHF/VHF band switch SOT 2.4V 1W zener 523-1504-002 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-002 523-2016-439 523-1504-012 523-1504-012 523-1504-012 523-2505-249 SYMBOL NUMBER CR112 CR113 CR114 CR117 CR118 CR119 CR120 9-27 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 2.4V 1W zener 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 523-2505-249 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-519 523-2016-519 EP100 Crystal pin insulator 018-1080-001 HW001 Panel fastener HW101 Card inj/ext nylon pull HW102 Rivet snap 0.142 dia 537-0011-031 537-9057-020 574-9015-050 J 100 J 101 J 102 J 103 J 104 J 105 J 106 J 301 105-2204-105 515-2002-011 515-2001-011 105-2203-101 515-2001-011 515-7100-003 515-7100-005 515-5006-041 Green horizontal tip jack .080 Speaker jack 0.1 enclosed 3.6mm jack enclosed Black horiz tip jack .080 3.6mm jack enclosed 3-pin single inline header 5-pin single inline header Minisert cl bottom socket MP101 Control knob 032-0792-010 P 100 P 101 P 102 P 106 P 107 515-7082-102 515-7082-101 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 32-pin DIN male right angle 64-pin DIN male right angle 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket PC200 PC board 035-2000-320 Q 101 Q 102 Si PNP SOT-23 2N3906 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-657 576-0003-658 R 101 R 102 R 103 R 104 R 105 R 106 R 107 R 108 R 109 R 110 R 111 29.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 147k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 69.8k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 15k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1.07M ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 110 ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 569-0111-446 569-0111-517 569-0111-482 569-0111-418 569-0111-201 569-0111-604 569-0111-604 569-0111-205 569-0111-604 569-0111-205 569-0111-426 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER R 112 R 113 R 114 R 115 R 116 R 117 R 118 R 119 R 120 R 121 R 122 R 123 R 124 R 125 R 126 R 127 R 128 R 129 R 130 R 131 R 132 R 133 R 134 R 135 R 136 R 137 R 138 R 139 R 140 R 141 R 142 R 143 R 144 R 145 R 150 R 151 R 152 R 153 R 154 R 155 R 156 R 157 R 158 R 159 R 160 R 161 R 162 DESCRIPTION 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 12k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 330k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 470k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 121k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 35.7k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 27.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 22.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 17.4k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 3.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 22k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.74k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 3.01k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 18.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 569-0115-473 569-0115-154 569-0115-183 569-0115-473 569-0115-152 569-0115-622 569-0115-123 569-0115-473 569-0115-103 569-0115-473 569-0115-103 569-0115-334 569-0115-105 569-0115-104 569-0115-104 569-0115-474 569-0115-104 569-0115-473 569-0115-104 569-0115-563 569-0115-563 569-0115-104 569-0115-104 569-0115-473 569-0115-103 569-0111-509 569-0111-509 569-0111-454 569-0111-443 569-0111-435 569-0111-424 569-0115-332 569-0115-102 569-0115-154 569-0111-491 569-0111-462 569-0115-223 569-0115-433 569-0115-433 569-0115-823 569-0115-823 569-0115-823 569-0115-823 569-0111-343 569-0111-305 569-0111-347 569-0111-426 R 163 R 164 R 165 R 166 R 167 R 168 R 169 R 170 R 171 R 172 R 173 R 174 R 175 R 176 R 177 R 178 R 179 R 180 R 181 R 182 R 183 R 184 R 185 R 186 R 187 R 188 R 189 R 190 R 191 R 192 R 193 R 194 R 195 R 196 R 197 R 198 R 199 R 200 R 201 R 202 R 203 R 204 R 205 R 206 R 207 R 208 R 209 9-28 DESCRIPTION 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 56k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 430k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 160k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.3k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 300 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD PART NUMBER 569-0115-104 569-0115-104 569-0115-473 569-0115-563 569-0115-563 569-0115-222 569-0111-472 569-0115-105 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-434 569-0115-164 569-0115-432 569-0115-682 569-0115-104 569-0115-104 569-0115-301 569-0115-301 569-0115-104 569-0115-104 569-0115-301 569-0115-301 569-0111-485 569-0111-485 569-0111-485 569-0111-485 569-0115-301 569-0115-301 569-0111-485 569-0111-485 569-0111-485 569-0111-485 569-0115-301 569-0115-301 569-0115-105 569-0115-103 569-0115-104 569-0115-222 569-0115-274 569-0115-105 569-0115-103 569-0115-473 569-0115-752 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER R 210 R 211 R 212 R 213 R 214 R 215 R 216 R 217 R 218 R 219 R 220 R 222 R 223 R 225 R 226 R 227 R 228 R 229 R 230 R 231 R 232 R 233 R 234 R 235 R 236 R 237 R 238 R 239 R 240 R 241 R 242 R 243 R 244 R 247 R 248 R 249 R 250 R 251 R 252 R 253 R 254 R 256 R 257 R 258 R 259 R 260 R 261 DESCRIPTION 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 6.8k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 5.1k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 7.5k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51 ohm ±5% 2512 SMD 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 10k ohm Vol/Audio switch 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 100k ohm multi-turn pot 54.9k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 120k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 43k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 390k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 47k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 270k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD PART NUMBER SYMBOL NUMBER 569-0115-103 569-0115-101 569-0115-102 569-0115-512 569-0115-392 569-0115-102 569-0115-103 569-0115-101 569-0115-823 569-0115-184 569-0115-163 569-0115-104 569-0115-682 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0111-512 569-0115-102 569-0115-752 569-0115-103 569-0175-510 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0018-044 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 562-0110-104 569-0111-472 569-0115-124 569-0115-363 569-0115-154 569-0115-513 569-0115-433 569-0115-394 569-0115-473 569-0115-363 569-0115-363 569-0115-222 569-0115-103 569-0115-473 569-0115-274 R 262 R 263 R 264 R 265 R 266 R 267 R 268 R 269 R 270 R 271 R 274 R 275 R 276 R 277 R 279 R 280 R 281 R 282 R 283 R 284 R 285 R 286 R 288 R 289 R 290 R 291 R 292 R 293 R 294 R 295 R 296 R 297 R 298 R 299 R 300 R 301 R 302 R 303 R 304 R 305 R 306 R 307 R 308 R 309 R 310 R 311 R 312 9-29 PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 39k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 18k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 150k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 75k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 220 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.2 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 1 ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 39 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 6.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm multi-turn pot 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 240 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 27 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm multi-turn pot 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 36k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 569-0115-222 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-222 569-0115-103 569-0115-222 569-0115-363 569-0115-363 569-0115-393 569-0115-184 569-0115-363 569-0115-363 569-0115-183 569-0115-512 569-0115-154 569-0115-154 569-0115-105 569-0115-103 569-0115-001 569-0115-103 569-0115-222 569-0115-753 569-0115-221 569-0115-229 569-0115-109 569-0115-102 569-0115-390 569-0115-622 569-0115-102 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-363 562-0110-104 569-0115-363 569-0115-241 569-0115-270 562-0110-104 569-0115-363 569-0115-363 569-0111-593 569-0111-440 569-0115-001 569-0115-001 569-0115-001 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER R 313 R 314 R 315 R 316 R 317 R 318 R 319 R 320 R 321 R 322 R 323 DESCRIPTION Zero ohm ±10% 1206 SMD 43.2k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 86.6k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 25.5k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 909k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 180k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD Zero ohm ±5% 1206 SMD PART NUMBER 569-0115-001 569-0111-462 569-0111-491 569-0111-440 569-0111-593 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-184 569-0115-101 569-0115-001 569-0115-001 RT100 10k ohm chip thermistor 569-3013-007 S 100 S 101 8-pos DIP switch 4-pos DIP switch 583-5002-008 583-5002-004 U 100 U 101 U 102 U 103 U 104 U 105 U 106 U 107 U 108 U 109 U 110 U 111 U 112 U 113 U 114 U 115 U 116 U 117 U 118 U 119 U 120 U 121 U 122 U 123 U 124 U 125 U 126 U 127 U 128 U 129 Quad 2-input NOR 544-3766-002 Hex inverter SOIC 74HC04 544-3766-004 1 of 8 demux 74HC138 544-3766-138 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573 D-latch non-inverting SOIC 544-3766-573 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014 Compatible modem Bell-202 544-3988-014 CMOS 87C52 544-5011-948 Main Audio Card/LTR-Net 023-9998-455 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001 Micro monitor SO-8 DS1232 544-2003-085 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008 Quad op amp SOIC MC3403 544-2020-008 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SYMBOL NUMBER PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION U 130 U 131 U 132 U 133 U 135 U 136 U 149 U 151 U 153 U 154 U 155 U 156 U 157 U 158 U 159 U 160 U 161 U 162 U 163 U 164 U 165 U 166 U 167 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008 Audio amp 10W TO-220 544-2006-013 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 544-3766-154 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018 +8V regulator SOIC 78L08 544-2603-042 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104 544-0004-209 EEPOT 100k SOIC 9C104 544-0004-209 Quad analog sw SPST SO-16 544-3003-001 Quad 2-in OR SOIC 74HC32 544-3766-032 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 544-3766-574 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001 Quad analog sw SOIC DG202 544-3003-001 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703 9 bit x 64 word FIFO DIP-28 544-3764-703 Dr/Rcvr RS232C V.28 145406 544-2023-014 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004 Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 544-2019-004 Dual op amp SO-8 MC33178 544-2019-018 Quad op amp SOIC MC3404 544-2020-008 X 110 X 111 X 112 28-pin IC socket 40-pin IC socket 28-pin IC socket 515-5008-018 515-5008-019 515-5008-018 Y 100 Y 101 3.5795 MHz crystal 11.059 MHz crystal 521-0003-579 521-0011-059 Z 100 Z 101 Z 102 EMI suppression filter EMI suppression filter EMI suppression filter 532-3003-002 532-3003-002 532-3003-002 INTERFACE ALARM CARD PART NO. 023-2000-350 C 500 C 501 C 502 C 503 C 504 C 505 C 506 C 507 C 508 9-30 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .015 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 150 pF ±5% NPO 1206 chip 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD 510-3606-103 510-3606-153 510-3607-104 510-3602-151 510-2625-100 510-2625-100 510-2625-100 510-2625-100 510-2624-330 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER C 509 C 510 C 511 C 512 C 513 C 514 C 515 C 516 C 517 C 518 C 519 C 520 C 521 C 522 C 523 C 524 C 525 C 526 C 527 C 528 C 529 C 530 C 531 C 532 C 533 C 534 C 535 C 536 C 537 C 538 C 539 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD 33 µF 10V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .1 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 47 µF 25V electrolytic radial 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 10 µFD 16V tantalum SMD 1 µF 16V tantalum SMD .1 µF 35V tantalum SMD .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 220 µF electrolytic axial .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 1000 µF electrolytic .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 100 pF ±5% NPO 1206 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 .1 µF ±10% X7R 1210 .01 µF ±10% X7R chip .01 µF ±10% X7R chip 510-2625-109 510-2624-330 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-3607-104 510-3606-103 510-4425-470 510-4425-470 510-2625-100 510-2625-100 510-2625-109 510-2628-108 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 510-4325-221 510-3606-103 510-4350-102 510-3606-103 510-3602-101 510-3602-101 510-3607-104 510-3607-104 510-3606-103 510-3606-103 CR500 CR501 CR502 CR503 CR504 CR505 CR506 CR507 CR508 CR509 CR510 CR511 CR512 CR513 CR522 Red LED submin radial Green LED submin radial Yellow LED submin radial Green LED submin radial Green LED submin radial Yellow LED submin radial Dual switch diode SOT-23 Dual switch diode SOT-23 Dual switch diode SOT-23 Dual switch diode SOT-23 Dual switch diode SOT-23 Dual switch diode SOT-23 Dual switch diode SOT-23 Dual switch diode SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 549-4001-120 549-4001-122 549-4001-121 549-4001-122 549-4001-122 549-4001-121 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-1504-023 523-2016-519 SYMBOL NUMBER CR523 CR524 CR525 CR526 CR527 CR528 CR529 CR530 CR531 CR532 CR533 CR534 CR535 CR536 CR537 9-31 DESCRIPTION Green LED submin radial Green LED submin radial Green LED submin radial 200V 1.5A rectifier 1N4818 5.1V zener SOT-23 5.1V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 4.3V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 15V zener SOT-23 PART NUMBER 549-4001-122 549-4001-122 549-4001-122 523-0013-201 523-2016-519 523-2016-519 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 523-2016-439 523-2016-150 523-2016-150 F 501 1A 250V submin fuse 534-0017-014 FH501 Fuse holder 534-1017-001 HW500 Card inj/ext nylon pull 537-9057-020 J 500 J 501 J 502 J 503 J 504 J 505 Horizontal green tip jack .080 Horizontal black tip jack .080 Horizontal red tip jack .080 3-pin single inline header 3-pin single inline header 4-pin single inline header 105-2204-105 105-2203-101 105-2202-101 515-7100-003 515-7100-003 515-7100-004 K 500 K 501 K 502 K 503 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 12V SPDT 1A relay submin 567-2002-021 567-2002-021 567-2002-021 567-2002-021 L 501 3 µH filter choke PC mount 542-5007-031 P 500 P 501 P 503 P 504 P 505 515-7082-101 515-7082-102 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 515-5010-001 64-pin DIN male right angle 32-pin DIN male right angle 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket 2-pos shorting socket PC500 PC board 035-2000-350 Q 500 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 Q 501 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 Q 502 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 576-0003-658 576-0003-658 576-0003-658 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER Q 503 Si NPN SOT-23 2N3904 Q 504 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404 Q 505 NPN dig SOT-23F RN1404 576-0003-658 576-0003-616 576-0003-616 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 20k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 2.7k ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 4.32k ohm ±1% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1M ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 4.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 100k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-472 569-0115-472 569-0513-431 569-0115-512 569-0115-102 569-0115-202 569-0115-102 569-0115-104 569-0111-401 569-0111-401 569-0115-103 569-0115-203 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-102 569-0115-272 569-0115-272 569-0115-272 569-0115-272 569-0115-272 569-0115-472 569-0111-401 569-0111-401 569-0115-472 569-0111-401 569-0111-401 569-0115-472 569-0115-122 569-0115-472 569-0111-401 569-0111-362 569-0115-472 569-0115-102 569-0115-105 569-0115-472 569-0115-103 569-0115-104 569-0115-104 569-0115-104 569-0115-201 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 R 500 R 501 R 502 R 503 R 504 R 505 R 506 R 507 R 508 R 509 R 510 R 511 R 512 R 513 R 514 R 515 R 516 R 517 R 518 R 519 R 520 R 521 R 522 R 523 R 524 R 525 R 526 R 527 R 528 R 529 R 530 R 531 R 532 R 533 R 534 R 535 R 536 R 538 R 539 R 540 R 541 R 542 R 543 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 SYMBOL NUMBER 9-32 DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER R 544 R 545 R 546 R 547 R 548 R 549 R 550 R 551 R 552 R 553 R 554 R 555 R 556 R 557 R 558 R 559 R 560 R 561 R 562 R 563 R 564 R 567 R 568 R 569 R 570 R 571 R 572 R 573 R 574 R 575 R 576 R 577 R 578 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 430 ohm ±5% 1/4W CF 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1.2k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 3.9k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 200 ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 10k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 16k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 5.1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 51k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 82k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 1k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 2.7k ohm ±5% 1206 SMD 569-0115-102 569-0115-103 569-0513-431 569-0513-431 569-0513-431 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-122 569-0115-122 569-0115-122 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-103 569-0115-392 569-0115-102 569-0115-201 569-0115-201 569-0115-201 569-0115-102 569-0115-103 569-0115-163 569-0115-512 569-0115-513 569-0115-823 569-0115-272 569-0115-102 569-0115-272 S 500 S 501 S 502 S 503 S 508 4-pos recessed DIP switch 4-pos recessed DIP switch 4-pos recessed DIP switch 4-pos recessed DIP switch Toggle switch on/on rt angle 583-5002-104 583-5002-104 583-5002-104 583-5002-104 583-0006-014 U 500 U 501 U 503 U 504 U 505 U 506 U 507 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 1 of 16 demux SOIC 74HC154 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 8-bit A/D converter Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B 544-3766-154 544-3766-154 544-3766-574 544-3766-574 544-3766-574 544-2031-001 544-3016-066 PARTS LIST SYMBOL NUMBER U 508 U 509 U 510 U 511 U 512 U 513 U 514 U 515 U 516 U 517 U 518 U 519 U 520 U 521 U 522 U 523 DESCRIPTION Hex open drain buffer SO-14 Quad op amp SOIC NPN out opto isolator 4N35 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 Bilateral switch SOIC 4066B Dual op amp SOIC LM2904 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 Transparent latch SOIC D flip flop SOIC 74HC574 Low pwr FM IF SO-16 NPN out opto isolator 4N35 Transparent latch SOIC +12V regulator TO-92 78L12 +8V regulator 78M08 Z 500 EMI suppression filter Z 501 EMI suppression filter PART NUMBER 544-3716-906 544-2020-008 544-2010-001 544-2010-001 544-2010-001 544-3016-066 544-2019-004 544-2010-001 544-2010-001 544-3766-573 544-3766-574 544-2026-008 544-2010-001 544-3766-573 544-2003-032 544-2003-081 532-3003-002 532-3003-002 9-33 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 PARTS LIST August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 9-34 SECTION 10 SCHEMATICS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS TRANSISTORS PART NUMBER 576-0001-300 576-0002-603 576-0003-600 576-0003-602 576-0003-604 576-0003-612 576-0003-636 576-0003-657 576-0003-658 576-0004-098 576-0004-820 576-0004-821 576-0006-109 BASING NUMBER IDENTIFICATION 1R 2X R2/R3 3604 2T R25 2A 1A TOP VIEW TOP VIEW 5A 2A 4E 5H A7 Y7 8E/Z1 8F/Z2 8J/Z4 8P/Z8 B C B TOP VIEW VIEW DIODES 523-1504-002 523-1504-012 523-1504-015 523-1504-016 523-1504-023 523-2016-180 523-2016-479 523-2016-519 523-2016-629 523-2016-919 523-5004-002 TOP VIEW B E B TOP VIEW FIGURE 10-1 RF MODULE INTERFACE CONNECTOR NC INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 14 16 40 39 39 50 TOP VIEW TOP 45 80 TOP TOP VIEW 40 VIEW VIEW 60 END VIEW 17 29 29 18 18 70 17 28 28 FIGURE 10-2 BACKPLANE CABLE CONNECITONS 10-1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 FOLDOUT GND RX TX REPEATER REAR VIEW FIGURE 10-3 RFIB MPC MAC IAC PA EXCITER/RECEIVER REPEATER CABINET FIGURE 10-5 REPEATER FRONT VIEW FIGURE 10-4 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 10-2 REAR CONNECTOR BOARD A10 RF INTERFACE (023-2008-110) BACKPLANE BACKPLANE A9 J1 J2 A5 P11 P3-P5-P7-P12 P14-P16-P18 J2 24 HSDB+ 56 HSDB- FWD/REV PWR DETECT C11 J101 A8 18 19 +15V W115 W655 PWR OUT WO 652 WO 655 C12 P9 RF MUX 3 INH 14 RF MUX 3 INH REFLECTED POWER W656 W126 ISOLATOR WO 656 R685 C13 P3-P5-P7-P12 P14-P16-P18 25 IRDB+ 57 IRDB- 20 TLA DB+ HS CS EX 16 52 TLA DB- SYN CS EX 26 PC STR 15 LPTT 21 19 20 20 21 FORWARD POWER PC STR W654 W121 PWR IN WO 651 WO 654 LPTT A8 POWER AMPLIFIER HS CS EX LOW-PASS FILTER C4 +26V SYN CS EX W501 W116 RF OUT WO 510 WO 501 C2 J2 J3 RXA+ 1 A6 J1 P2-P4-P6-P8 P13-P15-P17 P2-P4-P6-P8 P13-P15-P17 13 21 22 POWER CONTROL W505 W120 WO 505 C3 TX MOD 29 +15V TX MOD W506 W118 WO 506 C6 RXA- 2 14 TXA+ 3 15 WO 4 30 10 22 23 GROUND WO 101 W507 W117 WO 507 C6 GROUND W508 W117 WO 508 C7 TXA- 4 16 WO 1 11 TIP 5 17 WO 3 28 RING 6 18 RX WBAND 27 TIP 1 7 19 11 WO 102 FINAL POWER 1 12 23 24 WO 108 FINAL POWER 2 13 RX WBAND FINAL POWER 3 14 24 25 WO 109 FINAL POWER 4 W515 W122 WO 515 C8 W123 RX WBAND 3 W516 WO 516 W 517 WO 517 W 518 WO 518 RF INPUT WO 509 C9 W124 C10 WO 2 24 W125 C5 RING 1 8 20 RF DATA A 29 15 RF DATA A TEMP SENSOR EA 21 RF DATA B 30 16 25 26 RF DATA B GAIN BLOCK POWER W127 W519 WO 519 W 521 WO 521 C1 EB 10 10 10 22 RF DATA C 31 17 RF DATA C MA 11 11 11 23 A-D LEVEL 28 18 26 27 A-D LEVEL MB 12 12 12 24 RF MUX 2 INH 13 19 10 10 RF MUX 2 INH RXS+ 13 13 13 RF DATA 32 20 27 28 RF DATA RF CLOCK 8 W147 A-D LEVEL 26 EXCITER J402 J401 J102 +15V +15V RXS- 14 14 14 21 11 11 RF CLOCK WO 128 WO 423 TXS+ 15 15 15 SYN CS RX 10 22 28 29 SYN CS RX WO 129 WO 429 TXS- 16 16 16 HS CS RX 25 23 12 12 HS CS RX WO 130 WO 421 VOTER AUDIO 17 17 17 25 24 29 30 RSSI WO 131 WO 427 EXT MODE 18 18 18 11 25 13 13 RF MUX 1 INH WO 132 WO 419 19 19 26 30 31 WO 133 WO 425 EXT REQ 1 20 20 20 27 14 14 V REF EX/WO 103 WO 134 WO 417 GROUND 21 21 21 28 31 32 WO 110 WO 135 / V REF EX V REF EX / WO 415 GROUND 22 22 22 29 15 15 WO 104 GROUND 10 GROUND VOTER DATA IN 19 RSSI 12 RF MUX 1 INH 12 P3-P5-P7-P12 P14-P16-P18 58 10 V REF EX 7 A9 RF OUT ANT IAC SLOT P1 +15V ACC 23 23 23 DUPLEXER 24 +15V ACC 24 24 24 RSSI 25 25 25 AC FAIL OUT 26 26 26 ALARM 1 IN + 27 27 27 ALARM 1 IN - 28 28 28 37 ALARM 2 IN + 29 29 29 30 25 12 32 33 WO 111 LPTT TX LPTT 11 31 16 16 WO 105 SYN CS EX 12 SYN CS EX 32 33 34 WO 112 TX MOD 13 EX MOD 33 17 17 WO 106 GROUND 14 GROUND 34 34 35 WO 113 GROUND 15 GROUND 18 SYN LK EX 16 SYN LK EX 36 HS LK EX 17 HS LK EX HS CS EX 18 HS CS EX RF CLOCK 19 RF CLOCK RF DATA 20 RF DATA RX IAC SLOT P9 23 IAC SLOT P1 FILTER BOARD A 11 POWER SUPPLY A10 ALARM 2 IN - 30 30 30 38 ALARM 1 OUT + 31 31 31 19 GROUND ALARM 1 OUT - 32 32 32 51 +15V A4 P104 GROUND (BLK) P105 GROUND (BLK) P103 ALARM 2 OUT + 33 33 33 20 ALARM 2 OUT - 34 34 34 52 +26V +15V (WHT) P101 +26V (RED) P102 J1 A7 P1 WO 145 / C4 WO 144 / C2 RECEIVER WO 143 / C3 J201 J103 +26V (RED) +15V +15V P10 ALARM 3 IN + 1 ALARM 3 IN - 2 39 WO 136 GROUND FAN LOW WO 137 WO 17 J104 A201 FAN ALARM 4 IN + 3 FAN HIGH WO 138 WO 25 ALARM 4 IN - 4 40 FAN LOW WO 139 WO 19 SQUELCH ENABLE 5 FAN HIGH WO 140 WO 23 IAC 41 6 41 RSSI RSSI EXT REQ 2 7 10 WO 141 WO 21 EXT OUT 1 8 RX WBAND RX WBAND COM 17 9 17 10 WO 27 COM 49 10 10 10 49 GROUND 11 GROUND SYN CS RX 12 SYN CS RX RX INJ 13 RX INJ TP SYN LK RX 14 SYN LK RX GROUND 15 GROUND RF IN IAC SLOT P9 P3-P5-P7-P12 P14-P16-P18 WO 142 17 49 SYNC IN 11 11 11 18 COM 50 12 12 12 50 18 50 WO 17 WO 16 IAC SLOT P9 ALARM 3 OUT + 13 13 13 HS CS RX 16 HS CS RX ALARM 3 OUT - 14 14 14 17 GROUND 17 GROUND ALARM 4 OUT + 15 15 15 RF CLOCK 18 RF CLOCK ALARM 4 OUT - 16 16 16 18 HS LK RX 19 HS LK RX TX DATA OUT 17 17 17 RF DATA 20 RF DATA TX DATA IN 18 18 18 COM 53 19 19 RX VOICE 20 20 20 COM 54 21 21 21 TX VOICE 22 22 22 P2-P4-P6-P8 P13-P15-P17 P3-P5-P7-P12 P14-P16-P18 RF INTERFACE FIGURE 10-7 53 31 54 32 COM 55 23 23 BUF RX WBAND 24 24 24 22 I/O 13 25 25 25 27 COMM 6 26 26 26 55 INPUT/OUTPUT ALARM INTERFACE FIGURE 10-6 10-3 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 FOLDOUT 21 58 32 31 64 63 27 59 30 62 29 28 61 60 24 56 25 57 20 52 19 51 26 23 22 17 49 18 50 53 54 55 48 47 16 15 46 45 14 13 44 12 43 11 42 10 41 40 8 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 -5V +15V A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A9 A10 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 MREQ RD MSTB WR COM 55 COM 54 COM 53 COM 50 COM 49 SYNC IN COM 17 RNT TX DATA COM 26 RNT RX DATA +15V FILTERED TLA- +15V FILTERED TLA+ IRDB- IRDB+ HSDB- +5V HSDB+ +5V +5V +5V +15V -5V +15V -5V GROUND GROUND GROUND VOTER DATA IN GROUND P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18 LPTT P3-P5-P7-P12-P14-P16-P18 IAC SLOT P1 1 A19 33 A18 +5V +15V FILT WO 13 HSDB+ 6 A17 34 A16 P11 A15 HSDB- 5 35 A14 IRDB+ 4 IRDB- 3 36 A12 TLA+ 2 11 D7 TLA- 1 43 D6 A13 12 D5 44 D4 13 D3 45 D2 14 D1 46 D0 15 MREQ REPEATER I/O J1 VOTER DATA IN 19 16 MSTB 47 RD 48 WR ACC +15V ACC 23 +15V WO 17 55 COM 55 WO 16 54 COM 54 +15V ACC 24 53 COM 53 ALARM 1 IN + 27 ALARM 1 IN - 28 37 ALARM 1 IN - ALARM 1 IN + ALARM 1 OUT + 31 19 ALARM 1 OUT + ALARM 1 OUT - 32 51 ALARM 1 OUT - ALARM 2 IN + 29 ALARM 2 IN - 30 38 ALARM 2 IN - ALARM 2 IN + ALARM 2 OUT + 33 20 ALARM 2 OUT + ALARM 2 OUT - 34 52 ALARM 2 OUT - AC FAIL OUT 26 P19 57 POWER SWITCH WO 1 22 P2-P4-P6-P8 P13-P15-P17 RX VOICE 31 21 TX VOICE 32 F1 SOURCE 4A +15V WO 3 30 +15V 62 +15V 56 THERMAL SENSOR WO 4 63 GROUND TX DATA OUT WO 5 64 GROUND TX DATA IN WO 8 31 GROUND COMM 6 I/O 13 32 GROUND WO 9 WO 6 F3 SOURCE 1A -5V 16 LOGIC NOISE SQUELCH WO 7 F2 SOURCE 4A +5V 17 TX AUDIO WO 2 13 RX VOICE RX VOICE 20 14 WBAND DISCRIMINATOR WB DISC 2 LOGIC NOISE SQELCH 4 TRANSMIT AUDIO 5 59 -5V 28 +5V 15 SQUELCH ENABLE SQUELCH ENABLE 3 27 -5V 29 +5V 60 +5V 61 +5V 18 SUB TX DATA SUB TX DATA 6 PTT EN 19 PTT EN RX DATA 22 RX DATA HS DATA ENABLE 21 HS DATA ENABLE 50 COM 50 22 RX DATA 18 SYNC IN MA 11 23 MA 49 COM 49 MB 12 24 MB 17 COM 17 RXS+ 13 RXS+ 21 RXS- 14 RXS- 22 TXS+ 15 TXS+ 23 TXS- 16 TXS- 42 RX DATA 10 VOTER AUDIO 17 EXT MOD 18 EXT REQ 1 20 RSSI 25 25 VOTER AUDIO 10 EXT REQ 2 11 EXT MOD 41 IAC 41 10 EXT REQ 1 12 RSSI 40 ALARM 4 IN - 30 WO 4 28 WO 3 39 ALARM 3 IN - 29 TX MOD 7 V REF EX J2 P9 24 12 27 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 26 10 13 18 15 16 17 20 21 11 14 22 23 25 19 +15V 25 +15V ACCESSORY 13 12 16 26 25 10 24 11 32 31 30 29 15 28 23 19 20 21 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 27 17 18 22 24 SOURCE 26 +15V FILTERED +15V 58 +15V FILTERED ALARM 3 IN + ALARM 3 IN - ALARM 4 IN + ALARM 4 IN - P9 P10 14 FILT P10 16 15 14 13 26 25 18 17 22 20 19 21 23 12 11 10 BACKPLANE INTERCONNECT FIGURE 10-8 10-4 ALARM 3 IN + 24 +15V ACCESSORY ACC SQUELCH ENABLE IAC 41 EXT REQ 2 COM 17 COM 49 SYNC IN COM 50 COM 55 COM 54 COM 53 RX VOICE TX VOICE TX DATA OUT TX DATA IN I/O 13 COMM 6 EXT OUT 1 ALARM 3 OUT + ALARM 3 OUT - ALARM 4 OUT + ALARM 4 OUT - BUF RX WBAND BUF RX WBAND ALARM 4 OUT - ALARM 4 OUT + ALARM 3 OUT - ALARM 3 OUT + EXT OUT 1 COMM 6 I/O 13 AC FAIL IN AC FAIL OUT RX WBAND A-D LEVEL PC STR RF DATA A RF DATA B RF DATA C RF DATA RF CLOCK WO 1 WO 2 SYN CS RX HS CS RX SYN CS EX HS CS EX RF MUX 1 INH RF MUX 2 INH RF MUX 3 INH RF MUX 3 INH RF MUX 2 INH RF MUX 1 INH HS CS EX SYN CS EX HS CS RX SYN CS RX WO 2 WO 1 RF CLOCK RF DATA RF DATA C RF DATA B RF DATA A PC STR A-D LEVEL RX WBAND LPTT V REF EX TX MOD WO 3 WO 4 RSSI RF INTERFACE J2 ALARM 4 IN + SOURCE A-D LEVEL 26 RX WBAND 27 SQELCH ENABLE +12V DC WO 103 GND C116 1000pF R112 100 C118 1000pF R112 3.3k Q104 Q104 2SC2712 R108 C115 1000pF +12V DC WO 103 GND L104 0.1[F 4.7k 2SC2712 C118 22[F + C120 22[F R109 C114 15pF C117 1000pF WO102 RF OUTPUT 2.7k L104 0.1[F C116 15pF WO102 RF OUTPUT C117 Q102 C119 Q102 2SC3356 2SC3356 R105 100 C108 1000pF C109 .1[F C113 1000pF R110 100 C111 47pF R101 47k WO 100 MODULATION INPUT C103 100pF C112 10pF R107 R106 100 CR102 C115 47pF C104 2pF C109 1000pF 3.3k R104 47 3.3k C107 10pF 2SC3356 Q101 C103 5pF R106 C105 56pF R101 10k C106 56pF C101 100pF D101 R107 C107 56pF R102 10k L102 L103 1[F 3.3k C108 56pF R104 1k 1 RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. VC GND GND MOD L104 C105 Q103 C107 R112 R111 +12V GND C118 C117 C114 GND OUT R107 R108 L104 R109 C110 C112 C111 R102 R103 C108 L103 R110 Q102 R103 C108 C113 R105 Q104 C105 Q101 C106 D101 C104 L103 R109 C110 Q102 C106 C109 RECEIVE VCO FIGURE 10-9 10-5 C102 Q101 R104 R106 GND OUT R108 C104 C115 C114 R107 R102 C116 C117 R101 R106 C111 C115 Q103 C112 D101 C113 L101 C102 C103 L102 C103 C101 C101 R101 L102 D102 1 RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. VC GND GND MOD R110 C112 1000pF R110 470 L103 1[F R103 470 L101 Q103 2SC3356 Q101 2SC3356 C110 1000pF R109 560 3.3k C106 15pF C110 R106 L102 C111 10pF R103 22k Q104 D101 C102 7pF L101 10 [H WO 101 CONTROL INPUT 2SC3356 C101 100pF R105 47 C105 0.5pF Q103 C109 C111 R112 R111 +12V GND C118 WO 101 CONTROL INPUT C104 7pF C113 10pF R108 C107 C102 2pF L101 10 [H R102 22k C110 .1[F C114 1000pF R111 100 C120 TRANSMIT VCO FIGURE 10-10 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 FOLDOUT R170 C126 R63 R65 R64 R66 20 WO119 WO145 GROUND R54 WO125 RF OUT 4 WO124 RF OUT 3 WO123 RF OUT 2 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 C135 R88 R89 R84 R85 CR108 R137 R138 C136 R127 R129 R131 R133 Q104 R114 R100 Q102 R113 R94 R67 R105 R103 C109 U102 R110 R69 C118 R107 C123 Q108 R76 C108 WO127 TEMP R61 R115 R117 R47 U111 CR105 R45 R49 R125 16 C124 Q105 R116 C133 U103 R123 C133 R136 R135 R121 R82 R83 C106 R95 R141 R108 R109 R72 R142 R104 R55 R78 C110 C115 R118 R119 R112 R111 R48 C138 CR101 C130 C134 Q101 R140 Q103 C121 CR103 C101 R70 WO122 RF OUT 1 C137 R86 CR109 14 E B R79 C143 WO115 POWER SENSE R102 WO126 REFLECTED POWER U101 R71 WO121 FORWARD POWER R87 U109 C111 R139 WO129 + C107 R120 R124 R132 R128 R134 R122 R130 R126 WO109 C139 C120 R52 F101 C105 C132 CR107 C133 C141 R80 C131 R81 R90 C140 R91 R93 R92 U112 C142 C117 WO144 +15V WO108 R70 R164 R163 CR110 WO 128 WO 130 WO 132 + C103 R101 R53 C125 J105 R51 19 WO 137 C122 WO WO 136 138 R199 WO WO 140 141 R60 R59 R57 16 WO 142 WO 134 16 WO118 +15V WO133 WO 139 C104 R198 U110 C119 WO102 WO101 WO135 WO131 R58 R152 R106 R151 16 R143 R148 R159 R156 R150 R157 R158 R144 R166 19 14 J101 U106 U104 20 R165 R162 WO116 +26.5V R197 R161 R160 WO143 R149 WO103 R148 R147 16 R145 L101 WO104 WO106 R153 F102 WO105 U105 J102 19 + C102 R50 R167 WO112 WO113 18 R154 R174 WO111 J103 R155 R175 R169 R73 R176 R74 R193 C127 R177 U108 R168 R178 R179 R180 Q106 C115 R173 CR111 R172 R75 C128 R171 R194 CR104 U107 C113 R187 R186 R185 R184 C112 + R192 R183 R182 Q107 C114 + WO110 36 R191 WO117 GROUND R190 R181 R188 R189 J104 R46 WO147 RF DET PRE-DRIVER C149 RF INTERFACE BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-11 10-6 WO120 CTRL OUT R137 22k J101 1 STR PC STR 2 R138 22k R135 22k 2 SER R136 22k Q8 11 Q7 12 3 CLK Q6 13 U103 23 MC14094BD Q5 14 +5V 31 WO 101 WO 102 15 R139 10k WO 104 16 WO 105 17 WO 106 24 WO 108 25 WO 109 32 WO 110 33 WO 111 34 WO 112 35 R140 10k Q3 6 R141 10k 15 OE R142 10k R125 20k R101 1k R128 10k R95 1k 2904 R106 10k WO 113 4 Y7 R150 10k R147 10k R146 22k 2904 R144 22k R117 270 Q105 R108 2.7k Y0 13 R46 100 R81 470 R85 470 U112A CR107 5.1V + 3 224 R93 470 Y4 1 U109B 3 Z 224 Y5 5 14 C108 .018 C149 .1 DRIVE POWER SET R48 1k WO147 WO122 + 5 R78 270k C132 .001 WO115 +15V WO123 R89 470 CR109 5.1V U112D 14 224 WO124 + 12 R88 1k WO125 R91 1k R92 1k 13 C13 W122 C7 W115 C11 W123 C8 W124 C9 W125 C10 RF DETECT FROM PREDRIVER FORWARD POWER RF OUT 1 POWER SENSE RF OUT 2 RF OUT 3 R87 1k 12 C1 W121 R86 270k 13 C138 .001 R90 270k C141 .001 W147 R79 1k R83 1k + 10 224 R53 10k U109D 224 CR110 5.1V U112C 224 R80 1k Y3 12 9 A2 U112B R82 270k C135 .001 R84 1k Y6 2 + 6 224 R52 10k CR108 5.1V R148 22k R76 5k WO121 CONTROL OUT R49 R45 100 U104 +5V U111B R109 1k HEF405TBTD Y1 14 C2 W120 P103 +15V IN W118 +5V R56 470k CR103 3.9V 1300 10 A1 R145 22k R114 1.8K Q108 C3 C150 .001 3658 C116 .01 P105 GROUND W144 +15V R55 2.7k 11 A0 36 R115 470 R61 43K Y2 15 R143 22k 18 R116 470 R107 560 6 E RF MUX 3 INH 19 R113 1.8k WO120 R110 5.1k C111 .047 224 WO144 3600 R94 5.1k P104 GROUND C6 Q102 R105 2.7k R118 20k R132 10k U109A U102B R134 20k +5V R102 2.7k C105 39pF R130 10k R133 20k Q1 4 Q103 P101 +26V IN WO145 SOURCE F101 2A +15V 2603 U102A P102 +26V IN WO143 R112 1k Q104 R111 3657 330 R100 100 C109 .001 R126 10k C4 +26V L101 + C117 1000 +15V R103 270k R124 10k R131 20k Q2 5 CR101 R123 20k SOURCE F102 2A +26V C110 .1 R122 10k R139 20k Q101 R104 270k R120 10k R121 20k R127 20k Q4 7 3657 R119 20k WO126 R54 10k C12 W126 WO127 W127 C5 RF OUT 4 REFLECTED POWER TEMPERATURE SENSOR WO 103 V REF EX 14 J102 LPPT 20 11 PTT R156 22k 6 E RF MUX1 INH 13 R157 10k Y5 5 U105 R51 100 A D LEVEL 27 R155 22k Y4 1 9 A2 RF DATA C 9 +15V Y3 12 C120 .1 R159 10k 74HC906 12 11 U110F 15 Y2 15 R153 22k 11 A0 RF DATA A 8 + C102 2.2 + C107 2.2 U101 WO130 78L05 V OUT 1 GNDA GNDBGNDC GND + C103 4.7 C104 .1 WO131 C119 .1 WO132 WO133 R57 10k 17 HS LK EX WO134 10 A1 RF DATA B 26 C101 .01 WO129 U110E Y1 14 R154 22k +5V 8 V IN R158 10k HEF405TBTD 3 Z SOURCE 14 R59 10k 16 SYN LK EX WO135 Y6 2 EXCITER 9 V REF EX WO134 Y7 4 Y0 +15V 1 +15V 13 TX MOD 22 13 TX MOD SYN CS EX 21 12 SYN CS EX HS CS EX 3 18 HS CS EX 19 RF CLK 3 Z R165 22k R164 22k R163 22k +5V R149 22k U106 R167 1k R197 10k Y3 12 15 U110A +5V R63 10k 74HC906 19 HS LK RX R65 10k U110B J103 14 SYN LK RX Y0 13 R162 22k 10 14 Y2 15 6 E 20 RF DATA R198 10k +26V Y1 14 R166 22k R161 22k Y6 2 11 A0 RF MUX2 INH 10 R160 22k R50 4.99k 9 A2 HEF405TBT 10 A1 R199 10k 13 RX INJ R73 10k Y7 4 R66 43k R64 43k Y4 1 Y5 5 RECEIVER RSSI 30 7 RSSI RX WB AUDIO 7 9 RX WBAND RF DATA 28 20 RF DATA RF CLK 11 18 RF CLK SYN CS RX 29 12 SYN CS RX HS CS RX 12 LOGIC CONTROL 25 TO FAN FAN HIGH 2 16 HS CS RX WO 109 J104 FAN 1 CURRENT FAN 1 BUFFER R185 22k R182 22 R181 22 R183 22 R184 22 +26V U107A 3 + FAN 1 LOW 1 + C112 2904 FAN 2 BUFFER R192 22k FAN 2 LOW 3 R189 22 R190 22 R191 22 C113 .047 U107B 5 + + C114 2904 R194 15k 15 1. ALL RESISOTRS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MIDROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. R175 8.2k R179 10k Q107 R75 1k R176 8.2k 2603 FAN 2 CURRENT NOTES: R187 15k FAN HIGH 4 R188 22 11 R174 8.2k FAN CONNECTOR R180 10k R186 10k CR104 5.1V R177 8.2k CR111 R172 1k Q106 3600 R173 3.3k R178 8.2k U108A 2904 + 3 +5V R170 1k C115 .047 R193 10k 10-7 R74 1k R169 270k R168 10k C126 .01 2. REMOVE R106 FOR STANDARD POWER UNITS (85-110W) REMOVE R150 FOR HIGH POWER UNITS ( > 150W). 3. IC NUMBER NOT SHOWN: PIN NUMBERS IC +15V +5V GND U102 U103 16 U104, U105, U106 16 7,8 U107, U108, U111 U109, U112 11 U110 17 +15V 1 +15V WO136 WO137 WO138 WO139 WO140 WO141 WO142 10 R171 511k August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 RF INTERFACE BOARD SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-12 FOLDOUT R140 C146 R446 C456 R133 R132 C131 Q411 C139 L135 C458 C457 R445 R444 C B Q132 R137 C137 Q131 R136 R135 R139 + C450 + C447 + C439 C145 R141 C144 401 C452 C451 R440 C463 R447 R448 C130 C459 C460 R130 R143 L133 Q406 L404 R134 C455 R131 C132 C136 C135 C454 C134 C133 L130 R144 C147 Q133 C153 C152 R145 C150 L134 R146 C149 R147 C156 C151 R148 R149 L132 R140 R142 R441 R439 Q410 CR131 R449 Q409 TP C411 R435 C445 C410 Q408 R438 L405 C461 C431 R431 C440 R442 C462 10 C437 R432 R443 + C303 R411 R412 C443 C439 C435 C436 Q405 C446 Q407 R437 R436 R426 R430 C434 R429 C432 C413 R414 CR402 R410 C361 L402 C412 L137 C162 11 U401 Q403 C154 L135 L136 R151 C157 20 R434 C169 R152 R150 Q134 L139 Q404 C407 R409 + C314 C313 C312 + + C158 C159 R153 L138 R154 C163 C405 R407 C406 R406 R408 CR401 CR132 R427 R428 R423 C415 L403 + C317 C318 C276 R260 R258 R259 L222 Q204 C280 L223 R158 L214 C156 A201 R157 C165 L213 L212 C105 + C115 L110 L109 FL102 L201 C106 L104 L108 R108 L202 L101 C102 C202 L203 R105 R106 L111 C101 U103A L102 L103 FL101 C108 + C207 C201 CV101 CV102 R107 Z201A CV201 C103 Z201B CV103 CV104 C237 C236 C205 C203 CV105 + C107 C208 R201 C206 Z211A CV106 C104 C238 CV211 Z211B U101 L211 C241 Q201 R204 C210 C164 L140 L141 L215 R413 C148 + RT204 R249 R250 R159 J203 + C244 C209 TP102 Z202B L216 R235 R203 C211 Z202A C166 CR133 Z212A C245 C246 Q202 R236 C242 R233 C212 C213 C216 C161 + C433 + C448 R433 C247 R234 R233 C221 C249 R206 C222 C215 R237 C248 CV212 C251 Z212B C219 U201 Z206 C217 R160 OUT U303 C311 CV151 C160 Z205 16 C253 IN GND R161 C261 R243 C252 C250 C408 CV152 C167 16 U301 C301 RV213 R247 R215 R218 C220 R254 Q402 R403 Y201 C270 R262 C265 R207 Z204 C271 C449 C444 C409 + C277 R261 U102 R256 R257 C266 R205 C278 C284 Q401 FL201 R255 C226 C218 C283 + C303 + C414 Z215 Z216 C256 U203 CV212 L224 RV212 IN C304 R404 L401 C403 C404 C401 C275 C269 L204 C281 GND C302 + R401 GND C268 R239 C255 Q203 L206 RT203 R240 R244 Z214 R211 R245 C262 + C257 RT202 C254 + C267 R217 TP203 L205 RV202 R228 R208 C227 + R212 RT201 C223 C258 R214 R213 C263 U204 C228 OUT + C402 C260 U202 U304 C315 R246 C225 OUT IN C316 + R202 C310 RV203 + C309 TP201 TP202 TP101 C282 RV211 RV201 IN 19 J205 J204 C307 U302 OUT 20 C306 C308 + GND R424 J201 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 RECEIVER COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-13 10-8 RX +12V R204 220 RX +12V + C107 4.7 R107 47 C108 470pF C201 10pF R108 47 R201 1.8k 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER Z201A C208 .01 C207 4.7 C209 .001 IF AMP C206 10pF Z201B Q201 + C105 4.7 CV201 1.5-5pF C106 470pF R106 200 C203 5pF Z202A C205 39pF L202 R202 680 L201 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER C210 8pF 2SC2351 C202 39pF R105 200 25 kHz IF SECTION C276 Z202B C212 39pF C211 .1 R203 47 C215 8pF CV202 1.5-5pF L203 L204 C213 5pF R237 560 L205 L206 RX CV101 A201 CV102 CV103 C101 10pF L102 L103 CV106 +12V C103 220pF CV105 J203 MIXER U103A ERA 5SM C102 10pF L101 RF IN CV104 RF AMP L111 C104 10pF L104 L108 L109 U101 RF LRMS-2H C109 10pF L110 IF 5 R236 220 GND A GND C C236 10pF + C244 4.7 C243 .01 C242 .001 12.5 kHz IF SECTION GND B R233 1.8k 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER Z211A C241 10pF Z211B IF AMP Q202 CV211 1.5-5pF C238 5pF Z212A C240 39pF L212 R234 680 L211 52.95 MHz 4-POLE CRYSTAL FILTER C245 8pF 2SC2351 C237 39pF LO R235 47 C247 39pF C246 .01 L216 +12V + C267 4.7 C278 .01 C281 220pF C282 5pF C283 120pF 52.5 MHz C270 6pF C268 .01 C269 .001 C265 100pF R254 1.8k R262 1k R255 680 R257 220 C271 220pF 25 kHz SECTION IF DETECTOR/AMP 52.5 MHz Q204 C280 220pF 2SC2714 R260 270 L223 .1uH C284 330pF Q203 L224 .1uH GND 15 C266 .01 R256 47 AUDIO 9 MC3371D QUAD MIXER OUT IF IN Vcc DEC 1 RT201 1k U202A 3 + METER 13 DEC 2 R208 100k C223 .001 SQUELCH LEVEL ADJ LM2904 R211 5.1k RV201 5k TP203 R212 100k Z205 C220 .1 Z206 C219 .1 Z204 C226 .001 RX +12V 12.5 kHz SECTION IF DETECTOR/AMP +6V WO 25 WO 19 WO 23 WO 21 10 WO 27 R429 820 14 C433 .1 R423 10k REF IN V DD C434 100pF 20 C404 820pF C432 100pF R424 10k L 401 .1[ H U401 Q401 MC145190 2SC2714 C407 .001 RF OUT 15 Y201 MOD 19 C443 100pF RX R426 10k R427 1k 2SC2714 C409 .01 C445 .1 R434 33k V 4 F IN R 3 +12V R441 33k C451 .1 C311 .001 C452 10pF 2SC2712 + C450 R440 1k R439 3.3k +6V + C316 4.7 C315 .001 + C312 2.2 C301 .001 C449 .1 U303 +12V LM78L12 V IN V OUT L404 R430 220 + C464 4.7 C441 100pF GND A GND B GND C GND + C314 4.7 L132 C134 .01 C463 470pF R442 10 L 405 R444 4.7k R443 100 C440 .01 CNTL 4 A401 R133 1.5k C461 470pF C135 .01 C131 5pF C136 470pF GND C GND + C302 4.7 LM78L05 V IN V OUT GND A GND B GND C GND C261 .001 C460 470pF R448 33 9 RX WBAND C263 27pF +5V RV213 5k 4.7 RT204 1k C304 .001 U204B MC3317B + C262 RV212 5k + C303 4.7 +6V U301 R246 100k AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJ R249 10k R250 10k R445 1.5k Q411 C458 470pF C456 5pF C457 .01 L131 .22[ F R135 47 CR131 5.6V C147 22pF L130 22nH C144 .01 R141 18 139 330 2SC3356 R131 1.2k R140 330 C146 12pF C138 470pF C150 .01 C151 470pF + C148 4.7 L135 C154 .001 R148 18 C155 .001 L136 L137 C152 15pF C153 22pF R147 330 R148 330 C169 12pF C156 .001 Q133 2SC3357 R137 33 R153 68 CR132 5.1V C159 .001 C160 470pF + C158 2.2 + C161 4.7 CV151 CV152 L138 C157 100pF L134 R143 1k R142 270 R154 68 C149 .001 R146 220 L133 C137 470pF 2SC3356 R138 47 C145 .01 R144 390 Q132 C132 10pF C351 .001 C139 470pF R132 1.5k Q410 2SC3356 VCO 7 DC IN C133 470pF C462 470pF C313 .001 R145 220 Q131 R431 47 +12V GND B R245 10k R244 100k C318 .001 R136 10 R134 3.3k F IN 11 R243 5.1k + C317 4.7 GND A +6V C435 100pF V OUT R247 22k + C448 C140 470pF 12 Vcc TP204 LM78L12 V IN TP202 +12V TP 401 Q409 Q407 C415 .1 + C414 4.7 J205 SOURCE + C447 C454 .001 C254 .001 IF SELECT +12V U304 C412 .1 +15V +6V C436 .1 +15V SOURCE C413 .01 2SA1162 2SC2712 + C438 4.7 C437 .1 +12V 2SA1162 V PD 7 RSSI RT203 1k SOURCE +21V Q409 R437 100k J201 RX R228 1.8k R412 4.3k Q408 R438 8.2k TP201 +12V C411 .1 R218 10k 2SC2712 R436 1k 2SA1162 C446 12pF 11 C256 .1 AUDIO/DATA LEVEL ADJ RV211 5k Q403 R435 3.3k C439 100pF 15 R433 100k LOCK DET 10 17 C255 .1 Z216 RV203 5k R217 10k SQUELCH LEVEL ADJ LM2904 CR402 Q405 R411 220 +21V C444 10pF R428 1k C258 .001 L403 +6V SYN LK RX 14 C410 .001 R414 47 GND 17 ENABLE SYN CS RX 12 Z214 L402 1[ H Q404 C408 .01 R240 100k C257 .1 R413 1k R410 68k DEC 2 R403 4.99k TCXO 2.5 PPM 17.5 MHz R408 3.3k R432 47k IF IN Vcc DEC 1 450 kHz R239 47k U204A 3 + METER 13 MIXER OUT Z215 2SC2714 R409 270 GND GNDA GNDB GNDC AUDIO 9 MC3371D QUAD + C402 4.7 Q402 +6V U203 OSC B C406 .01 C275 100pF R407 3.3k 18 CLK RF CLK 18 NC CR401 5.1V C403 .01 R406 2.7k C401 .01 DC IN 19 DATA RF DATA 20 16 R401 270 R404 100 +6V 4.7 RT202 1k MIXER IN 16 MC3317B + C227 RV202 5k +12V U202B R215 22k IF SELECT J204 C219 .001 WO 17 R214 100k C228 27pF +5V R206 1.8k C222 .1 J201 R213 10k 450 kHz R207 47k C276 .01 MIXER IN 16 U201 OSC B 2SC2714 R259 1k R237 560 L215 TRIPLER + C277 4.7 L222 .1uH C275 100pF C248 5pF C253 .01 C251 39pF C250 6pF CV212 1.5-5pF L213 RX INJECTION BUFFER/ AMP R261 10 R258 10k C252 3.9 Z212B L214 +12V C218 .01 C216 39pF R151 1.5k R150 270 FIRST INJECTION AMP L139 Q134 2SC3357 C162 10pF C165 1pF C164 .001 C163 15pF L140 R158 47k CR133 L141 R159 100k U102A TP101 MC33172D C166 .001 R152 270 2 + 13 RX INJ TP R161 100k R160 10k SOURCE RECEIVE +12V NOTES: 1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS UNLES OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. R157 1k C310 .001 + C309 4.7 +15V U302 V OUT GND A LM78L12 V IN GND B GND C GND 1 +15V + C308 4.7 C307 .001 C306 100pF 2SC3356 C459 470pF R447 150 R446 1.2k 2,3,6,8,9,10,11,12 GND C455 100pF RF OUT 5 10-9 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 RECEIVER SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-14 FOLDOUT C471 R437 20 C482 C424 L411 R491 C465 C509 R478 R479 CR403 R489 C464 C462 Q405 C507 + C505 R474 C451 R473 C503 C504 R481 C496 + J402 R449 U407 R487 R426 R486 U402 C476 + C409 R424 RV101 C466 R417 R415 R440 C423 C420 R431 Q404 Q403 L402 C401 R403 R428 R405 C416 J401 19 20 C453 R494 R438 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 EXCITER COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-15 10-10 + C467 U405 OUT GND IN R456 C419 C523 C417 11 C425 C470 R413 C421 + C422 R435 U403 R477 C508 R427 R434 C443 C429 L405 TP1 C510 R402 R404 R488 C524 C513 R480 L412 + C469 R439 R495 R475 Y401 R436 C517 R441 C485 C484 Q416 R498 + C522 R445 C516 C483 Q415 C497 R476 10 R422 C514 R499 Q414 C519 + RV401 C428 + R429 R500 Q417 R497 C520 C520 R496 C521 R501 + C518 TP CNTRL R502 U404 R447 R444 R448 R419 C515 TP MOD C456 C499 R452 R450 R414 L403 C430 R416 R430 R457 C474 + + C426 C431 Q406 C506 C463 + + C472 OUT R433 R432 Q413 IN CR401 C479 Q407 GND R418 C502 C410 L414 C481 + C477 + R472 C448 C501 C433 R455 L409 R471 R470 R469 CR402 C480 C449 L410 U406 A007 C475 C434 C441 Q411 C432 C454 R467 R468 R454 C457 C452 R466 C444 C500 L407 C442 Q410 Q412 R464 R451 R453 C450 R461 R459 L413 R458 C446 R460 C498 R463 C461 L406 R462 R465 L408 SOURCE SOURCE +12 U406 +15 R416 270 J401 C410 .1 WO 423 +12 WO 429 WO 421 WO 427 WO 419 RV101 50k R427 R426 62k +12 WO 425 WO 417 R415 5k U402B R424 + C476 4.7 + C472 2.2 + C474 4.7 GROUND C GND + C426 4.7 CR401 9.1V DC IN 2904 Y401 2 MOD C475 .001 C456 100pF SOURCE R419 12k +3.5 C515 .01 + C428 4.7 R429 5k U405 RF OUT 17.5 MHz TCXO 2.5 PPM R417 10k 10k U402A C466 .001 + C467 2.2 +5 78L05 V IN V OUT + C469 4.7 GROUND C GND GNDA GNDB GNDC 5 + 15 C471 .001 +12 SOURCE R414 12k R486 12.1k C409 .01 LM7L12ACM V IN V OUT R487 5k C470 .001 Q405 R482 +15 3612 14 + C463 10 10 R480 6.8k +15V 1 + C496 10 R481 1.2k C462 .001 C464 .01 LPTT 11 RV401 50k R445 82k R448 10k R447 10k + C481 +12 EX MOD 13 U404A R449 10k U407B 2904 V REF EX 9 +5 + 5 +3.5 R436 100 +5V C482 100pF R440 1k SYN LK RX 16 C483 100pF 14 12 V DD V CC + C512 + C511 15 C455 68pF +12 LOCK DET REF IN R463 56 L406 RF OUT C416 .1 L402 .1[ H C461 .01 C453 820pF R479 330 VC C452 10pF C457 .022 C444 470pF R480 330 C507 470pF CR403 5.1V C506 100pF C446 100pF L413 22nH Q410 C417 .01 C434 470pF R465 1.2k R428 10 20 R462 220 R458 3.9k Vcc +12 3636 R460 39 C502 .022 R459 150 R461 150 L414 22nH L410 47[H C505 18 pF R476 150 L411 .1[ H R477 1.5k Q413 4098 + C508 4.7 L412 47nH C509 20pF C465 .01 J402 C510 20pF R478 220 R466 1.5k Q411 3636 C423 100pF R430 2.7k R405 1k F IN 19 RF DATA 20 Q403 DATA 18 + C421 4.7 R435 470 GND C422 .1 V PD F IN 11 C443 470pF R456 470 C485 100pF R441 47k R433 270 R432 3.3k C514 100pF C499 100pF C513 .022 C429 470pF R450 10 C430 470pF R452 100 NOTES: L403 .1[ H 1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPAICITORS IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. R451 4.3k C498 5pF 2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN: Q406 PIN NUMBER 3636 C516 3pF R422 100 C480 470pF R468 68 C433 10pF L405 .1[ F 3636 +12 +12 C420 6pF Q404 RX C419 .01 431 3.3k C418 .001 CLK R434 150 R467 1.2k 3636 C484 68pF 145190 RF CLK 19 R402 10k 10 U403 R404 1k R403 10k A007 TP CNTL CNTL C425 .1 ENABLE PD OUT SYN CS RX 12 MOD R493 1.8k 17 R438 R439 10k 1k 2904 5 + R437 100 C424 .1 C401 +5 .047 TP MOD U404B +3.5 R488 10k VCO R444 10k 3 + +3.5 V REF 2904 R453 1.5k C431 220pF Q407 IC U402, U404, U407 +12V GND 3636 R457 39 +5V C479 .01 +12V C523 10pF R494 100k R496 3.3k R495 33k V 4 R454 1.2k R497 1k + C522 2.2 Q416 2SA1162 C517 5pF Q414 2SC2712 R499 8.2k R 3 R455 150 C524 .1 Q417 R498 100k R502 15k C520 .1 C521 10pF 2SC2712 Q415 2SA1162 +5V R500 3.3k + C519 R501 1k + C518 10-11 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 EXCITER SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-16 FOLDOUT E C564 C534 C565 C535 R521 C603 C529 RF OUT Q502 WO513 C547 L506 R522 CR501 C591 C601 C533 WO502A R516 R526 EP506 C559 C525 R524 C599 C560 C561 R529 C593 C590 C565A L507 Q503 C566 WO504 C536 WO502 WO501 C604 WO520 R531 C556 C537 R532 C521 R530 EP501 C594 Q501 C580 U506 C579 R534 U505 C586 C583 C581 C582 WO511 C587 C589 C584 R533 C585 U508 C592 R539 C579 U507 C578 C577 C576 R538 R537 R536 R502 R503 C502 R527 C557 RV502 R540 R507 C507 C501 R501 EP507 U504 C602 C598 EP505 C555 C503 R503A C551 CR502 WO505 L501 WO524A C509 C506 L502 R505 R504 C504 C548 EP508 L503 C508 L504 C513 C510 C514 L505 C512 R506 RF IN C519 C522 R523 C574 C518 R541 U502 C562 C552 C597 C523 Vcc 1 C517 C516 R542 EP502 C596 C520 C519 R517 U503 C569 C542 C558 C549 R512 C554 C540 C563 U501 C570 C532 R510 C541 C553 U509 C546 C550 C545 C528 WO523A R514 R509 C527 C528 RV501 R511 R515 EP503 C573 R513 C544 EP504 C525 C539 C543 Vcc 2 C538 R519 R520 WO524 WO509 WO503 WO514 WO523 WO515 WO516 WO517 WO512 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 110W POWER AMPLIFIER COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-17 10-12 +6.2 U508 8 V IN C592 .1 WO 504 C575 .01 V OUT 1 3 + C577 39pF + C576 U507 LM35D 7 NC 7 NC 2 2 6 NC 6 NC 3 3 5 NC 5 NC 4 4 R539 470 R536 75 R537 100k WO 509 TEMP SENSOR C579 .01 R538 301k C578 .001 +15V DRIVER WO 512 +26V SOURCE WO 501 +26V WO 502 U505 8 V IN C583 .01 FINALS WO 502A + C584 33 V OUT 78L05 C GND R533 240 + C580 4.7 C581 .001 8 OUT R512 2k C591 .01 C546 .01 Vcc 7 U509 MAX472ESA RG1 3 4 GND C542 .01 R509 200 1 SHDN RG2 6 CR501 6.2V + C548 4.7 C549 .01 R507 47 U502 OUT + C550 RT522 80k R521 10k TA78L08F GND R540 2.2 R541 2.2 C544 .01 EP506 R520 4.7k + C524 4.7 C523 .01 + C519 4.7 C521 .001 C603 91pF 4.7 EP501 R542 2.2 C605 C607 120pF C534 24pF R505 1k R504 100 Q501 +17dBm/50mW R501 82 R503A 82 L501 2SK2973 C525 .001 C526 .01 C527 .1 R543 2.2 7 VCC L502 68nH C512 10pF 120mW 1 RF IN C513 3pF C503 6pF C562 .001 C532 .001 C514 .001 C613 33pF C614 33pF DRIVER C516 .01 VCC 2 VCC 1 L505 27nH C611 +26V L503 L504 68nH C564 100pF C563 .01 C507 .01 C565 100pF C535 24pF EP504 C520 .001 C517 .001 C609 6406 + C545 IN R506 3.9k WO 511 C551 .001 .01 Q502 EP502 C502 39pF C573 .01 C539 .01 C594 .001 C543 .001 R503 R513 2k GND 4 EP503 C593 .1 33 R502 82 6 RG2 L506 C538 .1 + C600 C501 .001 OUT 8 SHDN 1 C552 .001 EP505 R519 2.2k C547 .01 WO 523 RV501 5k C540 .1 R510 0.2 R511 200 WO 505 POWER CONTROL C506 .001 3 RG1 R516 .03 R515 200 R517 4.7k WO 516 FINAL 1 CURRENT WO 523A U503 MAX472ESA R514 200 C582 .01 +15V WO 514 DRIVER CURRENT C508 C553 .001 R534 56 DRIVER C510 .01 C554 .01 +26V WO 503 C522 .001 7 VCC +6.2V +15V +26V U501 M57719 RF OUT C529 .001 + C557 4.7 R527 4.7k 13W C533 .001 C555 .01 CR502 6.2V C558 .01 EP507 C556 .01 R523 2k SHDN 1 6 RG2 TO LOW PASS FILTER WO 513 C617 C598 33pF C569 240pF C574 .01 C602 45pF GND 4 C570 240pF C561 .001 RV502 5k C559 .01 R529 2.2k R544 2.2 WO 524 U504 MAX472ESA 3 RG1 OUT 8 R525 200 R526 .03 R524 200 C601 45pF WO 517 FINAL 2 CURRENT WO 524A RT532 80k R531 10k R530 4.7k C560 .001 C599 33pF C618 EP508 L507 NOTES: 1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. Q503 6406 BAND DEPENDANT COMPONENT, SEE PARTS LIST. C604 91pF C606 C608 120pF C536 24pF C537 24pF C565A C610 100pF C566 100pF C612 C615 33pF C616 33pF 10-13 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 110W POWER AMPLIFIER SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-18 FOLDOUT C603 WO651 WO602 L654 R610 R654 R669 C655 C657 C653 R655 C656 R659 R660 C613 WO601 +5V OUT August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 + C665 RV602 R664 +15V IN C659 R662 WO653 L603 C658 C662 RF PWR IN +5V OUT U651 U652 C614 WO604 FWD PWR SENSE WO603 + C611 R604 R665 R606 R601 C612 C663 WO654 R615 D601 C660 C610 C661 R614 R656 C651 C664 C607 C601 R666 C609 L653 L652 R667 R613 C602 R605 C608 R607 C654 R658 D651 U601 R657 C652 C667 WO652 R653 R651 C605 R616 R609 RV601 C666 L602 C606 C604 R608 R612 R603 RF PWR OUT R668 R663 REF PWR SENSE FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-19 10-14 RF OUT WO 601 WO 602 WO 651 REFLECTIVE POWER LOAD RF POWER IN CIRCULATOR R668 50 250W L654 50 50 C613 68pF R601 51 R603 160 L652 12.5nH C666 68pF R651 51 R604 51 C606 68pF R609 10k C666 5pF C614 5pF L603 .22[ H C656 68pF C653 68pF L652 R610 150 C610 68pF 2904 C608 68pF R614 470 RV601 4.7k R607 22k C604 68pF C605 68pF U601B WO 603 R659 10k 2904 FORWARD POWER SENSE R655 10k R656 22k U601A R667 470 BERYLLIUM PRODUCT. INHALATION OF DUST OR FUMES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS CHRONIC LUNG DISEASE. SEE MATERIAL SAFETY SHEETS FOR FURHTER DETAILS. L653 R653 51 C603 68pF R608 10k R654 51 DANGER C651 68pF R616 22k U651B B CR651 C654 68pF R678 10k CR601 R606 10k C602 68pF C653 27pF C675 10k C652 68pF 2904 R660 150 C655 68pF R669 22k U652A RV602 4.7k R605 10k R688 10k C654 68pF 2904 C609 .001 WO 654 R664 12k R662 10k R665 470 C660 68pF REFLECTED POWER SENSE C659 .001 R613 10k C658 .001 C607 .001 +5V NOTES: 1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS, CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS AND INDUCTORS IN MICROHENRYS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. +5V WO 604 + C611 4.7 C612 .001 +15V WO 653 C664 .001 + C663 4.7 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 WO 652 + C662 LM78L05 10-15 V IN U653 R666 220 + C665 4.7 V OUT GND C GND A GND GND B R663 7.5k 4.7 C661 .001 R667 47 FORWARD/REVERSE POWER DETECT SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-20 FOLDOUT 20 21 Y2 CR2 CR1 R19 R18 R17 S1 J5 2 1 Y4 1 2 3 10 U12 U26 R39 11 10 R9 U8 U23 U32 J4 11 16 10 U14 S3 R5 R13 U30 40 CR6 16 S2 R6 R8 75 53 U31 R7 R11 14 R26 C22 54 74 Y1 12 13 14 U5 U27 84 2 U15 U20 R34 32 J3 U24 24 33 11 32 12 15 28 14 15 J6 U18 R3 R16 U17 2 3 U25 14 U22 C6 R15 29 32 Z2 C18 Z1 C17 17 16 U28 33 1 64 32 20 13 28 P1 10-16 14 20 15 14 15 14 J2 2 1 R25 U11 R23 R22 U6 U4 14 13 14 C21 R10 R35 R27 20 U3 1 3 U13 C25 28 28 U1 14 14 R31 14 U21 C16 MAIN PROCESSOR CARD COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-21 January 2000 Part No. 001-2001-300 16 CR5 R20 14 U10 28 28 R4 C29 C15 DS1 CR4 R2 15 14 U9 R28 14 Y3 R24 R38 CR3 C27 15 U2 R29 C13 U7 14 R1 R30 C31 U16 C8 C19 R21 R14 C1 C4 Q2 C24 C11 C28 R33 R32 16 C26 C7 R12 C9 C2 R36 R37 C40 C30 C12 C5 C20 Q3 C23 C7 J1 C11 P1 50 MAIN MICROPROCESSOR +15V 51 A0 42 CR1 OPERATIONAL BLINKING A1 10 A2 41 A3 ON = HIGH POWER OFF = LOW POWER ON = LTR OFF = MULTI-NET A6 39 A7 A8 38 A9 R2 2.2k CR3 DQ0 13 D0 A1 DQ1 A1 22 11 A1 DQ1 14 D1 A2 DQ2 A2 23 10 A2 DQ2 15 D2 A3 A3 24 A3 DQ3 17 D3 A4 DQ4 A4 25 A4 DQ4 18 D4 A5 DQ5 A5 26 A5 DQ5 19 D5 A6 DQ6 A6 27 A6 DQ6 20 D6 A7 DQ7 A7 28 A7 DQ7 21 D7 25 A8 A8 29 27 A8 24 A9 A9 30 26 A9 21 A10 A10 31 23 A10 23 A11 A11 32 25 A11 2 A12 A12 33 4 A12 26 A13 A13 34 28 A13 A14 35 29 A14 A15 36 3 A15 A16 37 2 A16 6 PO2 U15C ALARM 7 PO3 U15B ALARM 8 PO4 A10 37 A11 59 NM1 R12 10k A12 36 A13 3 EA DISPLAY DRIVER ALARM DISPLAY A14 35 2 f A16 34 3 g A17 1 e A18 33 15 d A19 A15 DS1 43 CTS0 46 CTS1 U26 14495L 48 DMARQ0 A 5 14 c B 6 51 32 13 b C 9 52 63 10 12 a D 10 54 DMARQ1 31 A19 40 DMAAK0 D1 13 D2 15 D3 16 D4 17 D5 18 D6 19 D7 22 J2-2 (2) PWD WE RAM CE 31 22 11 A0 DQ1 10 A1 DQ2 A2 DQ3 IC9 9 A3 IC49 49 A4 DQ5 IC53 53 A5 DQ6 IC75 75 A6 DQ7 A7 DQ8 29 A8 28 A9 R14 10k R9 1.2K R 1 45 RXD1 D 4 47 TXD1 PT7 74 R39 270k +15V A16 23 A A19 22 B A18 21 C U5 74HC154 U24 SN65176B 6 A IRDB+ 25 D0 12 VTH 76 R10 200 10 27 DQ3 11 +5V TC0 S2 R11 1.2k 20 OE 24 +12V 30 +5V U18 60L256 1 A14 Vpp 1 A18 39 CL 64 U25 28F001BX A17 38 4 h+i DQ0 A0 U27 UPD70320 A0 12 5 PO1 U15D 10 A0 21 4 PO0 10 11 R20 2.2k CR4 12 U15E R19 2.2k CR5 EPROM FLASH MEMORY U15F 13 R18 2.2k CR2 A4 40 A5 R17 2.2k O0 7 B +15V DE 3 GND RE +5V 63 INT/POLL RESET R29 10k 55 R38 20k 58 R34 10k U15A 74C906 LPTT 21 10 PO5 44 TXD0 RNT TX DATA 22 41 RXD0 RNT RX DATA 23 U6-9 (2) U7-1 (2) MSTB 16 U6A 74HC32 READ 47 10 D1 14 D1 D2 15 D2 D3 16 D3 D4 17 D4 D5 18 D5 D6 19 D6 D7 20 D7 X1 78 83 R/W Y1 10 MHz X2 79 D0 84 MSTB U20C D0 13 R31 10k R3 MREQ 15 +5V 19 16 O14 17 O15 D5 21 D6 22 D7 OE 25 WE 31 O11 13 O13 S1 RESET J6 G1 6 ST 7 A14 2 B Y0 15 U6-10 (2) 1 WATCHDOG A15 3 C Y1 14 U7-2 (2) RST 5 GND U9-3 (2) PT1 68 U10-25 (2) U19-2 (2) TOUT 64 U30-1 (2) 18 PT2 69 G2A Y2 U9-27 (2) PT0 67 +5V U4 74HC138 TD 2 C8 10pF G2B 1 A A13 3 DISABLE READY 66 60 D4 20 15 54 INTP0 D3 19 PBRST 1 RESET 20 D0 46 23 7 Y7 P06 11 R30 10k D2 18 U20A 74HC00 U20B 2 MREQ 3 A12 CE 20 D A19 U17 18 G2 19 Vcc TDL 3 RST G1 R16 10k C1 10pF U6B WRITE 48 D1 15 27 A11 R15 10k 81 DQ4 D0 14 24 A10 +5V IRDB- 57 U28 28C64 13 13 DATA BUS (7:0) INTP1 CLK OUT 61 D1 14 12 D2 45 D3 13 D4 44 RESET D6 43 CS HSDB- 24 S2-15 (2) SOURCE SOURCE HSDB+ 56 S2-16 (2) +15V +12V +15V IN 30 Z1 +15V IN 62 C15 .01 + C17 47 U12 78L12 CLOCK 14 RxRDY TxE U16F SOURCE -5V MODEM DCD 4 145406 J1 SOURCE COMPUTER RX 3 19 TxD 14 Z2 +5V IN 61 11 U16C +5V +5V IN 28 C16 .01 U16D + C18 47 COMPUTER TX 2 3 RxD 13 D0 27 D0 D1 28 D1 D2 1 D2 D3 2 D3 D4 5 D4 D5 6 D5 D6 7 D6 D7 8 D7 U2D 10 U2E 11 J3 CP 76800 12 O0 38400 11 O1 19200 9 O2 9600 6 O3 TxC 9 10 4800 5 O4 RxC 25 11 12 2400 4 O5 13 14 1200 3 O6 MR 2 R1 10M R4 2k U21 MC14024 Y3 2.4575 MHz C29 62pF C19 62pF +5V IN 60 52 53 J3 18 -5V IN 59 +5v IN 29 11 CLK 20 12 C1 D 49 -5V IN 27 WR RD U22 82C51 D7 11 17 10 13 21 D5 12 C4 .01 C5 .01 C6 .01 C7 .01 C10 .01 C11 .01 C12 .01 C20 .01 C21 .01 C22 .01 C23 .01 C26 .01 C30 .01 C31 .01 C32 .01 C24 .01 C25 .01 C27 .01 C28 .01 CTS 17 55 DSR 22 58 49 10-17 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 MPC SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) FIGURE 10-22 FOLDOUT U7A 74HC32 U6C U20D MSTB P1-16 (1) 10 U4-15 (1) U2C U4-14 (1) 12 11 13 V25 DATA BUS (7:0) RX FIFO 15 TX FIFO OE A0 5 D0 A1 6 D1 Q0 24 D0 A2 7 D2 Q1 23 D1 8 D3 Q2 22 U10 9 D4 74HC7030 Q3 21 D2 S1 SO 26 Q0 24 A0 A3 Q1 23 A1 A4 Q2 22 A2 A5 10 D5 Q4 20 D4 A3 A6 11 D6 Q5 19 D5 D1 Q3 21 U9 6 D1 74HC7030 Q4 20 A4 A7 12 D7 Q6 18 D6 D2 7 D2 Q5 19 A5 27 MR Q7 17 D7 D3 8 D3 Q6 18 A6 D4 9 D4 Q7 17 A7 D5 10 D5 D6 11 D6 D7 12 D7 3 DIR U27-67 (1) 27 MR U27-11 (1) D0 5 D0 U6D U2B SD 26 11 U7B 12 13 DOR DIR 25 D3 LOWER ADDRESS LATCH U27-68 (1) D8 13 U2A 4 SI OE 15 25 DOR D8 A0 2 D0 Q0 19 D0 A1 3 D1 Q1 18 U8 4 D2 74HC573 Q2 17 D1 A2 A3 5 D3 Q3 16 D3 A4 6 D4 Q4 15 D4 A5 7 D5 Q5 14 D5 A6 8 D6 Q6 13 D6 A7 9 D7 OC Q7 12 D7 C EN 11 13 HSDB MICROPROCESSOR 18 14 13 R6 200 R8 1.2k 18 Y0 P1-58 (1) U32B Vcc 20 74ACT244 14 Y2 A0 2 HSDB- 16 Y1 12 Y3 A1 4 10 GND A2 6 1 OE A3 8 P3-7 P1-0 1 S2 R7 1.2k P1-24 (1) HSDB+ S3 Vcc 16 7 B 15 6 A 12 1 R A0 39 PO0 P1-2 3 A1 38 PO1 A2 37 PO2 P2-0 21 A8 A3 36 PO3 A9 A4 35 PO4 P2- 22 P2-2 23 A10 A13 1 A A5 34 PO5 P2-3 24 A11 A14 2 B A6 33 PO6 P2-4 25 A12 A15 3 C A7 32 PO7 P2-5 26 A13 4 G2A P2-6 27 A14 5 G2B P2-7 28 A15 +5V +5V R35 3.9k U16B 15 DE 3 22 17 P3-8 2 P1-1 +12V +5V RAM ADDRESS SELECT 14 13 Y1 Y2 U3 74HC138 Y0 G1 15 +5V A8 A0 11 IO0 A8 25 A1 12 IO1 A9 24 A9 A1 12 IO1 A9 24 A9 A2 A10 A2 13 IO2 A10 21 A10 A3 13 IO2 U1 A10 21 HM6264LP-15 15 IO3 A11 20 A11 A3 15 IO3 16 IO4 A12 A4 A11 23 U14 16 IO4 27C256A A12 2 A11 A4 A5 17 IO5 A0 10 D0 A5 17 IO5 A13 26 A13 A6 18 IO6 A1 9 D1 A6 18 IO6 A7 19 IO7 A2 8 D2 A7 19 IO7 20 A3 7 D3 D0 10 A0 A4 6 D4 D1 9 A1 A5 5 D5 D2 8 A2 A6 4 D6 D3 7 A3 A7 3 D7 D4 6 A4 D5 5 A5 D6 4 A6 D7 3 A7 CS1 26 CS2 +5V U23 65176 R40 15 EA EPROM A0 U13 TP8052AH2 4 P1-3 27 OE 11 IO0 31 WE A8 25 A12 2 A8 A12 J4 A14 27 CE J4 LTR 4 MN 6 20 OE U30 U31 U2F 10 13 12 11 P3-1 D 4 RST 9 22 U17-6 (1) GND RE R28 4.7k ADDRESS BUS (7:0) +5V ADDRESS/DATA BUS (15:8) 10 P3-0 R13 150 R5 150 PSEN 29 U31 U2F SINGLE ENDED RECEIVE XTAL1 ALE 30 XTAL2 19 Y2 18 11.059 MHz J5 1 MULTI-SPEED 19 OE +5V SOURCE A0 11 U32A 7 Y1 74ACT244 A1 13 9 Y0 5 Y2 A2 15 3 Y3 A3 17 +5V R21 100k R26 10k U30A 74ACT14 R27 10k U31A 74ACT02 U11 78L12 +12V J2 C2 20pF Y4 12 MHz 1 FLASH R25 10k 2 CRYSTAL OUT 3 LTR SPEED U25-1 (1) C13 20pF R24 4.7k U27-66 (1) U27-64 (1) Q2 3812 +15V +5V R23 4.7k 3 EPROM Q3 1300 R22 10k August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 MPC SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) FIGURE 10-23 10-18 A14 +5V D2 4 24 U103 13 12 12 U133 R217 CR120 R182 C287 C290 C289 R178 U166 R196 R195 R184 R183 R257 16 16 C197 C288 R181 16 16 R263 R262 R297 U153 U116 CR107 R216 R127 CR101 C118 14 R125 R123 C113 C115 16 16 16 U154 U102 C199 C162 R299 U138 CR100 U159 U114 U101 U135 C134 C229 R116 8 C175 R124 C120 R119 14 CR102 R122 U123 R120 U147 R259 U147 C218 C300 R266 R316 C303 C226 C301 C302 U115 C180 U158 C219 C222 R265 R192 U131 R193 R194 8 14 R191 CR119 13 C172 C153 C154 U142 C100 C212 14 C151 U167 R190 R188 1 R189 R187 R315 C152 R186 R185 C214 C192 C191 14 C204 C163 + C286 C251 + C254 16 R141 14 R142 C124 1 U128 R151 C133 C125 C203 R149 C297 8 U164 R219 C200 R152 C139 R154 R153 U117 C185 R291 R288 R289 R147 20 14 CR105 CR104 R285 Q101 11 10 R227 R280 R279 U104 R324 C130 R137 R313 R312 R310 U127 CR103 R225 Q102 R254 FOLDOUT MAC COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPP COMP SIDE) FIGURE 10-24 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 10-19 R138 C211 R325 +C207 R223 R308 C232 C131 R145 C183 R326 R150 C202 R311 R148 C298 R309 R143 C183 C129 C208 C127 C128 R140 C220 R146 R139 C132 C283 R290 C230 R296 R126 + C268 R220 R226 C161 C138 C291 R292 C265 24 U137 U120 C292 C174 C187 R121 R230 R231 C119 R264 C209 R295 R214 R215 C264 C188 R208 R267 C210 R225 R118 R114 R117 C117 C114 R113 R282 R286 R177 C266 C223 C213 RT100 C224 R209 R258 R314 R298 + C255 R211 R210 R207 C194 R298 R298 R298 R115 R277 C193 R317 R180 R179 R298 C235+ R248 +C240 C116 R256 C179 WO 114 WO 115 WO 113 WO 112 40 S102 R283 J103 14 15 10 8 11 U119 + C270 R175 R171 R172 10 U161 U157 U112 U111 20 11 WO WO 116 118 WO 117 14 C184 10 U149 20 11 R245 R270 R155 C140 R218 C160 R161 14 R164 C269 + 28 20 15 14 21 R322 R323 R276 CR106 14 15 10 11 WO 126 R302 14 R301 20 U106 J106 + C295 U156 WO 125 20 CR109 CR110 CR108 U160 16 20 28 U110 C156 R199 R222 C307 12 13 24 2 3 10 24 U105 U107 C246 R239 +C243 C237 R294 R319 20 C245 20 WO WO WO WO 107 106 105 104 11 10 11 R241 C239 U122 C105 R237 R242 C257 + 14 C293 4 C173 U121 R203 U109 R319 + C158 12 13 WO WO WO 122 120 123 U162 U155 WO WO WO 121 119 124 10 11 WO 127 R237 C249 U141 WO 102 R240 WO WO 109 108 R261 C221 C206 C263 U125 R133 A301 WO 101 R235 C205 R111 C112 R112 U163 R293 C272 S101 WO WO128 129 WO WO131 C233 130 + C258 + C296 R304 R303 Z100 S100 Z102 Z101 16 33 1 64 32 17 1 R269 U148 C190 CR113 32 16 C304 CR117 C305 + R233 R305 C178 +C305 C227 R238 U130 P101 P100 10-20 28 R163 C143 R321 C145 16 C144 R166 U118 C181 1 C228 C149 C147 C148 R170 R169 U108 R160 R159 C137 R100 R275 C285 C284 U139 R284 U136 MAC COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE) FIGURE 10-25 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-300 CR118 J100 U151 R236 J102 J101 R234 R244 CR114 R306 + C256 R268 C231 C306 R197 R307 Y101 J105 Y100 C278 C157 C166 C155 C169 C280 C111 C217 WO WO 100 103 U131 C247 C159 C102 C234 C198 U132 C241 + R200 C236 R104 C281 R253 R109 R103 R110 C104 C109 C271 C176 C106 C108 R105 R108 C279 R106 R107 C277 C107 C238 C294 C177 C276 C110 16 R252 R281 C242 + C101 R247 R102 C121 R260 C189 U124 C165 C182 R162 C136 R251 C262 C170 C124 R206 R205 R101 C103 R132 R129 R128 R123 R130 C122 R131 U129 R167 R300 C171 C201 C215 R165 R168 C216 R134 C186 R135 C164 R136 R250 R320 R271 C267 + U126 R287 C196 J104 R232 C142 R274 C273 R202 U165 R212 R213 CR112 U100 C141 R157 C150 R174 R176 R158 R156 R173 C146 R204 R201 C195 R282 CR111 14 R221 R318 R278 D1 Q1 19 U108 3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18 D2 4 D3 Q3 17 U113C-9 (2) RX MUTE GATE D3 5 D4 Q4 16 U114A-1 (2) RX OPTION GATE D4 6 D5 Q5 15 U115B-8 (2) RX VOICE GATE D0 ADDRESS LATCH 2 D1 U115A-1 (2) VOTER AUDIO MUTE GATE U114D-16 (2) LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE A0 42 A0 A1 10 A1 A12 23 A Q4 5 D5 7 D6 Q6 14 U116B-8 (2) RX AUDIO GATE A2 41 A2 A13 22 B U133 74HC574 Q5 D6 8 D7 Q7 13 U115C-9 (2) RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE A3 A3 A14 21 C Q6 7 D7 9 D8 Q8 12 U116A-1 (2) FSK TO AUDIO GATE A4 40 A4 A15 20 D Q7 8 A5 A5 A16 23 A A6 39 A6 A17 22 B A7 A7 A18 21 C Q2 3 RX FIFO A8 38 A8 20 D Q1 2 MPC LATCH A9 A9 18 G1 A10 37 A10 19 G2 A11 A11 A12 36 A12 A13 A14 35 A15 ADDRESS LATCH 11 CLK Q8 9 U103 74HC573 Q9 10 D1 2 U154A 74HC32 OC D0 19 G2 O3 O15 19 Q1 C EN 11 U105 74HC573 +5V R319 10k R209 10k R207 10k R208 10k R210 10k RX FIFO R217 100 D3 4 P100 A14 D2 17 Q3 D8 9 WO 107 A0 A15 D3 16 Q4 D6 7 WO 105 A16 34 A16 D4 15 Q5 D7 8 A17 D5 14 Q6 D5 6 WO 106 R211 100 A17 A18 33 A18 D6 13 Q7 D4 5 A19 A19 D7 12 Q8 D2 3 17 U101 U154B 11 TX FIFO U101 E 12 10 EXT REQ 1 WO 104 CR120 5.1V LOCAL MIC PTT Q102 (2) D1 MREQ 15 15 DE 25 18 Q2 10 13 D1 A13 18 G1 SO 26 4 S1 DE 15 U101C U154D D3 Q4 20 D4 D0 A5 10 D5 Q5 19 D5 D1 Q1 19 U106 3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18 A6 11 D6 Q6 18 D6 D2 4 D3 Q3 17 U117C-9 (3) LOCAL MIC MUTE A7 12 D7 Q7 17 D7 D3 5 D4 Q4 16 U118C-9 (3) EXTERNAL MOD MUTE D4 6 D5 Q5 15 U118B-8 (3) NORMAL MOD MUTE D5 7 D6 Q6 14 U118D-16 (3) TX MOD MUTE D6 8 D7 Q7 13 INC U151-U149 (3) D7 9 D8 Q8 12 U-D U151-U149 (3) D8 13 D3 8 D3 Q0 24 A0 D0 44 D4 9 D4 Q1 23 A1 D1 38 PO-1 P2-2 23 A10 A13 1 A 12 D5 10 D5 Q2 22 A2 D2 37 PO-2 P2-3 24 A11 A14 2 B 43 D6 11 D6 Q3 21 A3 D3 36 PO-3 P2-4 25 A12 A15 3 C 11 D7 12 D7 Q4 20 A4 D4 35 PO-4 P2-5 26 A13 4 G2A 13 D8 A14 5 G2B A8 ADDRESS SELECT A9 Q5 19 A5 D5 34 PO-5 P2-6 27 32 Q6 18 A6 D6 33 PO-6 P2-7 28 A15 63 Q7 17 A7 D7 32 PO-7 XTAL 1 19 10 P3-0 Y101 11.059 MHz 18 XTAL 2 U162D 11 13 Y2 14 Y1 U102 74HC138 G1 6 WO 115 +5V 60 +5V 61 8 Vcc1 WO 114 R282 10k SOURCE Z100 9 RESET U119 DS1232 3 TO R318 10k J105 WDOG P102 WO 108 -5V 59 ST 7 WO 109 D2 4 D3 Q3 17 U139-7 (3) CS 2 Q3 17 A2 D3 5 D4 Q4 16 U141-7 (3) CS 3 5 D4 Q4 16 7 A3 D3 15 A3 D4 6 D5 Q5 15 A4 6 D5 Q5 15 6 A4 D4 16 A4 D5 7 D6 Q6 14 U142-7 (3) CS 5 A5 7 D6 Q6 14 5 A5 D5 17 A5 D6 8 D7 Q7 13 U143-7 (3) CS 6 A6 8 D7 Q7 13 4 A6 D6 18 A6 D7 9 D8 Q8 12 A7 9 D8 Q8 12 3 A7 D7 19 A7 A8 25 A8 CE 20 A9 24 A9 C EN 11 +5V OC C162 20pF Q1 19 U155 3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18 2 A12 D2 4 D3 Q3 17 A13 26 A13 D3 5 D4 Q4 16 U149-7 (3) CS 11 A14 27 A14 D4 6 D5 Q5 15 U149-7 (3) CS 12 D5 7 D6 Q6 14 D6 8 D7 Q7 13 U151-7 (3) CS 14 9 D8 Q8 12 CS 15 U159B-8 (2) LOGIC SQUELCH P1-7 8 U125D-14 (2) RX DATA P3-2 12 R201 (3) TX DATA 1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITOR ARE IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. P3-3 13 R202 (3) TX SHAPE 2. IC NUMBERS NOT SHOWN P3-4 14 U117B-8 (3) TX DATA EN D7 NOTES: PIN NUMBER GND U110 WO 110 SOURCE SOURCE U113, U114, U115, U116, U117 U118, U153, U158, U159 U120, U124, U130, U135, U164 U165, U166 +9V +15V +15V 30 +15V 62 U136 LM78L08 V OUT 1 C GND 8 V IN Z102 + C256 15 C231 .01 + C296 10 R303 240 + C258 47 R304 27 10-21 C233 .01 C234 .01 C262 .01 C263 .01 C227 .01 C228 .01 C271 .01 C272 .01 C273 .01 C229 .01 9, 22 13 U121, U163 U122, U123, U125, U126, U129 11 U127, U128, U131, U167 U137, U138, U139, U141, U142 U143, U147, U148, U149, U151 U162 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 11 2 D1 U115D-16 (2) RX NET U148-7 (3) CS 10 WO 127 D1 Q1 19 U157 3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18 D2 4 D3 Q3 17 U159B-8 (3) LOGIC SQUELCH A-D GATE D3 5 D4 Q4 16 U159D-16 (3) TX MOD A-D GATE D4 6 D5 Q5 15 R284 (3) NORMAL RX GATE D5 7 D6 Q6 14 U118A-1 (3) DIGITAL MOD MUTE GATE D6 8 D7 Q7 13 D7 9 D8 Q8 12 2 D1 11 CLK 16 U153B-8 (3) TX NET 11 CLK D0 -5V 14 WO 126 11 CLK D1 P1-6 7 U100 WO 125 D0 22 OE +9V U138-7 (3) CS 1 A11 23 A11 PSEN 29 +15V 2 D1 A10 21 A10 A12 IC WO 111 D0 9 A1 ALE 30 RST 5 -5V -5V 27 10 A0 EA 31 RESET U158C-9 (3) TX OPTION GATE 74HC04 EPROM C163 20pF SOURCE U159A-1 (3) LEVEL DETECT GATE 11 CLK U101D U154A 2 D1 A1 A3 13 2 P1-1 U111 P2-0 21 TP8054AH2 39 PO-0 P2-1 22 Z101 U100B-5 (3) CWID CONTROL 11 CLK D1 12 U112 8 A2 27C256A D2 13 4 D3 DOR 25 +5V 29 Q8 12 U137-7 (3) CS 0 A2 7 D2 +5V 9 D8 Q1 19 U156 3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18 A1 D2 +5V U153A-1 (3) DATA LEVEL TEST GATE D7 D1 P1-2 3 45 +5V 28 Q7 13 A0 Q1 19 U104 74HC573 3 D2 Q2 18 U161 6 D1 74HC7030 MR 27 17 P3-7 4 P1-3 12 8 D7 D0 11 A0 D1 VOTER DATA IN 58 U158A-1 (3) TX VOICE GATE D6 9 D4 2 D1 P1-0 1 14 64 Q6 14 P3-6 13 D0 31 7 D6 A4 LOWER ADDRESS LATCH 46 11 U116C-9 (3) TX AUDIO GATE D5 D2 10 SO 26 Q5 15 Q3 21 IRDB+ 25 5 D0 6 D5 Q2 22 LPTT 21 U159C-9 (3) DATA TO A-D GATE D4 8 D3 HSDB- 56 16 Q4 16 D1 SI DIR 5 D4 7 D2 HSDB+ 24 TLA DB 26 U116D-16 (3) TXA TO FSK GATE D3 U153D-16 (3) TXS TO FSK GATE A3 3 DIR Q3 17 A2 WR 48 4 D3 A1 27 MR TX FIFO D2 U153C-9 (3) REPEAT GATE D0 5 D0 RD 47 IRDB- 57 Q1 19 U107 3 D2 74HC573 Q2 18 2 D1 Q0 24 U160 6 D1 74HC7030 Q1 23 MSTB 16 D1 D0 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (1 OF 3) FIGURE 10-26 U117A-1 (3) TX INTERCOM GATE U113D-16 (3) RX SQUELCH ACTIVE GATE WO118 WO 117 WO116 FOLDOUT +5V + C295 220 U121A 2904 R247 54.9k RX WB AUDIO 27 R281 1M C236 .001 U121B 2904 R102 147k R103 69.8k C239 68pF C104 100pF +1.25 5 + R294 1k C279 .22 SOURCE C280 .022 C276 .0022 C278 .0068 C111 47k C277 .0047 R105 100 U122B 2904 C238 .047 C239 .068 R108 110 C108 .1 5 + C109 .1 10 + U122D 2904 14 R109 1.07M R284 10k NORMAL RX U157-15 (1) HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz C115 100pF R114 18k 16 C116 .001 11 CR107 4.3V U135B MC33178 NOISE RECTIFIER R117 6.2k COMP IN 5 A301 COMPANDING OPTION COMP OUT 4 R116 1.5k C117 .01 U123A 3303 R118 12k RT100 C118 10k .01 CR101 -5V 3 + R119 47k C120 .1 U123B 3303 R228 5.1k C121 .01 R205 7.5k R206 10k -5V R131 56k U124B 2904 R132 56k R251 51k R235 100k C124 .0068 R126 100k + C240 U108-14 (1) RX AUDIO U116A FSK TO AUDIO GATE WO 100 (3) WO 103 (3) 12 R263 10k CR100 C244 10 R179 300 14 RXA- C243 10 R181 10k C245 10 U131B 3303 R183 300 S100 10 11 12 U162C 15 2 16 U131A 3303 13 RXA + C287 300pF C288 300pF U117A-3 (1) TX INTERCOM GATE R180 300 R182 100k SECONDARY AUDIO AMPLIFIER R262 R241 2.2k 100k C246 10 R184 300 3 + 13 R260 36k R240 100k U165A 2904 LOGIC SQUELCH 13 VBIAS R231 10k M0 6 M1 3 + RS-232 DATA TO/FROM RNT U109 2 XTAL/CLK TXD 17 P101 R203 R200 10k 2.2k 23 RNT TX DATA +5V + C158 10 U125B 3303 CR108 U159C-10 (3) DATA TO A-D GATE + C241 15 10 + S101 5 M0 +9V R134 100k 12 + U125D 3303 14 R198 10k R136 10k CR106 +5V R133 100k U110 MX614TN RXD 19 +5V 24 Vcc RX DATA U111-8 (1) 13 CR110 U125C 3303 CR109 RXAMPOUT RXIN Y100 2.4576MHz R222 100k R199 100k C156 .1 U153D-14 (3) U153C-7 (3) C306 .1 1 XTAL C155 15pF VBIAS 13 18 CLK R212 1k C307 100pF 14 RXEQ + C242 15 6 M1 R276 18k R213 5.1k -5V R197 1M GND 12 2 XTAL/CLK C166 15pF TXD 17 -5V + C267 47 + C268 47 + C207 C230 .01 C186 .01 C187 .01 C188 .01 C189 .01 C190 .01 1 RXS+ 22 RNT RX DATA U125A 3303 -5V + C255 47 SECONDARY AUDIO TO RNT RXEQ 14 7 RXIN CLK 18 MX614TN 12 GND FSK AMPLIFIER 2 RXS- Vcc 24 11 TXOUT C159 .1 U162C 14 +5V C247 R261 300k R229 1K R135 47k U166B MC33178 3 + U159B-6 (3) R250 150k U108-12 (1) FSK TO AUDIO U123D 3303 14 C289 300pF R177 10k U166A MC33178 R230 7.5k DATA AMPLIFIER TP DCR C123 .047 C290 300pF R127 470k R125 100k R178 100k -5V R123 330k +5V RECEIVE DATA FILTER U124A MC33178 R121 47k SCHMITT TRIGGER U123C 3303 10 + R124 1M CR118 15V R120 10k R130 100k R259 10k 31 RX VOICE CR117 15V MAIN AUDIO AMPLIFIER R258 R239 2.2k 100k C249 .1 1 EXP IN C119 .1 R122 10k 5 + C122 .022 10 U114C R216 10k NOISE AMPLIFIER R115 R234 47k 100k R277 5.1k WO101 WO102 R215 1k 5 + R129 47k OPT U113D RX SQUELCH ACTIVE GATE 14 U165B 2904 U155-18 (1) RX NET U116B RX AUDIO GATE +5V R214 3.9k R128 100k EXP OUT U135A MC33178 16 P100 U108-13 (1) RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE R238 R302 36k 100k R300 36k U114B U108-17 (1) R299 10k C305 10 +5V R113 150k U120B 2904 U115D RX NET GATE 15 14 +5V RX OPTION U108-16 (1) U113C RX MUTE GATE 11 10 U113B NORMAL RX GATE U163A 3303 12 + R107 1.07M R112 47k 13 U115C RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE 10 11 U114A RX OPTION GATE C112 .01 R111 18.2k RX SQ ACT U157-18 (1) C114 100pF C292 360pF 5 + R110 110 U122C 2904 R289 2.2 VOICE AMPLIFIER R256 36k U108-15 (1) RX VOICE C110 .022 R106 1.07M C113 100pF R238 100k C107 .022 C237 .033 C106 .068 C294 .1 U107-19 (1) R257 36k C105 .033 U121B 2904 U115B RX VOICE GATE U153C REPEAT GATE 11 10 U153A-2 (3) U122A 2904 C284 220 5 + R104 15k 5253 390k R237 100k R452 43k R293 6.2k R232 51 C281 820pF C102 .001 +9V J101 R288 220 R101 29.4k C291 .1 C283 .1 C103 .1 R290 SPKR/MIC C299 .01 U115A VOTER AUDIO MUTE C101 .0022 R292 39 LOCAL AUDIO OUTPUT J104 EXTERNAL SPEAKER 3 + C285 470 U132 TDA2003 U108-18 (1) LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE U108-19 (1) U120A 2904 C254 .1 C100 470pF R291 1k R236 10k 16 R248 120k R233 100k + C251 15 LOCAL AUDIO AMPLIFIER C286 10 R249 36k ON/OFF/ VOL C235 P100 VOTER AUDIO 25 R254 47k U114D LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE 14 15 C191 .01 C192 .01 C193 .01 C194 .01 C195 .01 C196 .01 C197 .01 C198 .01 C199 .01 C200 .01 C201 .01 C202 .01 C203 .01 C204 .01 C205 .01 C206 .01 C264 .01 C265 .01 C266 .01 C208 .01 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-300 C209 .01 C210 .01 C211 .01 C212 .01 C213 .01 C214 .01 C215 .01 C216 .01 C217 .01 C218 .01 C229 .01 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (2 OF 3) FIGURE 10-27 10-22 TXS+ TO S100-2 (3) OPTION C112 .022 LOW -PASS FILTER < 3 kHz NARROW BAND AUDIO ADJ R107 R106 R108 100k 43k 390k C104 820pF C102 .0022 P100 C101 .1 R101 29.4k R102 54.9k U101A 2904 R104 147k 3 + RX WB AUDIO 27 R103 1M U101B 2904 R105 69.8k 5 + WO102 C118 .0068 C122 .022 C123 .01 R116 18.2k C109 .22 R109 15k C110 .033 C108 .033 C114 .0047 R110 100 3 + C111 .068 C119 .068 R112 110 R114 110 C116 .1 U103B 3403 C115 .047 11 R117 47k U103D 3403 14 13 10 + 12 + U131C RECEIVE MUTE GATE U131B NORMAL RX GATE U104A 33178 3 + 11 R113 1.07M U132B U132D LOCAL AUDIO MUTE GATE 14 R163 47k 15 C142 10 R191 1k R164 10k 16 U132A RECEIVE OPTION GATE +1.25 R111 1.07M 10 + C141 220 U15-17 (1) RX OPTION 5 + U132C C120 .1 U103C 3403 +15V R145 10k 10 C106 100pF C103 .001 WO 101 +5V C113 .0022 U103A 2904 C121 .022 DE-EMPHASIS C107 68pF C105 .001 C117 .022 HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz C145 .1 R165 39 + C149 470 U111 TDA2003 U15-16 (1) LOCAL AUDIO ON/OFF/VOL R115 1.07M + C144 15 U104B 33178 C124 .1 HIGH-PASS FILTER > 30 kHz C126 100pF C125 100pF U15-18 (1) NORMAL RX C127 100pF U105A 33178 R120 18k C128 .001 R122 5.1k SQ ADJ R123 100k 3 + R126 6.2k R125 1.5k C129 .01 U107A 3403 5 + R127 12k R129 47k RT100 10k C130 .01 CR101 -5V CR102 U107B 3403 5 + 3 + U107C 3403 10 + C132 .1 R131 47k R130 10k 15 U131D RX SQ ACTIVE 14 GATE 16 R138 100k R133 1M R132 330k R139 100k + C133 R169 51 R175 10k R174 10k R176 100k CR109 5.1V P100 15 TPI SQ ENABLE CR215 15V R268 10k C298 300pF R142 3.9k CR103 4.3V R141 10k 13 + R134 -5V 3.9k R273 300 S100 1 RX+ C299 300pF U210A 33178 R271 100k C301 10 U210B 33178 3 + R143 1k C300 10 R272 100k R270 2.2k R269 100k +5V U107D 3403 14 12 J101 SPKR/MIC R168 2.2 CR217 15V TIMING BUFFER R140 470k SCHMITT TRIGGER R167 220 C131 .1 R128 10k NOISE RECTIFIER C157 20pF U105B 33178 CONNECT IF NOT USING EXTERNAL SQUELCH GATE CONTROL J105 P105 C147 220 +5V R144 10k U15-19 (1) RX SQ ACT NOISE AMPLIFIER R124 47k C143 .01 R119 1k LOCAL AUDIO OUTPUT J104 EXT SPKR 5 + R274 300 R118 6.2k R121 150k C148 .1 C146 .1 +9V R166 5 + 2 RX- R190 1k 16 TPI LOGIC NOISE SQ CR108 CR110 5.1V 22 TPI RX DATA U133B RX VOICE GATE U133A REPEAT GATE +5V R136 1k R171 36k C150 360pF U15-13 (1) R173 36k R172 100k U15-15 (1) U113B 33178 INSTALL IF USING EDACS SYSTEM OPTION WO 103 WO 100 R147 100k DC RESTORATION R156 47k R264 75k +5V 5 + RECEIVE DATA FILTER C135 .01 R148 47k U108A 2904 C134 .022 R151 56k 3 + R150 7.5k C136 .047 U108B 2904 R153 51k DATA AMPLIFIER R155 R154 270k 100k R211 10k CR104 + C138 15 5 + R152 56k R149 10k -5V U110B 3403 R157 100k -5V C137 .0068 U110A 3403 10 + 3 + U110C 3403 12 + C140 .001 13 R158 100k CR106 CR105 R160 5.1k R201 36k R161 1k -5V R162 18k U137C DATA TO A-D 10 CR212 15V +5V Q201 3657 R204 2.2k 4 TX- J106 STD TPI U16-17 (1) U137A LEVEL DETECT E-OPTION P202 CONNECT IF USING WITH JOHNSON LTR LOGIC 17 TPI TX AUDIO (FROM ADAPTER CARD) C225 .1 28 A-D LEVEL CR208 3.9V CR214 3.9V J100 CR209 3.9V CR216 3.9V J103 A-D LEVEL TP R208 10k TX AUDIO AMPLIFIER 2 WHEN VEGA OPTION IS USED (023-2000-960), S100 SWITCHES MUST BE IN THE "OFF" (OPEN) POSITION. U14-2 (1) LOCAL MIC PTT R207 10k R209 16k U18-15 (1) U207 X9C10415 100k 7 CS Q202 3658 VW VH C218 360pF U203A 2904 C231 .0047 CWID FILTER 10 CWID CONTROL U15-12 (1) U134C 11 U209B 74HC02 R254 1M R256 150k C232 .0047 C230 .01 R257 4.3k R260 10k U15-13 (1) U15-12 (1) R232 39k C235 .01 U208C 3403 C219 .047 C204 .0056 R215 43.2k C205 .0047 5 + R216 86.6k U204B 3404 C206 .0033 R217 25.5k C207 .0039 TX DATA AMPLIFIER R220 1k U204C 3403 R219 3.3k 10 + C208 .0047 13 U204D 3403 14 11 10 C220 U135C EXT MOD MUTE GATE 15 U15-18 (1) 16 14 20 TPI HS DATA (HIGH SPEED DATA) U137D TX MOD A-D GATE U208B 3403 29 TX MOD R238 1k R237 100k +5V P201 R235 10k J201 R236 47k R234 1.2k U135A TX DATA ENABLE C216 220 R250 4.7k U206A 2904 + 3 C215 220 18 TPI SUB TX DATA (LOW SPEED DATA) CR210 3.9V U17-14 (1) CR211 3.9V CR202 2.4V R223 150k +5V CR203 2.4V CR204 R221 150k CR205 12 + C213 .01 C211 .0033 R224 121k U206B 2904 LOWPASS FILTERS C209 470pF 3 + R225 121k R218 909k U204A 3403 R226 35.7k R227 27.4k U205B 2904 R228 22.6k 5 + C212 680pF R222 150k R229 17.4k 3 + C214 680pF + 5 C217 100pF +5V U205A 2904 R247 5.1k U17-13 (1) R251 10k 16 14 15 U135D TX TONE ENABLE R252 10k R253 24k TX TONE U7-11 (1) R249 330k R248 470k R233 1k 7 V REF EX C226 .1 -5V 10-23 R239 82k C228 100pF C224 .22 C229 100pF HIGH-PASS FILTER > 300 Hz U17-17 (1) + 13 5 + R242 36k LIMITER R214 22k R241 82k R243 18k C202 .1 U129B 3303 14 R245 82k R261 240k R259 10k C221 100pF C222 C223 390pF 10 + C233 .022 C234 .01 12 CR201 TX AUDIO BUFFER R244 82k 3 + -5V R213 43k U208A 3403 C203 .1 R212 43k U135B R258 430k U209A 74HC02 R255 54.9k U17-19 (1) NORMAL MOD MUTE INC U/D VL R230 180k U16-14 (1) 9 LOCAL MIC MUTE 23 MA (LOW SPEED DATA ENABLE) R240 82k 1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. CWID GENERATOR 5 + 11 3 + J202 P106 11 U136C TX OPTION GATE 3 TX+ R263 300 C297 .1 R266 75k R267 75k U16-15 (1) R210 180k U203B 2904 + 5 U202B 33178 10 U137B LOGIC SQ A-D R206 10k C201 .1 NOTES: +5V J102 LOCAL MIC JACK U136A TX VOICE GATE 3 + U16-16 (1) TX OPTION U136B S100 13 TPI RX VOICE (TO ADAPTER CARD) R262 300 16 CR213 U16-19 (1) 8 15V U17-19 (1) C158 .1 U136D 14 15 U202A 33178 CR107 + C139 15 R203 36k R202 100k C227 100pF +5V +9V R205 6.8k COMPARATOR U110D R159 3403 10k 14 R146 100k 5 + C153 10 C154 .1 U15-14 (1) C296 .1 R265 75k U133C RX VOICE TO BACKPLANE 10 11 R188 1k R135 2.4k R137 10k August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 MAIN AUDIO CARD SCHEMATIC (3 OF 3) FIGURE 10-28 FOLDOUT WO 503 WO 504 R552 C514 C515 CR535 R547 J503 R561 CR527 R528 R546 C536 S503 S500 R506 CR528 C500 14 CR537 10 10 C536 C518 R560 WO 506 WO 510 WO 507 WO 511 WO 501 C556 WO C557 502 WO 509 C531 F501 C562 L501 R530 CR526 Z500 Z501 C529 C533 C530 C522 C523 WO WO 517 514 R531 C536 R525 WO 515 WO WO WO 512 516 513 F502 C536 WO 508 S501 13 14 C519 C532 K500 10 14 R535 R527 C539 32 33 1 64 17 P500 P501 10-24 R569 R555 C512 24 C513 S502 CR536 C504 C516 12 R578 10 CR525 R576 12 CR523 R577 R544 10 CR524 R515 CR533 R542 CR534 WO 505 R545 R550 R549 R564 R538 R507 R559 R540 R539 R514 CR501 R520 CR530 13 CR531 WO 518 32 16 IAC COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-29 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 R513 CR503 R516 R519 R518 R517 CR502 CR505 CR504 CR500 R558 R511 J500 R521 K502 R532 R524 R526 R541 R529 R501 R500 R522 R509 C502 R508 10 10 C501 C510 R505 R570 C504 R503 C509 R537 24 13 C506 C520 R523 J501 J502 C527 C521 R533 20 11 CR508 CR509 R534 U514 U505 CR513 CR512 U510 C511 C538 C534 C537 C535 CR532 CR506 CR507 U504 U520 U512 20 11 C517 U508 C507 S508 C505 C508 U523 R572 Q503 Q500 Q501 20 11 R567 U518 R571 20 11 13 U518 C503 U503 Q502 C506 U507 U509 R553 C528 R574 R573 U500 20 11 20 11 CR510 CR511 U518 U506 CR522 U501 R510 R554 R568 14 R543 20 11 U519 C506 R551 R512 U518 U522 J505 C526 R505 U521 R563 CR528 R575 Q505 Q504 P500 P500 +5V D0 46 R536 10k D1 14 D2 45 D3 13 D4 44 A16 23 A G1 18 D0 2 D1 D5 12 A17 22 B U501 G2 19 74HC154 D1 3 D2 D6 43 A18 21 C D2 4 D3 D7 11 A19 20 D D3 5 D4 D4 6 D5 D5 7 D6 D6 8 D7 A12 36 A13 D3 ADDRESS LATCH A14 35 A15 18 A12 A16 34 A13 22 B A18 33 A14 21 C A19 A15 A17 MREQ 15 D7 G1 23 A O3 U500 74HC154 14 20 D O2 3 O5 6 Q2 18 U508C Q3 17 U508A 74HC906 Q5 15 U508E 10 11 Q4 16 U508D 9 D8 1 OC Q6 19 G2 U508B U518 74HC574 11 CLK 19 R520 2.7k Q1 19 CR503 R516 2.7k CR502 R517 2.7k CR505 R519 2.7k CR504 R518 2.7k CR500 D0 2 D1 D1 3 D2 Q1 19 D0 19 Q1 D1 18 Q2 D2 U505 Q2 18 74HC574 4 D3 Q3 17 D2 17 Q3 D7 8 D3 5 D4 D3 16 Q4 D6 7 D4 D4 15 Q5 D4 5 D5 D5 14 Q6 D5 6 D6 13 Q7 D7 12 Q8 C 11 EN U517 74HC573 R513 10k R514 10k R559 10k R539 100k 14 RF MUX 3 INH 15 PC STR 6 D5 Q5 15 16 HS CS EX 7 D6 Q6 14 26 SYN CS EX D6 8 D7 Q7 13 25 HS CS RX D7 9 D8 Q8 12 10 SYN CS RX Q7 13 Q8 2 D1 R507 10k 12 R562 10k D2 11 WO 1 63 D2 17 Q3 D5 6 D3 16 Q4 D6 7 29 RF DATA 1 D4 15 Q5 D7 8 30 RF DATA B D5 14 Q6 D8 9 O6 11 CLK 10 U507D J500 11 D0 2 D1 D1 3 D2 13 U507A D2 31 RF DATA C D6 13 Q7 D3 4 D3 5 D4 Q4 16 32 RF DATA D7 12 Q8 D4 5 D4 6 D5 Q5 15 8 RF CLOCK D5 7 D6 Q7 13 23 AC FAIL OUT D6 8 D7 Q8 12 24 WO 2 D7 9 D8 CS VIN+ 6 D0 U506 17 ADC0804 D1 R508 10k C503 150pF INTR 5 7 V IN - D2 16 D2 8 GND A D3 15 D3 10 GND D D4 14 D4 4 CLK IN D5 13 D5 D6 12 D6 R510 10k 19 CLKR 2 RD WR 48 3 WR D7 11 +5V IN 29 C520 .1 + C505 10 5 + + C509 R505 2k U519 SAG04AD IFA IN 16 C521 .01 R515 1k 14 Q6 R574 51k + 10 + C524 10 +8V 12 13 +15V CR548 P506 R576 2.7k C533 .01 CR526 CR523 +15V FILTERED 26 +15V FILTERED 58 + C532 1000 D0 2 D1 D1 3 D2 D2 4 D3 D3 5 D4 D4 6 D5 D5 7 D6 SOURCE FILTERED D6 8 D7 +15V D7 C529 .01 RPTR ON/OFF 57 Q5 15 U503 Q6 14 74HC574 +5V R529 4.7k Q3 17 +15V 14 2,1 S508 R561 10k K501 ALARM 1 OUT+ 19 ALARM 1 OUT- 51 14 2,13 R501 4.7k 9 D8 +15V 14 2,1 4 U511 4N35 CR510 R547 430 +5V R568 200 +15V R554 1.2K ALARM 3 IN - 39 ALARM 4 IN + R500 4.7k C534 100pF K503 R522 10k 18 Q2 Q8 12 J504 CR528 5.1V P504 U514A LM2904 R531 4.32k C536 .1 R556 10k WO 501 WO 512 WO 513 WO 514 WO 515 19 WO 516 20 WO 517 21 WO 518 27 I/O 13 18 ALARM 4 OUT- C535 100pF R523 10k R557 10k R506 1K CR513 S503 Q503 3658 R526 10k R522 10k +5V R533 1k U514B LM2904 R530 10k R534 1M +5V R567 200 +15V R553 1.2K CR512 R546 430 ALARM 4 IN - +15V SQUELCH ENABLE OUT P505 J505 22 BUF RX WBAND R558 10k 40 R511 20k SQUELCH ENABLE Q504 3616 INVERTED CR531 15V C537 .1 4 U512 4N35 R537 1k R512 10k CR529 15V NON-INVERTED CR534 15V U503 CONTROL NONINVERTED Q505 3616 CR530 15V 3 RX WBAND WO 502 +5V +15V R527 4.7k R535 4.7k 19 Q1 Q500 3658 +12V +15V + C527 .1 -5V IN 59 C538 .01 CR524 U522 78L12 +8V + C525 10 U523 78M08 +5V + C526 C539 .01 C512 .01 C513 .01 C514 .01 C515 .01 C516 .01 C517 .01 C518 .01 C519 .01 C500 .01 NOTES: 1. ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. +15V +15V IN 30 SOURCE SOURCE OC -5V IN 27 J502 +15V IN 62 S511 R560 10k +5V R532 4.7k -5V R577 1k P503 Q7 13 K500 2 ALARM 4 OUT+ R578 2.7k Q501 3658 10 J503 CR533 5.1V 7 EXT REQ 1 K502 Q502 3658 +5V R524 4.7k R504 1K CR511 R521 4.7k +5V EXT REQ 2 +5V +15V R564 3.9k 17 ALARM 3 OUT- 2,1 11 U513B ALARM 2 OUT+ 20 14 38 28 A D LEVEL CR525 ALARM 2 OUT- 52 ALARM 2 IN - CR534 15V 12 CR534 15V R571 10k Q4 16 + C530 220 CR533 15V WO 504 L501 C531 .01 +15V + C508 33 11 CLK R569 200 WO 505 1 ALARM 3 OUT+ J506 F501 2A ALARM 3 IN + CR501 +15V ACCESSORY 24 +15V ACCESSORY 25 CR535 4.3V WO 503 + C504 10 REMOVE FOR EDACS OPTION REPEATER/BASE R552 10k U513C CR533 15V U507C +12V +5V +5V R543 10k R544 1k 74HC906 R572 16k ALARM 2 IN + R548 430 R555 1.2K R551 10k 10 OC 1 U508E R550 10k 11 LIM D1 +5V IN 61 ACCESSORY R549 10k +5V U509C 3403 C510 33 37 MUTE IN 3 C506 + 10 Z501 R573 5.1k R570 1k 12 LIM IN 10 LIM D2 U509B 3403 C528 .01 14 IFA OUT D7 + C522 47 R575 82k R503 5.1k 15 IFA D2 C501 .015 +5V IN 60 U509A 3 + 3403 + C507 10 SOURCE +5V +5V IN 28 RSSIO RD 47 1 IFA D1 D1 U507B R545 10k 19 Q1 U504 Q2 18 74HC574 4 D3 Q3 17 Q1 19 ALARM 1 IN - R563 10k U521 18 Q2 74HC573 12 D2 D1 CR508 D1 1 OC THERMAL SENSOR 56 4 U510 4N35 1 GROUND D0 C502 .1 S501 9 AC FAIL IN DO 18 R528 1.2K CR509 OC 1 D3 4 D8 +15V CR506 O1 2 9 VREF +5V R541 200 +5V O4 5 R509 10k 1 OC +5V R502 430 4 U520 4N35 O7 8 20 Vcc 13 RF MUX 2 INH Q4 16 11 CLK 12 RF MUX 1 INH 32 +5V S500 31 64 CR507 P501 +5V ADDRESS LATCH ALARM 1 IN + +15V OUT Z500 + C523 47 C511 .01 10-25 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 IAC SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-30 FOLDOUT P7 P5 P3 P18 P16 1 33 1 33 1 33 1 33 1 33 P14 1 33 P12 P1 1 33 1 33 32 64 32 64 P9 F3 F2 32 64 32 64 32 64 32 64 32 64 32 64 F1 P8 P6 P4 P2 P17 P15 P13 1 17 1 17 1 17 1 17 1 17 1 17 1 17 16 32 16 32 16 32 16 32 16 32 16 32 16 32 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 1 17 16 32 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CARD SIDE) FIGURE 10-31 10-26 P10 25 26 WO16 WO17 P11 WO2 WO6 WO4 WO1 WO7 WO3 WO13 WO5 WO8 J2 J1 33 34 33 34 10-27 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 BACKPLANE COMPONENT LAYOUT (CABLE SIDE) FIGURE 10-32 FOLDOUT IAC SLOT P1 P3, P5, P7, P12, P14, P16, P18 WO 16 WO 17 A19 33 A18 A19 A17 34 A16 A17 A15 35 A14 A15 A13 A13 36 A12 A11 37 A10 ALARM 1 IN + A9 38 A8 ALARM 2 IN + A7 39 A6 ALARM 3 IN + ALARM 4 IN + A5 40 A4 A3 41 A2 SQUELCH ENABLE A1 10 42 A0 EXT REQ 2 D7 11 43 D6 D7 D5 12 44 D4 D5 D3 D3 13 45 D2 D1 14 46 D0 D1 MREQ 15 47 RD MREQ MSTB 16 48 WR MSTB SYNC IN COM 17 17 49 COM 49 COM 17 COM 50 SYNC IN 18 50 COM 50 SYNC IN 19 51 +15V FILT P11 +15V FILT P11 TLA+ 20 52 TLA- LPTT 21 53 COM 53 22 54 COM 54 RNT TX DATA 23 55 COM 55 HSDB+ 24 56 HSDB- IRDB+ 25 57 IRDB- COM 26 26 58 -5V 27 59 28 60 29 61 30 62 31 63 ALARM 2 OUT + RNT RX DATA ALARM 1 OUT + +15V ACC +15V FILT -5V 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 10 42 11 43 12 44 13 45 14 46 15 47 16 48 17 49 18 50 19 51 20 52 21 53 22 54 23 55 24 56 25 57 26 58 27 -5V A18 A16 A14 A12 ALARM 1 IN ALARM 2 IN ALARM 3 IN ALARM 4 IN IAC 41 D6 D4 D2 D0 RD WR COM 49 COM 50 60 29 61 30 62 31 63 P10 ALARM 2 OUT - ALARM 3 IN + COM 53 ALARM 4 IN + COM 54 SQUELCH ENABLE COM 55 EXT REQ 2 THERMAL SENSOR POWER SWITCH +15V FILT 59 28 (TO GREEN CONNECTOR J1) ALARM 1 OUT - ALARM 3 OUT + F3 1A +15V 32 WO 13 +15V +15V 64 32 ALARM 4 OUT + WO 6 F2 4A TX DATA OUT COM 53 F1 4A +15V COM 54 WO 3 COM 55 WO 5 I/O 13 WO 8 64 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 ALARM 3 IN ALARM 4 IN IAC 41 EXT OUT 1 COM 49 COM 50 ALARM 3 OUT ALARM 4 OUT TX DATA IN WO 7 +5V +5V SYNC IN WO 1 -5V +5V +5V COM 17 WO 4 RX VOICE TX VOICE BUF RX WBAND COMM 6 ALARM BUS (1-2) ALARM BUS (3-8) RF INTERFACE CONNECTOR J2 (TO GREEN CONNECTOR J2) RXS+ RXS- PC STR LPTT HS CS EX SYN CS EX TXS+ TX MOD TXS- WO 4 10 WO 1 11 12 WO 3 COMM 6 V REF EX I/O 13 RX WBAND 13 14 WO 2 RF DATA A 15 16 RF DATA B TX DATA OUT RF DATA C 17 18 A-D LEVEL TX DATA IN RF MUX 2 INH 19 20 RF DATA EXT REQ 1 RF CLOCK 21 22 SYN CS RX HS CS RX 23 24 RSSI RF MUX 1 INH 25 26 27 28 29 30 V REF EX 31 32 33 34 EXT MOD RSSI RX VOICE WB DISC SQ ENABLE LOGIC NOISE SQ 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 10 26 11 27 12 28 13 29 14 30 15 31 16 32 J1 P9 P2, P4, P6, P8, P13, P15, P17 RF MUX 3 INH 17 ALARM 3 OUT - RX VOICE WB DISC 18 ALARM 4 OUT - SQ ENABLE LOGIC NOISE SQ 19 TX AUDIO SUB TX DATA HS DATA 20 PTT ENABLE HS DATA HS DATA ENABLE 21 HS DATA ENABLE 10 RX DATA 22 BUF RX WBAND MA 11 12 MB RXS+ 13 14 RXS- TXS+ 15 16 TXS- VOTER AUDIO 17 18 EXT MOD VOTER DATA IN 19 20 EXT REQ 1 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 TX AUDIO ALARM 3 OUT + SUB TX DATA ALARM 4 OUT + RX WBAND PTT EN COMM 6 RX DATA MA EXT OUT 1 23 AC FAIL OUT MB RF CLOCK 24 WO 2 AC FAIL IN 25 HS CS RX A-D LEVEL SYN CS RX 10 26 SYN CS EX RX WBAND WO 1 11 27 I/O 13 WO 3 RF MUX 1 INH 12 28 A-D LEVEL TX MOD RF MUX 2 INH 13 29 RF DATA A RSSI WO 4 RF MUX 3 INH 14 30 RF DATA B ALARM 1 IN + 15 31 RF DATA C ALARM 2 IN + VOTER AUDIO WO2 RX VOICE PC STR TX VOICE HS CS EX 16 32 RF DATA +15V ACC ALARM 1 OUT + ALARM 2 OUT + +15V ACC AC FAIL OUT ALARM 1 IN ALARM 2 IN ALARM 1 OUT ALARM 2 OUT - AUDIO/DATA BUS 2 AUDIO/DATA BUS 1 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 BACKPLANE SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-33 10-28 C190 R251 R252 R277 R278 C195 R271 R270 C204 R245 C193 C194 R258 U113 R263 R138 CR113 R135 U109 U108 R230 R110 R302 R306 C149 CR118 CR117 Q115 Q117 R125 Q108 Q107 C114 R115 C219 C221 C207 R272 R127 R144 R143 C124 U102 R141 16 C147 CR115 R101 R140 R104 R106 C118 C116 +C117 R107 C108 R119 R105 +C123 C126 C112 C130 CR116 CR107 C210 CR107 R103 C120 C140 + C141 C146 U107 R150 R129 Q103 CR138 R312 R313 R314 R122 R123 R124 C103 C127 C121 R142 C148 Q105 R155 R132 R131 CR137 R130 R153 C122 R168 R307 R146 R145 C125 R311 R121 +C119 R134 Q106 R133 C113 R154 R166 R102 CR114 Q114 R167 R202 R163 R165 +C107 R262 C135 C225 R263 R156 8 R274 R157 U115 C137+ CR112 C228+ C236 CR134 R164 CR120 R126 R112 C115 R175 R128 R173 R117 CR147 U103 R111 R151 CR123 R159 C136+ R161 R160 R152 CR140 R109 R153 R222 R108 R305 R118 C151 C234 R139 C201 C200 + C172 R188 C157 R189 R221 C203 R309 R269 R219 R218 C175 R221 R187 R264 R256 C192 C139 + 14 C138 U104 C134 R176 C102 CR119 CR102 CR111 C150 R172 C133+ C154 +C153 R259 R182 C233 CR122 U106 R170 R169 + C232 R178 16 +C198 R261 R260 C196 R136 Q111 14 U118 C109 R257 R137 R158 C155 R184 R183 C185 R286 C104+ +C105 C211 R287 C C212 Q138 Q130 R120 Q129 C184 R276 CR104 Q131 R266 R202 R171 + C231 U106 Q127 R185 R221 Q128 CR139 C229 R162 R179 R273 R190 +C230 U112 R197 R192 R193 R194 R196 R195 R181 R191 Q120 R220 C173 R228 Q110 U104 C152 R158 R180 16 R177 Q112 C131 R224 C176 R225 R223 R226 Q121 C C177 R315 +C178 R308 C183 R229 R227 R233 C180 + C224 C223 C164 R208 R234 C182 C181 R303 CR136 R231 R232 C174 C199 + C159 + Q123 R240 R267 R268 C132+ CR131 R116 U122 CR103 Q124 C161 R247 R248 CR106 C160 + R203 R207 CR127 R204 CR125 U121 CR105 R201 R238 CR110 R206 R242 R243 R279 R209 CR130 R285 C227 R284 R205 R280 C235 R279 R241 CR124 R236 R237 CR133 R210 R235 R189 R244 R199 R200 Q122 C170 R217 C162 R239 R198 C191 R255 C208 R215 C171 R250 R222 R246 R249 Q102 CR142 CR143 C213 C214 CR101 R253 U120 U119 R214 Q133 U117 Q126 R281 R212 C220 R211 C168 R213 U116 C167 C215 R216 R148 R147 + C128 Q104 C129 R149 C217 C218 10-29 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (OPPOSITE COMPONENT SIDE) FIGURE 10-34 FOLDOUT C166 W109 C187 C165 L103 L102 W111 R254 CR129 C188 L104 R216 C209 C169 T108 T109 L105 L107 5 3 1 T101 W115 10 EP101 W113 CR141 EP105 CR135 RV102 RT101 RT102 4 2 CR132 C186 Q132 U114 CR126 C163 U111 Q125 C205 R113 C106 EP103 EP104 C101 2 1 J102 R114 2 1 J101 Q116 Q101 CR109 T105 C107 A803 C110 CR121 CR128 W116 C143 T106 W105 T106 C111 L101 W106 C144 EP106 W104 W110 W111 CR145 F102 Q118 W112 C142 C145 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 800W POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT (COMPONENT SIDE VIEW) FIGURE 10-35 10-30 18,19,20 PRE-CONTROLLER 16,17 12,13 L107 EP105 DC INPUT (+) RED CR106 7,8 IN RUSH CURRENT LIMITERS RT101 RT102 R117 330 11 9,10 EP108 150V DC BATTERY BACKUP +15V POWER FACTOR CHOKE 14,15 C104 + C105 +400V T105 + C106 1500 R116 36k CR105 CR145 R128 51 + C107 1500 + C110 330 + C111 330 R101 330k EP104 DC INPUT (-) BLACK R105 330k R102 330k R106 330k R103 240k R107 330k C103 .22 R104 100k C118 270pF R140 15k IAC 4 V RMS + C117 .47 R121 3 100k R312 100k R122 100k 1 R313 100k R123 100k R314 100k R124 100k 5,6 PRI 3,4 EP109 HV GROUND BATTERY BACKUP R311 100k R108 20k R109 20k R110 20k R120 20k R302 20k R306 20k CR112 R125 13 SEC R307 CR103 C114 .1 Q108 6027 R126 10 CR104 18V 400V CONTROLLER IC PFC 12 OUT R112 10 R111 220 U102 ML4841IS Q101 6354 R127 1.27k 2 ANODE A ANODE D 7 U109 3 ANODE B ANODE C 6 Q107 6026 4 NC A +2.5V NC B 5 TL431ID 1 CATHODE REF 8 R115 4.7k CR114 R175 1.8k R153 100 R113 .03 3 I SENSE C116 .1 FB 15 R146 100 RAMP2 9 16 V EAO R142 560k R170 820 C125 .0033 5 SS + C119 10 GND R114 .03 U108 VDC 6 R144 24.3k C122 470pF R143 3k R119 24.3k (25.9-27.3V) R173 16.9k C149 .1 R169 1k +15V 8 VIN MAIN OUTPUT VOLTAGE SET/ FEEDBACK +400V C120 270pF PRE-CONTROLLER SWITCHED R159 20 PRE-CONTROLLER +15V T106 C147 .1 + C128 6.8 C139 6.8 C140 6.8 R148 4.7k CR116 U107 Q115 6026 CR117 18V CR118 R163 20 R165 20 CR134 EP102 AC COLD INPUT (BLU) CR101 CR110 CR111 + C101 220 CR113 5.1V C109 .1 R134 20k R257 10k R129 36k CR138 CR137 R131 36k Q102 3612 Q106 3600 R279 10k CR143 CR142 U121 8 REF TL431AID CATH 1 R137 1M C148 .1 EP110 C161 .01 + C133 2,3,4,5,6,7 R150 2k U110C LMC550AM + 10 Q103 3600 R132 100k R167 10 R158 15k C138 .001 C152 .1 C134 .1 R180 7.5k Q112 3600 Q111 3600 6.8 R179 4.7k R181 1k U104B 74HC08 R178 2k Q110 3600 SYNC (2) APPROXIMATELY 100V PEAK SYNC PULSE OUTPUT BUFFER CR140 CR122 L101 SYNC PULSE WIDTH CONTROLLER F102 10A R168 10 +26.5V CR128 + C143 2700 + C144 2700 + C145 2700 C146 .1 C141 .1 C142 .001 CR107 WO105 +26.5V DC WO106 R136 100k EXTERNAL INPUT POWER CONNECTOR R135 13k R118 18.2k C236 .1 EP111 R138 2.26k R130 100k C225 .01 +5V C234 .001 TO REMOTE WO104 ENABLE R278 100k R275 20k R276 10k ON/OFF SENSE BATTERY BACKUP R155 36k R154 100k C236 .1 +5V R166 10 CR148 13V Q105 3612 R280 10k + C160 15 GND R164 470 R133 100k C102 .01 + C132 + C199 R176 100 18 19 20 Q117 6026 REMOTE ENABLE POWER SUPPLY R152 4.7k CR121 Q118 6351 CR120 18V CR102 C207 .0022 C210 .0022 14 15 16 U104A 74HC08 R151 20k 12 CR119 R272 51 R267 430 R268 4.7k EP106 67V TO BATTERY BACK-UP C228 2.2 Q116 6351 R160 470 C137 2.2 U111 VOUT LM317T ADJ R222 CR123 R161 20 PWM 11 OUT R149 1k C129 .1 Vcc 13 C136 2.2 C197 2.2 Q104 6026 +15V REF 14 EP101 VIN + C159 6.8 R141 10k AC HOT INPUT (BRN) C131 .1 U105 VOUT 1 LM78L05 +26.5V IEA0 1 CR115 +5V C124 .1 C123 C108 470pF C121 .0027 U104 SOURCE SOURCE RAMP1 8 C126 .1 R172 100k C113 .0047 R171 820 RTCT 7 C127 .01 R174 1k C150 .01 R139 2.26k R202 20k R192 8.2k GND R274 1k R157 20k Q114 3612 SHUTDOWN OVER-VOLTAGE R277 10k R156 1k EP112 GROUND BATTERY BACKUP R262 29.4k 1 CATHODE REF 8 U115 2 ANODE A ANODE D 7 R263 2.49k CGR BATTERY BACKUP C135 .1 3 ANODE B ANODE C 6 TL431ID 4 NC A NC B 5 2,3,4,5,6,7 THERMAL SENSOR SOURCE +5V 8 VIN C229 .1 +C230 U106 VOUT 1 LM78L05 GND 2,3,4,5,6,7 1 IN + C232 6.8 C233 .1 C154 .1 C115 .1 A803 OUT 2 GND WO116 TEMP OUTPUT U110A LMC550AM 3 + + C153 R184 357k R182 75 R183 95.3k R193 8.2k R230 100 R185 1k R187 95.3k R186 10k C156 .01 12 + BUFFER/ HYSTERESIS U110A LMC550AM 14 R190 1k CR139 Q120 3600 13 R188 10M +5V R189 6.81k R194 8.2k R273 1k R191 3.3k R195 8.2k R196 8.2k R197 10k +26.5V SHUTDOWN DRIVE TO U119, U120, U122 (2) FAN CONTROLLER/ DRIVE Q121 3600 J201 2 FAN HIGH 1 FAN LOW J102 BATTERY BACKUP 1 FAN CONTROL 10-31 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (1 OF 2) FIGURE 10-36 FOLDOUT +15V BUCK CONTOLLER I REF 11 U112 R233 3.3k C182 470pF R234 1k V REF 16 R228 2k NI 2 C173 .1 R220 2k 5 R T R223 13k EA OUT 3 L103 WO 115 C175 .22 C173 .0022 8 SS + C178 + C165 1500 + C166 1500 C167 .01 R215 6.2k + C169 1500 C170 .01 WO 107 WO 108 R221 36k HIGH CURRENT OUT +15V DC OUTPUT GROUND INV 1 R216 1k R224 C T 6 +15V Q127 3600 R219 470 R217 1.2k 15 Vcc C176 R225 .001 68 13 VC C181 .01 + C180 6.8 12 GND Q128 3612 C172 .01 R315 820 R218 4.7k R226 24 10 GND A RAMP 7 I SD 9 14 OUT INPUT CURRENT SENSOR T108 CR127 +26.5V CR124 + C163 2700 R209 620 R198 18 R200 18 Q122 6026 R199 18 R205 10 R227 180 R232 820 C183 270pF R210 620 R308 CR125 Q125 6352 R206 10 Q124 6026 R201 180 R207 51 C162 .1 R229 820 R231 180 Q123 6110 R208 51 R211 12.4k C220 .1 +15V BUCK CONTOLLER 5 R T C196 .001 C T 6 R260 68 U113 R259 13k 8 SS R213 200 SHUTDOWN DRIVE TO U115 +5V WO 109 C194 .22 + C187 1500 C193 .0022 +C188 1500 C189 .01 R253 4.7k WO 110 R258 36k 15 Vcc INV 1 13 VC I REF 11 + C200 6.8 12 GND C168 .01 C195 .01 EA OUT 3 +15V CR129 R261 24 + C198 C201 .01 Q126 3612 NC B 4 5 NC A SYNC PULSE (1) 8 CATHODE REF 1 U116 7 ANODE A ANODE D 2 TL431ID 6 ANODE B ANODE C 3 R212 2.26k R214 1k CR126 C164 .001 R203 2k U119 IL205A R281 470 L102 R204 2k +5V DC OUTPUT +5V DC GROUND R254 1k R265 3.3k R266 1k C191 .0047 C202 470pF R255 4.3k 10 GND A V REF 16 R264 2k NI 2 C192 .1 R256 2k RAMP 7 I SD 9 14 OUT C203 270pF +26.5V T109 CR130 R235 18 CR133 + C186 1500 R247 36 R237 18 Q129 6026 R236 18 R242 10 CR131 Q132 6352 R249 3.4k C222 .1 Q131 6026 R244 180 L104 R241 2k Q130 6110 U114 4 Vcc V FB 1 + C205 1500 R270 33k CR135 C190 .01 R251 200 NC B 4 R284 3.4k CR136 L105 C204 .047 MC33166T Q133 3612 8 CATHODE REF 1 U117 7 ANODE A ANODE D 2 TL431ID 6 ANODE B ANODE C 3 C208 .1 +C209 1500 C227 .1 R285 2.49k U122 IL205A R303 200 UNDER-VOLTAGE -6V MINIMUM -5V CONVERTER OUT 2 CR132 C185 .001 COMP 5 R252 1k 5 NC A R245 51 R240 2k +26.5V R250 2.49k U120 IL205A R246 470 OVER-VOLTAGE 6V MAXIMUM R309 R243 10 R238 180 C184 .1 R269 360 R286 1k Q138 3612 8 CATHODE REF 1 U118 7 ANODE A ANODE D 2 TL431ID 6 ANODE B ANODE C 3 5 NC A CR141 R287 200 NC B 4 C211 .01 WO 111 R271 3.3k -5V DC OUTPUT C212 .01 GND 3 August2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 800W POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC (2 OF 2) FIGURE 10-37 10-32 L1 1.8uH F1 20A L2 8.67nH BRN AC HOT EARTH GROUND RV1 C1 .22 NEUTRAL C2 .22 C3 .0022 C4 .0022 R1 1M C5 .22 RV2 CR1 RED BLU CHASSIS GROUND BLK GRN/YEL 10-33 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 AC FILTER BOARD FIGURE 10-38 WO1 AC HOT WO5 POS OUT WO3 NEUTRAL WO4 NEG OUT WO2 CHASSIS GND FOLDOUT C131 C132 Q105 R158 R143 CR118 W102 K101 MH107 C105 Q111 C110 + R144 EP102 C112 R141 C107 U107 R152 R157 E C B R142 R156 F101 W106 R159 U105 W103 C114 U106 C129 R154 C155 R153 R101 C130 R160 CR116 CR101 C126 R111 C101 U107 R165 R104 R102 R107 B C E R108 R112 R113 R127 R130 R129 C104 R115 CR104 R147 R146 + C103 CR114 C115 R122 R148 R149 R151 R150 R145 R144 C125 U104 C107 U103 R124 W104 R137 + C124 U102 R123 C127 C128 CR111 R136 C116 U101 R117 R128 R118 14 R106 R121 R125 R120 C119 R139 R140 R119 C102 CR115 R126 S101 R109 R110 CR103 Q103 L101 R138 CR109 EP103 R105 Q101 CR102 B C E Q102 R103 R116 EP101 C106 CR113 CR117 + C118 C133 C134 CR105 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 BATTERY BACK-UP COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-39 10-34 BATTERY +24V F101 4A +26V HIGH CURRENT TRACE (30A) C101 .01 INPUT RECTIFIER FILTER R111 51 +24V EP101 Q101 Q102 6026 6026 HIGH CURRENT GROUND W103 DC INPUT (+) 220 +26.5V DC OUTPUT W102 CR113 + C105 + C119 REMOTE ENABLE ON/OFF R136 3.3k 1000 U107 VIN LM317M R137 3.3k V OUT BATTERY INPUT +24V DC R102 330 C106 .1 ADJ R103 2k R145 15k BATTERY TEMP SENSE DC INPUT (-) EP103 R148 15k R106 2k LM2904 6026 R142 10k R110 2k ANODE A REF 8 REMOTE ENABLE Q103 6110 SOURCE CR111 GREEN CHARGER ACTIVE OFF LM2904 C115 .1 R147 10k NC A NC B CR118 18V C107 .1 +26V 7 ANODE D +26V U104 S101 R146 3.9k ANODE B TL431ID 6 ANODE C CATHODE WO 101 CHARGER DISABLE SWITCH R144 15k U103 R143 2k ON CR117 13V R151 100 R150 10k R109 2k BATTERY OK R105 2k Q105 +26V U104B R104 2k + C111 1000 6.8 R140 1k R149 82k K101 R108 2k EP102 R165 2k + C110 C109 .1 R139 3.3K +26V R101 4.7k R138 240 +26V CR102 R107 1k BATTERY CHARGER OUTPUT (2.2A MAX) TEMPERATURE SLOPE CR101 REVERSE BATTERY CR116 2021 4/3 +24V Q104 L101 +67V BATTERY SOURCE PROTECTION ON/OFF REGULATOR CR109 +67V 67V INPUT WO104 U105 HEAT SINK THERMAL SENSE LM2904 CR114 U105A + C118 R121 62k C112 .1 U106 NC2 OVER VOLTAGE THERMAL SENSE CHASSIS MOUNTING STUD TO TRACE UNDER THERMAL SENSOR U106 R125 1k C126 .1 +2.5V + C103 6.8 CR115 R130 33k AC FAIL ENABLE C104 .1 U101D LM2901 11 +2.5V CR104 18V R128 10k U101A 4 GND NC5 R154 300k R152 75 R155 1k R156 10k R159 100k R153 100k W106 OUTPUT TO FAN C114 .1 +26V R157 15k U105B LM2904 R158 1k R160 10k MH107 R115 470 +18V R126 42.2k NC6 LM2904 LM35D CR103 12V SOURCE R112 7.5k + C113 LM2901 14 R122 4.7k NC7 3 NC3 U101C R113 1k 3 + VOUT 1 VIN R141 R117 3.3k CR105 RED BATTERY FAULT LM2901 13 R129 20k 10 +2.5V UNDERVOLTAGE R118 10.5k U101B LM2901 R119 1k R120 1K R127 82.5k +2.5V +2.5V REGULATOR SOURCE R123 10k +2.5V C125 .1 + C124 R124 10k CATHODE ANODE A 2 U102 ANODE D 7 TL431ID ANODE B ANODE C 6 REF NC A NC B 5 REVERT SECTION 10-35 CHARGER SECTION August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 BATTERY BACK-UP SCHEMATIC FIGURE10-40 TO P103 FROM FROM TO P105 POWER HARNESS J2 TO P102 TO P101 +26.5V FROM GROUND TO RFIB +15V TO P104 J2 POWER FILTER BOARD COMPONENT LAYOUT FIGURE 10-41 BACKPLANE WO5 +15V IN WO7 WO20 +15V OUT EP20 WO20A WO6 WO8 +15V IN C1 2200 10 11 12 AC FAIL IN POWER SWITCH THERMAL SENSOR TO +15V OUT C2 2200 +15V BACKPLANE GROUND WO11 WO12 WO13 WO14 10 WO16 WO15 11 GROUND +5V -5V 12 WO18 +26V IN EP21 WO21A POWER CABLE CONNECTOR AND SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-43 WO9 WO10 +26V IN WO21 WO17 +26V OUT C3 2200 +26V OUT C4 2200 POWER FILTER BOARD SCHEMATIC FIGURE 10-42 August 2000 Part No. 001-2001-200 10-32 REPEATER Part Number 001-2001-200 8-00mwp Printed in U.S.A.
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No Create Date : 2000:07:05 07:33:42 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows Title : Untitled Document Creator : FrameMaker 5.5.2L11a Modify Date : 2000:08:31 15:48:48-07:00 Page Count : 198EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools